TW201108843A - Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on uplink channels in wireless communication systems - Google Patents

Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on uplink channels in wireless communication systems Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201108843A
TW201108843A TW099116136A TW99116136A TW201108843A TW 201108843 A TW201108843 A TW 201108843A TW 099116136 A TW099116136 A TW 099116136A TW 99116136 A TW99116136 A TW 99116136A TW 201108843 A TW201108843 A TW 201108843A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
information
interference
user equipment
base station
uplink
Prior art date
Application number
TW099116136A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Ritesh K Madan
Ashwin Sampath
Saurabh R Tavildar
Original Assignee
Qualcomm Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Qualcomm Inc filed Critical Qualcomm Inc
Publication of TW201108843A publication Critical patent/TW201108843A/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B15/00Suppression or limitation of noise or interference
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04JMULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J11/00Orthogonal multiplex systems, e.g. using WALSH codes
    • H04J11/0023Interference mitigation or co-ordination
    • H04J11/005Interference mitigation or co-ordination of intercell interference
    • H04J11/0053Interference mitigation or co-ordination of intercell interference using co-ordinated multipoint transmission/reception
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/541Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using the level of interference
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B17/00Monitoring; Testing
    • H04B17/20Monitoring; Testing of receivers
    • H04B17/26Monitoring; Testing of receivers using historical data, averaging values or statistics
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04JMULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J11/00Orthogonal multiplex systems, e.g. using WALSH codes
    • H04J11/0023Interference mitigation or co-ordination
    • H04J11/005Interference mitigation or co-ordination of intercell interference
    • H04J11/0059Out-of-cell user aspects
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0002Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B2201/00Indexing scheme relating to details of transmission systems not covered by a single group of H04B3/00 - H04B13/00
    • H04B2201/69Orthogonal indexing scheme relating to spread spectrum techniques in general
    • H04B2201/707Orthogonal indexing scheme relating to spread spectrum techniques in general relating to direct sequence modulation
    • H04B2201/70702Intercell-related aspects
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/0001Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
    • H04L1/0023Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the signalling
    • H04L1/0026Transmission of channel quality indication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/27Control channels or signalling for resource management between access points

Abstract

Systems, methods, apparatus and computer program products for facilitating interference management on an uplink in a wireless communication system are provided. In one embodiment, a method can include: determining channel gain information measured on a downlink, wherein the determining is performed by a base station; determining interference from one or more interfering user equipment based on the channel gain information for the uplink; and calculating a nominal interference based on the interference from the one or more interfering user equipment.

Description

201108843 六、發明說明: 相關申請的交叉引用 本專利申請案主張於2009年5月22曰提出申請的、 標題名稱為「 DISTRIBUTED INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT: SOFT CONTROL OF INTERFERING TRANSMITTER BEHAVIOR VIA SPECIFICATION OF NOMINAL SINR」的美國臨時專利申請案第61/180,800 號的權益,並以引用方式將其全部内容併入本文。 【發明所屬之技術領域】 大體而言,以下描述係關於無線通訊,且特定言之, 係關於促進在無線通訊系統中進行的干擾管理。 【先前技術】 無線通訊系統經廣泛部署以用於提供各種類型的通 訊。例如,能夠經由此類無線通訊系統提供語音及/或資 料。典型的無線通訊系統或網路能夠使多個使用者存取 一或多個共享資源(例如,頻寬、發射功率)。例如,系 統能夠使用各種多工存取技術,例如分頻多工(FDM )、 分時多工(TDM )、分碼多工(CDM )、正交分頻多工 (OFDM)及其他技術。 通常,無線多工存取通訊系統能夠同時支援多個使用 者裝備(UEs )的通訊。每個UE能夠經由前向鏈路傳輸 和反向鏈路傳輸,與一或多個存取節點(ANs )進行通 訊。前向鍵路(或下行鏈路(DL))代表從BS到UE的 4 201108843 通訊鏈路,且反向鏈路(或上行鍵路(ul))代表從ue 到AN的通訊鏈路。 在未規劃的及/或干擾受限的無線通訊系統(例如毫 微微網路和同級間網路)中,分散式干擾管理是所期望 的。 【發明内容】 下文提供對一或多個實施例的簡要概述,以提供對此 等實施例的基本理解。該概述不是對全部預期實施例的 廣泛鉍述,亦不意欲識別全部實施例的關鍵或重要要素 或者描述任意或全部實施例的範圍。其目的僅在於作為 後文所提供更詳細描述的序言,以簡化形式提供一或多 個實施例的一些概念。 根據一或多個實施例及其相應揭示内容,結合促進在 無線通訊系統中進行的干擾管理而描述了各個態樣。 在一個態樣中,提供了一種促進在具有一或多個干擾 B S的系統中進行干擾管理的方法。該方法可以包括:計 算標稱干擾。該方法亦可以包括:向一或多個干擾Bs 發射該標稱干擾。該一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾 BS使用該標稱干擾來計算當該一或多個干擾bs中的至 少一個干擾BS在細胞服務區外的UE用於接收資訊的相 同的資源集上進行發射時對該細胞服務區外的UE造成 的傳輸速.率損.失。 在另一實施例中,提供了 一種具有電腦可讀取媒體的 201108843 * 電腦程式產品。該電腦程式產品包括:第一組代碼,其 • ί 用於使電腦計算標稱干擾。該電腦程式產品亦包括:第 二組代碼’其用於使該電腦向一或多個干擾B S發射該標 稱干擾’以便該一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾BS 計算當該一或多個干擾BS中的該至少一個干擾bs在細 胞服務區外的UE用於接收資訊的相同的資源集上進行 發射時對該細胞服務區外的UE造成的傳輸速率損失。 在另一實施例中,提供了一種裝置。該裝置可以包括: 用於計算標稱干擾的構件。該裝置亦可以包括:用於向 一或多個干擾B S發射該標稱干擾的構件,以便該一或多 個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾bS計算當該一或多個干擾 B S中的該至少一個干擾B s在細胞服務區外的UE用於 接收資訊的相同的資源集上進行發射時對該細胞服務區 外的UE造成的傳輸速率損失。 在另一實施例中,提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括 干擾管理組件。該干擾管理組件可以經配置以計算標稱 千擾。該干擾管理組件亦可以經配置以向一或多個干擾 BS發射該標稱干擾,以便該一或多個干擾BS中的至少 一個干擾BS計算當該一或多個干擾BS中的該至少一個 干擾B S在細胞服務區外的UE用於接收資訊的相同的資 * 源集上進行發射時對該細胞服務區外的UE造成的傳輸 . 速率損失。 在另一個態樣中,提供了一種用於促進在具有一或多 201108843 個干擾BS的系統中進行干擾管理的方法。該方沬可以包 括:接收一或多個引導頻信號,其中從該一或多個干擾 BS接收該一或多個引導頻信號,並且使用者裝備接收該 一或多個引導頻信號;計算該一或多個干擾Bs的干擾; 發射量測報告,並且其中該量測報告包括該干擾,其中 將該量測報告發射給服務B S。 在另一個態樣中,提供了具有電腦可讀取媒體的另一 電腦程式產品。該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第一組代 碼,其用於使電腦接收一或多個引導頻信號,其中從該 一或多個干擾BS接收該一或多個引導頻信號,並且使用 者裝備接收該一或多個引導頻信號;第二組代碼,其用 於使該電胳s十算該一或多個干擾BS的干擾;及第三組代 碼,其用於使該電腦發射量測報告,其中該量測報告包 括該干擾,並且其中向服務BS發射該量測報告。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 用於接收一或多個引導頻信號的構件,其中從該—或多 個干擾BS接收該一或多個引導頻信號,並且使用者裝備 接收該一或多個引導頻信號;用於計算該一或多個干擾 BS的干擾的構件;及用於發射量測報告的構件,並且其 中該量測報告包括該干擾,其中將該量測報告發射給服 務BS。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 收發機和干擾管理模組,該收發機經配置以:接收一或 201108843 多個引導頻信號·,其中從該一或多個干摄BS接收該一或201108843 VI. INSTRUCTIONS: Cross-Reference to Related Applications This patent application claims to be filed on May 22, 2009, titled "DISTRIBUTED INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT: SOFT CONTROL OF INTERFERING TRANSMITTER BEHAVIOR VIA SPECIFICATION OF NOMINAL SINR" Patent Application Serial No. 61/180,800, the entire contents of each of which is incorporated herein by reference. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION In general, the following description relates to wireless communication and, in particular, to facilitating interference management in a wireless communication system. [Prior Art] Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication. For example, voice and/or information can be provided via such wireless communication systems. A typical wireless communication system or network enables multiple users to access one or more shared resources (e.g., bandwidth, transmit power). For example, the system can use a variety of multiplex access techniques such as Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM), Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), Code Division Multiplexing (CDM), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), and others. Generally, a wireless multiplex access communication system can simultaneously support communication for multiple user equipments (UEs). Each UE is capable of communicating with one or more access nodes (ANs) via forward link transmissions and reverse link transmissions. The forward link (or downlink (DL)) represents the 4 201108843 communication link from the BS to the UE, and the reverse link (or uplink link (ul)) represents the communication link from ue to AN. Decentralized interference management is desirable in unplanned and/or interference-limited wireless communication systems, such as femto networks and peer networks. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION A brief summary of one or more embodiments is provided below to provide a basic understanding of the embodiments. The summary is not an extensive overview of the various embodiments, and is not intended to identify key or essential elements of all embodiments or to describe the scope of any or all embodiments. Its purpose is to present some concepts of one or more embodiments in a simplified form. Various aspects are described in connection with facilitating interference management in a wireless communication system in accordance with one or more embodiments and their respective disclosures. In one aspect, a method of facilitating interference management in a system having one or more interfering Bs is provided. The method can include calculating a nominal interference. The method can also include transmitting the nominal interference to one or more interference Bs. At least one of the one or more interfering BSs uses the nominal interference to calculate the same set of resources used by the UE of the at least one of the one or more interfering bs outside the cell serving area for receiving information When the transmission is performed, the transmission speed of the UE outside the cell service area is lost. In another embodiment, a 201108843* computer program product with computer readable media is provided. The computer program product includes: a first set of codes, which are used to cause the computer to calculate nominal interference. The computer program product also includes: a second set of codes 'used to cause the computer to transmit the nominal interference to one or more interfering BSs' such that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs interferes with the BS calculation when the one or The at least one interference bs of the plurality of interfering BSs causes a loss of transmission rate to the UE outside the cell service area when transmitting on the same resource set for receiving the information by the UE outside the cell service area. In another embodiment, an apparatus is provided. The apparatus can include: means for calculating a nominal disturbance. The apparatus can also include means for transmitting the nominal interference to one or more interfering BSs such that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs interferes with bS calculations when the at least one of the one or more interfering BSs A transmission rate loss caused by a UE outside the cell's service area when the interference B s is transmitted on the same resource set used by the UE outside the cell service area to receive information. In another embodiment, another device is provided. The device can include an interference management component. The interference management component can be configured to calculate a nominal interference. The interference management component can also be configured to transmit the nominal interference to one or more interfering BSs such that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs calculates the at least one of the one or more interfering BSs The transmission caused by the interfering BS to the UE outside the cell service area when transmitting on the same resource source set used by the UE outside the cell service area for transmitting information. Rate loss. In another aspect, a method for facilitating interference management in a system having one or more 201108843 interfering BSs is provided. The method may include receiving one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein the one or more pilot frequency signals are received from the one or more interference BSs, and the user equipment receives the one or more pilot frequency signals; Interference of one or more interference Bs; a measurement report, and wherein the measurement report includes the interference, wherein the measurement report is transmitted to the serving BS. In another aspect, another computer program product having computer readable media is provided. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to receive one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein the one or more pilot frequency signals are received from the one or more interfering BSs, and the user The device receives the one or more pilot frequency signals; a second set of codes for causing the electrical s to count the interference of the one or more interfering BSs; and a third set of codes for causing the computer to emit a measurement report, wherein the measurement report includes the interference, and wherein the measurement report is transmitted to the serving BS. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: means for receiving one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein the one or more pilot frequency signals are received from the one or more interfering BSs, and the user equipment receives the one or more pilot frequency signals Means for calculating interference of the one or more interfering BSs; and means for transmitting a measurement report, and wherein the measurement report includes the interference, wherein the measurement report is transmitted to the serving BS. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: a transceiver and an interference management module, the transceiver configured to: receive one or more of the 201108843 pilot signals, wherein the one or more of the dry BSs receive the one or

多個引導頻信號,並且使用者裝備接收該一或多個引導a plurality of pilot signals, and the user equipment receives the one or more boots

頻信號;該干擾管理模組經配置以:計算該一或多個干 擾BS的干擾,其中該收發機進一步經配置以向服務bS 發射量測報告’並且其中該量測報告包括該干擾。 在另一實施例中,提供了 一種用於促進在下行鏈路上 進行干擾管理的方法。該方法可以包括:接收用於指示 與使用者裝備相關聯的緩衝狀態的資訊,其中該資訊是 在使用者裝備處接收的,接收來自一或多個干擾BS的干 擾資訊;設定標稱干擾,其中該標稱干擾基於該干擾資 訊;發射該標稱干擾和與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的 優先順序負sfl,其中將該標稱干擾和該優先順序資訊發 射給該一或多個干擾BS ;接收來自該一或多個干擾BS 的排程資訊,其中該排程資訊是回應於發射該標稱干擾 和與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優先順㈣訊而接收 的;及接收來自服務BS的排程資訊,其中該排程資訊基 於來自該一或多個干擾BS的該排程資訊。 在另-個態樣中’提供了具有電腦可讀取媒體的另 電腦程式產品。該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第一組代 其用;使電腦接收用於指示與使用者裝備相關聯的 緩衝狀態的資訊 的;第二組代碼, 擾BS的干擾資訊 其中該資訊是在使用者裝備處接收 其用於使該電腦接收來自—或多個干 ’第二組代碼,其用於使該電腦設定標 201108843 稱干擾,其中該標稱干擾基於該干擾資訊;第四組代碼, 其用於使該電腦發射該標稱干擾和與該使用者裝備相關 聯的訊務的優先順序資訊,其中將該標稱干擾和該優先 順序資訊發射給該一或多個干擾BS ;第五組代碼,其用 於使該電腦接收來自該一或多個干擾B S的排程資訊,其 中該排程資訊是回應於發射該標稱干擾和與該使用者裝 備相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊而接收的;第六組代 碼,其用於使該電腦接收來自服務BS的排程資訊,其中 該排程資訊基於來自該一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 用於接收用於指示與使用者裝備相關聯的緩衝狀態的資 訊的構件,其中該資訊是在使用者裝備處接收的;用於 接收來自一或多個干擾BS的干擾資訊的構件;用於設定 標稱干擾的構件’其中該標稱干擾基於該干擾資訊;用 於發射該標稱干擾和與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優 先順序資訊的構件,其中將該標稱干擾和該優先順序資 訊發射給該一或多個干擾BS;用於接收來自該一或多個 干擾B S的排程資訊的構件,其中該排程資訊是回應於發 射該標稱干擾和與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優先順 序資訊而接收的;用於接收來自服務Bs的排程資訊的構 件’其中該排程資訊基於來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資 訊0 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 201108843 • 收發機和干擾管理模組,該收發機經配置以··接收用於 •\ 指示與使用者裝備相關聯的緩衝狀態的資訊,其中該資 -- ‘疋在使用者裝備處接收的,接收來自一或多個干擾 的干擾資訊;該干擾管理模組經配置以:設定標稱干擾, 其中該標稱干擾基於該干擾資訊。該收發機可以進一步 經配置以:發射該標稱干擾和與該使用者裝備相關聯的 訊務的優先順序資訊,其中將該標稱干擾和該優先順序 資訊發射給該一或多個干擾BS;接收來自該一或多個干 擾B S的排程資訊,其中該排程資訊是回應於發射該標稱 干擾和與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊而 接收的;接收來自服務B S的排程資訊,其中該排程資訊 基於來自該一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊。 在另一個態樣中’提供了另一方法。該方法可以包括: 發射一或多個引導頻信號,其中從一或多個干擾BS發射 該一或多個引導頻信號’並且使用者裝備接收該一或多 個引導頻信號,並且其中量測該一或多個引導頻信號, 以計算該一或多個干擾BS的干擾。 在另一個態樣中,提供了具有電腦可讀取媒體的另— 電腦程式產品。該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第一組代 碼’其用於使電腦發射一或多個引導頻信號,其中從— 或多個干擾BS發射該一或多個引導頻信號,並且使用者 - 裝備接收該一或多個引導頻信號,並且其中量測該—戍 多個引導頻信號,以計算該一或多個干擾BS的干擾。 201108843 在另一個態樣中’提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 用於發射一或多個引導頻信號的構件,其中從一或多個 干擾BS發射該一或多個引導頻信號,並且使用者裝備接 收該一或多個引導頻信號’並且其中量測該一或多個引 導頻彳&號,以計算該一或多個干擾Bs的干擾。 在另一個態樣中,提供了 一種用於促進在下行鏈路上 進行干擾管理的方法《該方法可以包括:接收一或多個 干擾BS的干擾資訊,其中從使用者裝備接收該一或多個 干擾BS的所接收干擾資訊;接收標稱干擾和與該使用者 裝備相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊,與該使用者裝備相 關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊對應於用於指示與該使用者 裝備相關聯的緩衝狀態的資訊;及向該使用者裝備發射 排程資訊,其中該排程資訊是回應於接收該標稱干擾和 與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊而發射 的’並且其中使用去往該使用者裝備的該排程資訊以產 生來自服務BS的用於該使用者裝備的排程資訊。 在另一個態樣中,提供了具有電腦可讀取媒體的另一 電腦程式產品。該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第一組代 « 碼’其用於使電腦接收一或多個干擾BS的干擾資訊,其 中該干擾資訊是從使用者裝備接收的;第二組代碼,其 用於使該電腦接收標稱干擾和與該使用者裴備相關聯的 訊務的優先順序資訊,與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的 優先順序資訊對應於用於指示與該使用者裝備相關聯的 201108843 緩衝狀態的資訊;及第三組代碼,其用於使電腦向該使 用者裝備發射排程資訊,其中該排程資訊是回應於接收 該標稱干擾和與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優先順序 資吼而發射的,並且其中使用去往該使用者裝備的該排 程資訊以產生來自服務基地台的用於該使用者裝備的排 程資訊。 在另一個態樣中’提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 用於接收一或多個干擾BS的干擾資訊的構件,其中從使 用者裝備接收該一或多個干擾08的干擾資訊;用於接收 標稱干擾和與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優先順序資 訊的構件’與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優先順序資 訊對應於用於指示與該使用者裝備相關聯的緩衝狀態的 資訊;及用於向該使用者裝備發射排程資訊的構件,其 中該排程資訊是回應於接收該標稱干擾和與該使用者裝 備相關聯的訊務的優先順序.資訊而發射的,並且其中使 用去往該使用者裝備的排程資訊以產生來自服務BS的 用於該使用者裝備的排程資訊。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一装置。該裝置可以包括: 收發機,其經配置以:接收一或多個干擾BS的干擾資 訊’其中從使用者裝備接收一或多個干擾BS的干擾資 訊;接收標稱干擾和與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優 先順序資訊’與該使用者裝備相關聯的訊務的優先順序 資δΗ*對應於用於指示與該使用者裝備相關聯的緩衝狀態 12 201108843 的資讯,及向該使用者裝備發射該排程資訊,其中該排 程貝訊疋回應於接收該標稱干擾和與該使用者裝備相關 聯的訊務的優先順序資訊而發射的,並且其中使用去往 S亥使用者裝備的排程資訊以產生來自服務BS的用於該 使用者裝備的排程資訊。 在另一個態樣中,提供了 一種用於促進在無線通訊系 統中的上行鏈路上進行干擾管理的方法。該方法可以包 括:決定在下行鏈路上量測的通道增益資訊,其中該決 疋疋由BS來執行的;基於該上行鍵路的通道增益資訊來 決定來自一或多個干擾使用者裝備的干擾;及基於來自 該一或多個干擾使用者裝備的干擾來計算標稱干擾。 在另一個態樣中,提供了具有電腦可讀取媒體的另一 電腦程式產品。該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第一組代 碼,其用於使電腦決定在下行鏈路上量測的通道增益資 訊,其中該決定是由BS來執行的;第二組代碼,其用於 使該電腦基於該上行鏈路的通道增益資訊決定來自一或 多個干擾使用者裝備的干擾;及第三組代碼,其用於使 s玄電腦基於來自該一或多個干擾使用者裝備的干擾來計 算標稱干擾。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 用於決定在下行鏈路上量測的通道增益資訊的構件;用 於基於該上行鏈路的通道增益資訊決定來自一或多個干 擾使用者裝備的干擾的構件;及用於基於來自該一或多 13 201108843 個干擾使用者裝備的干擾來計算標稱干擾的構件。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 干擾管理模組,其經配置以:決定在下行鏈路上量測的 通道增益資訊;基於該上行鏈路的通道增益資訊決定來 自一或多個干擾使用者裝備的干擾;及基於來自該一或 多個干擾使用者裝備的干擾來計算標稱干擾。 在另一個態樣中,提供了一種用於促進在通訊系統的 上行鏈路上進行干擾管理的方法。該方法可以包括:接 收該上行鏈路上的資訊,#中從使用者裝備接收該上行 鏈路上的資訊;接收用於解碼該上行鏈路上的資訊的一 或多個參數’解碼該上行鏈路上的資訊;評估來自該使 用者裝備的干擾;及言十算該使用者裝備的標稱干擾。 在另—個態樣_,提供了具有電腦可讀取媒體的另一 電腦程式產品。該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第一組代 碼,其用於使電腦接收該上行鏈路上的資訊,其中從使 用者裝備接收該上行鏈路上的資訊;第二組代碼,其用 於使該電腦接收用於解碼該上行鏈路上的資訊的一或多 個參2;第三組代碼,其用於使該f腦解碼該上行鏈路 上的資訊;第四組代碼,其用於使該電腦評估來自該使 用者裝備的干擾;及第五組代碼,其用於使該電腦計算 該使用者裝備的標稱干擾。 在另-個態樣中,提供了另—裝置。該裝置可以包括·· 用於接收該上行鏈路上的資訊的構件,其中從使用者裝 14 201108843 備接收該上行鏈路上的資訊;用於接收用於解碼該上行 鏈路上的資訊的—或多個參數的構件;用於解碼該上行 鏈路上的資訊的構件;用於評估來自該使用者裝備的干 擾的構件;及用於計算該使用者裝備的標稱干擾的構件。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 收發機和解碼器’該收發機經配置以:接收該上行鍵路 上的資訊,其中從使用者裝備接收該上行鏈路上的資 讯,接收用於解碼該上行鏈路上的資訊的一或多個參 數;該解碼器經配置以:解碼該上行鏈路上的資訊。該 裝置亦可以包括干擾管理模組,該干擾管理模組經配置 以:評估來自.該使用者裝備的干擾;及計算該使用者裝 備的標稱干擾。 在另一個態樣中,提供了 一種用於促進在通訊系統的 上行鏈路上進行干擾管理的方法。該方法可以包括:接 收一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息,其中該一或多個上 行鏈路資源利用訊息由第一細胞服務區中的B s從除了 s玄第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的—或 多個使用者裝備接收;量測該等上行鏈路資源利用訊息 的功率;決定除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個 細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的使用者裝備 的身份是否已知;回應於決定出除了該第一細胞服務區 以外的s玄一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝 備中的該使用者裝備的身份是已知的,決定來自除了今 15 201108843 第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一 或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的干擾·。該干擾可 以對應於來自除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個 細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝 備的上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率。 在另一個態樣中,提供了具有電腦可讀取媒體的另一 電腦程式產品。該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第一組代 碼’其用於使電腦接收一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊 息’其中該一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息由第一細胞 服務區中的BS從除了該第一細胞服務區以外的一或多 個細胞服務區中的一或多個使用者裝備接收;第二組代 碼’其用於使該電腦量測該等上行鏈路資源利用訊息的 功率;第三組代碼,其用於使該電腦決定除了該第一細 胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個 使用者裝備中的使用者裝備的身份是否已知;及第四組 代碼,其用於使該電腦執行以下操作:回應於決定出除 了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的 該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的身份是已知 的,決定來自除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個 細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝 備的千擾,其中該干擾對應於來自除了該第一細胞服務 區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者 裝備中的該使用者裝備的上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功 16 201108843 率。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另__裝置。該裝置可以包括: 用於接收一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息的構件,其中 該或夕個上行鏈路貝源利用訊息由第一細胞服務區中 的BS從除了該第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服 務區中的一或多個使用者裝備接收;用於量測該等上行 鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的構件;用於決定除了該第一 細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多 個使用者裝備中的使用者裝備的身份是否已知的構件; 及用於回應於決定出除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一 或多個細胞服務區申的該—或多個使用者裝備中的該使 用者裝備的身份是已知的,決定來自除了該第一細胞服 務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用 者裝備中的s玄使用者裝備的干擾的構件,其中該干擾對 應於來自除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞 服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的 上行鍵路資源利用訊息的功率。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另—裝置。該裝置可以包括: 收發機,其經配置以:接收一或多個上行鏈路資源利用 訊息,其中該一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息由第一細 月己服務區中的B S從除了該第一細胞服務區以外的一或 多個細胞服務區中的一或多個使用者裝備接收。該裝置 亦可以包括干擾管理模組,其經配置以:量測該等上行 17 201108843 鏈路資源利用訊息的功率;決定除了該第一細胞服務區 以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝 備中的使用者裝備的身份是否已知:及回應於決定出除 了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的 該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的身份是已知 的’決定來自除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個 細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝 備的干擾’其中該干擾對應於來自除了該第一細胞服務 區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者 裝備中的該使用者裴備的上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功 率。 在另一個態樣中’提供了一種用於促進在上行鏈路上 進行干擾皆理的方法。該方法可以包括:計算通道增益 資讯,其中該通道增益資訊是由bs計算的且指示該 和一或多個干擾使用者裝備之間的通道;設定該B S和該 一或多個干擾使用者裝備中,的至少一個干擾使用者裝備 之間的標稱干擾;決定該BS要從由該BS服務的—或多 個使用者裴備接收的訊務的優先順序;.及向該—或多個 ::使用者裝備發射資源利用訊息,其中該資源利用訊 、匕括.該BS要從由該Bs服務的一或多個使用者裝備 接收的訊務的優先順序,及該BS和該-或多個干擾使用 者裝備之間的標稱干擾。 另個態樣中,提供了具有電腦可讀取媒體的另一 18 201108843The interference signal module is configured to: calculate interference of the one or more interference BSs, wherein the transceiver is further configured to transmit a measurement report to the service bS and wherein the measurement report includes the interference. In another embodiment, a method for facilitating interference management on the downlink is provided. The method can include receiving information indicative of a buffer status associated with the user equipment, wherein the information is received at the user equipment, receiving interference information from one or more interfering BSs; setting nominal interference, Wherein the nominal interference is based on the interference information; transmitting the nominal interference and the priority of the traffic associated with the user equipment is negative sfl, wherein the nominal interference and the priority order information are transmitted to the one or more Interfering with the BS; receiving scheduling information from the one or more interfering BSs, wherein the scheduling information is received in response to transmitting the nominal interference and the priority (4) of the communication associated with the user equipment; And receiving scheduling information from the serving BS, wherein the scheduling information is based on the scheduling information from the one or more interfering BSs. In another aspect, a computer program product with computer readable media is provided. The computer readable medium may include: a first group for its use; a computer for receiving information indicating a buffer status associated with the user equipment; and a second group of codes for interfering with the interference information of the BS, wherein the information is The user equipment office receives the second set of codes for causing the computer to receive from the - or a plurality of 'dry' signals for causing the computer to set the target 201108843 to be said to be interference, wherein the nominal interference is based on the interference information; the fourth set of codes And a priority order information for causing the computer to transmit the nominal interference and the traffic associated with the user equipment, wherein the nominal interference and the priority order information are transmitted to the one or more interference BSs; Five sets of codes for causing the computer to receive schedule information from the one or more interfering BSs, wherein the schedule information is prioritized in response to transmitting the nominal interference and traffic associated with the user equipment Received by the sequence information; a sixth set of codes for causing the computer to receive schedule information from the serving BS, wherein the schedule information is based on schedule information from the one or more interfering BSs. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: means for receiving information indicative of a buffer status associated with user equipment, wherein the information is received at a user equipment; for receiving interference information from one or more interfering BSs a component for setting a nominal interference, wherein the nominal interference is based on the interference information; and means for transmitting the prioritized information of the nominal interference and traffic associated with the user equipment, wherein The nominal interference and the priority order information are transmitted to the one or more interfering BSs; means for receiving scheduling information from the one or more interfering BSs, wherein the scheduling information is in response to transmitting the nominal interference and Received by the priority information of the service associated with the user equipment; means for receiving schedule information from the service Bs, wherein the schedule information is based on schedule information 0 from one or more interfering BSs In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: 201108843 • a transceiver and interference management module configured to receive information for •\ indicating a buffer status associated with the user equipment, wherein the resource is-- Receiving interference information from one or more interferences received by the equipment; the interference management module is configured to: set a nominal interference, wherein the nominal interference is based on the interference information. The transceiver can be further configured to: transmit the nominal interference and priority information of the traffic associated with the user equipment, wherein the nominal interference and the prioritization information are transmitted to the one or more interfering BSs Receiving schedule information from the one or more interfering BSs, wherein the schedule information is received in response to transmitting priority information of the nominal interference and traffic associated with the user equipment; receiving from the service The schedule information of the BS, wherein the schedule information is based on schedule information from the one or more interfering BSs. In another aspect, another method is provided. The method can include: transmitting one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein the one or more pilot frequency signals are transmitted from one or more interfering BSs and the user equipment receives the one or more pilot frequency signals, and wherein the measurement The one or more pilot signals are used to calculate interference of the one or more interfering BSs. In another aspect, another computer program product having computer readable media is provided. The computer readable medium can include a first set of codes 'for causing a computer to transmit one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein the one or more pilot frequency signals are transmitted from - or a plurality of interfering BSs, and the user - The apparatus receives the one or more pilot frequency signals and wherein the plurality of pilot frequency signals are measured to calculate interference of the one or more interfering BSs. 201108843 provides another device in another aspect. The apparatus can include: means for transmitting one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein the one or more pilot frequency signals are transmitted from one or more interfering BSs, and user equipment receives the one or more pilot frequency signals ' And wherein the one or more pilot frequency & numbers are measured to calculate interference of the one or more interference Bs. In another aspect, a method for facilitating interference management on a downlink is provided. The method can include receiving interference information for one or more interfering BSs, wherein the one or more are received from user equipment Interfering with the received interference information of the BS; receiving priority information of the nominal interference and the traffic associated with the user equipment, and priority information of the traffic associated with the user equipment corresponding to the indication and the use Providing information about the associated buffer status; and transmitting the schedule information to the user equipment, wherein the schedule information is in response to receiving the nominal interference and priority information of the service associated with the user equipment The transmitted 'and wherein the schedule information to the user equipment is used to generate schedule information for the user equipment from the service BS. In another aspect, another computer program product having computer readable media is provided. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of generation codes for causing a computer to receive interference information of one or more interfering BSs, wherein the interference information is received from user equipment; a second set of codes Priority information for causing the computer to receive nominal interference and traffic associated with the user device, priority information of the traffic associated with the user equipment corresponding to the device for indicating Information about the buffer status of the associated 201108843; and a third set of codes for causing the computer to transmit schedule information to the user equipment, wherein the schedule information is responsive to receiving the nominal interference and related to the user equipment The priority information of the associated service is transmitted, and the schedule information destined for the user equipment is used to generate schedule information for the user equipment from the service base station. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: means for receiving interference information of one or more interfering BSs, wherein interference information of the one or more interferences 08 is received from user equipment; for receiving nominal interference and associated with the user equipment The component of the prioritization information of the associated service's priority information of the service associated with the user equipment corresponds to information indicating a buffer status associated with the user equipment; and for the user Equipped with means for transmitting schedule information, wherein the schedule information is transmitted in response to receiving the nominal interference and priority information of the information associated with the user equipment, and wherein the user equipment is used Schedule information to generate schedule information for the user equipment from the service BS. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: a transceiver configured to: receive interference information of one or more interfering BSs] wherein interference information of one or more interfering BSs is received from user equipment; receiving nominal interference and with the user equipment The prioritization information of the associated service 'the priority order of the traffic associated with the user equipment Η Η* corresponds to the information indicating the buffer status 12 201108843 associated with the user equipment, and to the The user equipment transmits the schedule information, wherein the schedule is transmitted in response to receiving the priority interference and priority information of the service associated with the user equipment, and wherein the use is sent to S Hai The schedule information of the equipment is equipped to generate schedule information for the user equipment from the service BS. In another aspect, a method for facilitating interference management on an uplink in a wireless communication system is provided. The method can include: determining channel gain information measured on the downlink, wherein the decision is performed by the BS; determining channel interference from the one or more interfering user equipment based on channel gain information of the uplink key And calculating the nominal interference based on interference from the one or more interfering user equipment. In another aspect, another computer program product having computer readable media is provided. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to determine channel gain information measured on the downlink, wherein the decision is performed by the BS; a second set of codes for The computer determines interference from one or more interfering user equipment based on the channel gain information of the uplink; and a third set of codes for causing the S-computer to be based on interference from the one or more interfering user equipment To calculate the nominal interference. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: means for determining channel gain information measured on the downlink; means for determining interference from one or more interfering user equipment based on channel gain information of the uplink; and for A component that calculates nominal interference based on interference from the one or more 201108843 interfering user equipment. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: an interference management module configured to: determine channel gain information measured on the downlink; and determine interference from one or more interfering user equipment based on the channel gain information of the uplink; The nominal interference is calculated based on interference from the one or more interfering user equipment. In another aspect, a method for facilitating interference management on an uplink of a communication system is provided. The method can include receiving information on the uplink, receiving information on the uplink from user equipment, and receiving one or more parameters for decoding information on the uplink to decode the uplink. Information; assessing interference from the user equipment; and calculating the nominal interference of the user equipment. In another form, another computer program product with computer readable media is provided. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to receive information on the uplink, wherein the information on the uplink is received from user equipment; and a second set of codes for The computer receives one or more parameters 2 for decoding information on the uplink; a third set of codes for causing the f brain to decode information on the uplink; and a fourth set of codes for causing the computer Evaluating interference from the user equipment; and a fifth set of codes for causing the computer to calculate nominal interference of the user equipment. In another aspect, an additional device is provided. The apparatus can include means for receiving information on the uplink, wherein the information on the uplink is received from the user equipment 14 201108843; for receiving - or more for decoding information on the uplink a component of parameters; means for decoding information on the uplink; means for evaluating interference from the user equipment; and means for calculating nominal interference of the user equipment. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: a transceiver and a decoder configured to: receive information on the uplink key, wherein the information on the uplink is received from a user equipment, and the information used to decode the uplink is received One or more parameters; the decoder is configured to: decode information on the uplink. The device can also include an interference management module configured to: assess interference from the user equipment; and calculate nominal interference of the user equipment. In another aspect, a method for facilitating interference management on an uplink of a communication system is provided. The method can include receiving one or more uplink resource utilization messages, wherein the one or more uplink resource utilization messages are from a Bs in the first cell service area from a service area other than the first cell service area Receiving - or a plurality of user equipments in one or more cell service areas; measuring the power of the uplink resource utilization messages; determining the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area Whether the identity of the user equipment in the one or more user equipment is known; in response to determining the one or more uses in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The identity of the user equipment in the equipment is known to determine the use in the one or more user equipment in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area of today 15 201108843 The interference of the equipment. The interference may correspond to power of an uplink resource utilization message from the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cellular service areas other than the first cellular service area. In another aspect, another computer program product having computer readable media is provided. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes 'for causing a computer to receive one or more uplink resource utilization messages' wherein the one or more uplink resource utilization messages are from a first cell service area The BS receives from one or more user equipment in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area; the second set of codes 'used to cause the computer to measure the uplink resource utilization The power of the message; a third set of codes for causing the computer to determine the identity of the user equipment in the one or more user equipment in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area Whether it is known; and a fourth set of codes for causing the computer to: responsive to determining the one or more users in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The identity of the user equipment in the equipment is known, deciding from the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area a disturbance, wherein the interference corresponds to an uplink resource utilization message of the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area Gong 16 201108843 rate. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: means for receiving one or more uplink resource utilization messages, wherein the orbit uplink uplink utilization information is from the BS in the first cell service area except the first cell service area Receiving, by one or more user equipments in one or more other cell service areas; means for measuring power of the uplink resource utilization messages; for determining the other than the first cell service area Means for determining whether the identity of the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas is known; and for responding to determining the one or more other than the first cell service area The identity of the user equipment in the one or more user equipments of the cell service area is known, and the one of the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area is determined. Or a component of the interference of the sino user equipment in the plurality of user equipment, wherein the interference corresponds to the one or more of the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The power of the uplink resource utilization message key road were outfitted in the user equipment. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: a transceiver configured to: receive one or more uplink resource utilization messages, wherein the one or more uplink resource utilization messages are received by a BS in a first fine monthly service area One or more user equipments in one or more cell service areas outside of the first cell service area are received. The apparatus can also include an interference management module configured to: measure power of the uplink 17 201108843 link resource utilization message; and determine the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area Whether the identity of the user equipment in the one or more user equipment is known: and in response to determining the one or more users in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The identity of the user equipment in the equipment is known to 'determine from the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area Interference' wherein the interference corresponds to an uplink resource utilization message from the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area power. In another aspect, a method for facilitating interference on the uplink is provided. The method can include calculating channel gain information, wherein the channel gain information is calculated by bs and indicating a channel between the one and more interfering user equipments; setting the BS and the one or more interfering users At least one of the equipment interferes with the nominal interference between the user equipment; determines the priority order of the BS to receive the service from the service served by the BS or the plurality of users; and to the - or more The user equipment transmits a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message, the priority of the information to be received by the BS from one or more user equipments served by the Bs, and the BS and the - Or multiple interferences with the nominal interference between user equipment. In another aspect, another computer with computer readable media is provided. 18 201108843

電腦程式產品。該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第一组代 碼,其用於使電腦計算通道增益資訊,其中該通道增益 ^ όΠί疋由BS計算的兮· 丁异的且扣不5亥38和一或多個干擾使用者 裝備之間的通道;篦-& # u m 第一組代碼,其用於使該電腦設定該 BS和該一或多個干擾使用者裝備中的至少一個干擾使 用者裝備之間的標稱干擾;第三組代碼,其用於使該電 腦決定該BS要從由該BS服務的_或多個使用者裝備接 收的訊務的優先順序;及第四組代碼,其用於使該電腦 向一或多個干擾使用者裝備發射資源㈣訊息,其中該 資源利用訊息包括:該BS要從由該恥服務的一或多個 使用者裝備接收的訊務的優先順序,及該Bs和該_或多 個干擾使用者裝備之間的標稱干擾。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另-裝置。該裝置可以包括: 用於計算通道增益資訊的構件,其中該通道增益資訊是 由BS計算的且指示該則和—或多個干擾使用者裝備: 間的通道;用於設定該BS和該—或多個干擾使用者裝備 中的至少-個干擾使用者|備之間的標稱干擾的構件; 用於決定該BS要從由該BS服務的—或多個使用者裝備 接收的訊務的優先順序的構件;及用於向一或多個干擾 使用者裝備發射資源利用訊息的構件,其中該資源利用 訊息包括:該BS要從由該Bs服務的一或多個使用者跋 備接收的訊務的優先順序,及該BS和該一或多個干擾使 用者裝備之間的標稱干擾。 201108843Computer program product. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to calculate channel gain information, wherein the channel gain is ^ 疋 疋 疋 疋 疋 丁 丁 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且Interfering with the channel between the user equipment; 篦-&# um a first set of codes for causing the computer to set between the BS and at least one of the one or more interfering user equipments to interfere with the user equipment Nominal interference; a third set of codes for causing the computer to prioritize the traffic that the BS is to receive from the _ or multiple user equipment served by the BS; and a fourth set of codes for Causing the computer to transmit a resource (4) message to one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the resource utilization message includes: a priority order of the BS to receive the service from one or more user equipments of the shame service, and the The nominal interference between Bs and the one or more interfering user equipment. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: means for calculating channel gain information, wherein the channel gain information is calculated by the BS and indicates the sum and/or the interfering user equipment: a channel between the BS and the Or a plurality of components that interfere with the nominal interference between the user equipment and at least one of the user equipments; and are used to determine the information that the BS is to receive from the service or services of the BS. a component of prioritization; and means for transmitting a resource utilization message to one or more interfering users, wherein the resource utilization message comprises: the BS to be received from one or more users of the Bs service The priority of the traffic and the nominal interference between the BS and the one or more interfering user equipment. 201108843

在另-個態樣中’提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 干擾管理模組’其經配置以:計算通道增益資訊,其中 該通道增益資訊是由Bs計算的^指示該Ba_或多個 干擾使用者裝備之間的通道;設定該B s和該—或多個干 擾使用者裝備中的至少—個干擾使用者I備之間的標稱 干擾;決定該BS要從由該BS服務的—或多個使用者裝 備接收的訊務的優先順序;及向—或多個干擾使用者裝 備發射資源利用訊息’其中該資源利用訊息包括:該 要從由該BS服務的-❹個使用者裝備接收的訊務的 優先順序’及該BS和該-或多個干擾使用者裂傷之間的 標稱干擾。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一方法。該方法可以包括: 發射用於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資訊,其中發射用 於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資訊是由使用者裝備來 執行的。該方法亦可以包括:接收資源利用訊息,其中 該資源利用訊息包括:要由該BS從由該Bs所服務的使 用者裝備接收的訊務的優先順序,及該Bs和該使用者裝 備之間的標稱干擾的值,其中該標稱干擾的值是基於該 通道增益資訊的。該方法亦可以包括:發射用於指示預 期排程的資訊,其中用於指示預期排程的資訊基於該標 稱干擾的值和要由該BS從由該BS服務的使用者裝備接 收的訊務的優先順序,並且其中使用用於指示預期排程 的資訊來決定去往由該BS服務的使用者裝備的指派結 20 201108843 在另一個態樣中,提供了具有電腦可讀取媒體的另一 電腦程式產品。該電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第一組代 碼,其用於使電腦發射用於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的 資訊’其中發射用於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資訊是 由使用者裝備來執行的。該電腦可讀取媒體亦可以包 括:第二組代碼,其用於使該電腦接收資源利用訊息, 其中該資源利用訊息包括:要由該BS從由該BS服務的 使用者裝備接收的訊務的優先順序,及該B s和該使用者 裝備之間的標稱干擾的值,其中該標稱干擾的值是基於 該通道增益資訊的》該電腦可讀取媒體亦可以包括:第 三組代碼,其用於使該電腦發射用於指示預期排程的資 訊,其中用於指示預期排程的資訊基於該標稱干擾的值Another device is provided in another aspect. The apparatus can include: an interference management module configured to: calculate channel gain information, wherein the channel gain information is a channel calculated by Bs indicating a channel between the Ba_ or a plurality of interfering user equipment; setting the B And s or at least one of the interfering user equipments interferes with the nominal interference between the user's equipment; determining the information that the BS is to receive from the service or equipment of the user serviced by the BS a priority sequence; and transmitting a resource utilization message to the - or a plurality of interfering user equipments, wherein the resource utilization message includes: a priority order of the traffic to be received from the user equipment served by the BS' and the BS Nominal interference with the one or more interfering user cracks. In another aspect, another method is provided. The method can include: transmitting information for determining channel gain information at the BS, wherein transmitting information for determining channel gain information at the BS is performed by the user equipment. The method may also include receiving a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message includes: a priority order of the traffic to be received by the BS from the user equipment served by the Bs, and between the Bs and the user equipment The value of the nominal interference, where the value of the nominal interference is based on the channel gain information. The method may also include transmitting information indicating an expected schedule, wherein the information indicating the expected schedule is based on the value of the nominal interference and the traffic to be received by the BS from the user equipment served by the BS Prioritization, and wherein the information used to indicate the expected schedule is used to determine the assignment node to the user serviced by the BS 20 201108843. In another aspect, another computer-readable medium is provided Computer program product. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to transmit information for determining channel gain information at the BS 'where the information for transmitting channel gain information at the BS is transmitted by the user To perform. The computer readable medium can also include: a second set of codes for causing the computer to receive a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message includes: a service to be received by the BS from user equipment served by the BS The priority order, and the value of the nominal interference between the Bs and the user equipment, wherein the nominal interference value is based on the channel gain information. The computer readable medium may also include: a third group a code for causing the computer to transmit information indicating an expected schedule, wherein the information indicating the expected schedule is based on the value of the nominal interference

定去往由該BS服務的栋用去壯^ .Going to the building served by the BS to use it.

及該BS和該使用者裝備之間 資源利用訊息包括:要由該 者裝備接收的訊務的優先順 1之間的標稱干擾的值,其中 21 201108843 該標稱干擾的值是基於該通道增益資訊的。該裝置亦可 以包括:用於發射用於指示預期排程的資訊的構件,其 中用於指示預期排程的資訊基於該標稱干擾的值和要由 該BS從由該Bs服務的使用者裝備接收的訊務的優先順 序,並且其中使用用於指示預期排程的資訊來決定去往 由該BS服務的使用者裝備的指派結果。 在另一個態樣中,提供了另一裝置。該裝置可以包括: 收發機,其經配置以:發射用於在Bs處決定通道增益資 訊的資訊,其中發射用於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資 訊是由使用者裝備來執行的;及接收資源利用訊息,其 中該-貝源利用汛息包括:要由該B s從由該B s服務的使 用者裝備接收的訊務的優先順序;及該BS和該使用者裝 備之間的標稱干擾的值,其中該標稱干擾的值是基於該 通道增益資訊的。該收發機亦可以經配置以:發射用於 指不預期排程的資訊,其中用於指示預期排程的資訊基 於該標稱干擾的值和要由該BS從由該BS服務的使用者 裝備接收的訊務的優先順序,並且其中使用用於指示預 期排程的資訊來決定去往由該BS服務的使用者裝備的 指派結果。 為了實現前述和有關的目的,一或多個實施例包括下 文充分描述和申請專利範圍中特定指出的特徵。以下描 述和附圖詳細闡述了一或多個實施例的某些說明性態 樣。然而,此等態樣僅僅指示可使用此等各種實施例之 22 201108843 基本原理的一些不同方法,並且此等所描述的實施例意 欲包括所有此等態樣及其均等物。 【實施方式】 現在參照附圖描述各種實施例,其中相同的元件符號 用於在全文中代表相同的元件。在以下描述中為便於 解釋,提供了大量特定細節,以便提供對—或多個實施 例的透徹理解。然而,报明顯,亦可以列此等特定細 節來實現此等實施例。在其他實例中,以方塊圖形式圖 示熟知結構和設備,以促進描述一或多個實施例。 本案所使用的術語「組件」、「模組」、「系統」等等音 欲代表與電腦相關的實體,其可以是硬體、勃體、硬體 和軟體的組合、軟體及/或執行中的軟體。 以是,但不限於是:在處理器上執行的過程、處理:: 勿件可執行件、執行的線程、程式及/或電腦。舉例而 言,在計算設備上執行的應用程式及/或計算設備皆可以 是組件。-或多個組件可以常駐在執行的過程及域線程 中,且組件可以位於一個電腦上及/或分佈在兩個或兩個 以上電m此外’此等組件能夠從其上儲存有各種 資料結構的各種電腦可讀取媒體中執行。此等組件可以 藉由諸如根據具有一或多個資料封包的信號(例如,來 自—個組件的資料,該組件與本端系統、分散式系統中 的另-個組件進行互動及/或以信號的方式跨諸如網際 網路之類的網路與其他系統進行互動),以本端及/或遠 23 201108843 端過程的方式進行通訊。 - 本案描述的技術可以用於各種無線通訊系統,諸如分 碼多工存取(CDMA )系統、分時多工存取(TDMA )系 統、分頻多工存取(FDMA )系統、正交分頻多工存取 (OFDMA )系統、單載波分頻多工存取(SD-FDMA )系 統及/或其他系統。術語「系統」和「網路」經常可以互 換地使用。CDMA系統可以實施無線電技術,諸如通用 陸地無線電存取(UTRA )、CDMA8020等等。UTRA包 括寬頻CDMA ( W-CDMA)和CDMA的其他變體。此外, 001\4入8 020 覆蓋18-8020、18-95和18-856 標準。0?0河入 系統可以實施無線電技術,諸如進化的 UTRA (E-UTRA)、超行動寬頻(UMB)、IEEE 8 02.1 1 ( Wi-Fi)、 IEEE 802.16 ( WiMAX)、IEEE 802.20、Flash-OFDM 等 等。UTRA和E-UTRA是通用行動電訊系統(UMTS )的 一部分。3GPP長期進化(LTE )是UMTS的使用E-UTRA 的即將發佈的版本,其在下行鏈路上使用OFDMA,並在 上行鏈路上使用SC-FDMA。在來自名為「第三代合作夥 伴計晝」(3GPP )的組織的文件中描述了 UTRA、 E-UTRA、UMTS、LTE和GSM。另外,在來自名為「第 三代合作夥伴計畫2」(3GPP2)的組織的文件中描述了 CDMA8020和UMB。此外,此等無線通訊系統可以額外 地包括同級間(例如,行動站對行動站的)特定網路系 統’其通常使用不成對的未經授權的頻譜、802.XX無線 24 201108843 LAN、藍芽和任何其他短距或長距無線通訊技術。And the resource utilization information between the BS and the user equipment includes: a value of the nominal interference between the priority of the received service to be received by the person, wherein 21 201108843 the value of the nominal interference is based on the channel Gain information. The apparatus can also include means for transmitting information indicative of the expected schedule, wherein the information indicative of the expected schedule is based on the value of the nominal interference and is to be provided by the BS from a user served by the Bs The priority of the received traffic, and the information used to indicate the expected schedule is used to determine the assignment result to the user equipment served by the BS. In another aspect, another device is provided. The apparatus can include: a transceiver configured to: transmit information for determining channel gain information at Bs, wherein transmitting information for determining channel gain information at the BS is performed by user equipment; and receiving a resource utilization message, wherein the source utilization includes: a priority order of the service to be received by the Bs from the user equipment served by the Bs; and a nominal between the BS and the user equipment The value of the interference, where the value of the nominal interference is based on the channel gain information. The transceiver can also be configured to: transmit information indicative of an unexpected schedule, wherein information indicative of the expected schedule is based on the value of the nominal interference and is to be provided by the BS from a user served by the BS The priority of the received traffic, and the information used to indicate the expected schedule is used to determine the assignment result to the user equipment served by the BS. In order to achieve the foregoing and related ends, one or more embodiments include the features that are specifically described and claimed in the claims. The following description and the annexed drawings set forth in detail However, such aspects are merely indicative of some of the various ways in which the basic principles of the various embodiments of the present invention can be used, and the described embodiments are intended to include all such aspects and their equivalents. [Embodiment] Various embodiments are now described with reference to the drawings, wherein the same element symbols are used to represent the same elements throughout. In the following description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a However, it is obvious that such specific embodiments may be implemented in the specific details. In other instances, well-known structures and <RTIgt; The terms "component", "module", "system" and the like used in this context are intended to mean a computer-related entity, which may be a combination of hardware, caries, hardware and software, software and/or execution. Software. So, but not limited to: the process, processing performed on the processor:: No executables, threads of execution, programs, and/or computers. For example, an application and/or computing device executing on a computing device can be a component. - or multiple components may reside in the execution process and domain threads, and the components may be located on one computer and/or distributed over two or more circuits. In addition, these components can store various data structures from them. The various computer readable media are executed. Such components may be interacted with and/or signaled by, for example, data from one or more data packets (eg, data from one component, the component interacting with another component in the local system, the decentralized system) The way to interact with other systems across a network such as the Internet, communicating in the same way as the local and/or remote 201108843 process. - The techniques described in this case can be applied to various wireless communication systems, such as code division multiplexing access (CDMA) systems, time division multiple access (TDMA) systems, frequency division multiplexing access (FDMA) systems, and orthogonal divisions. Frequency Multiple Access (OFDMA) systems, Single-Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SD-FDMA) systems, and/or other systems. The terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably. CDMA systems may implement radio technologies such as Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA), CDMA 8020, and the like. UTRA includes Wideband CDMA (W-CDMA) and other variants of CDMA. In addition, 001\4 into 8 020 covers the 18-8020, 18-95 and 18-856 standards. The 0?0 river entry system can implement radio technologies such as evolved UTRA (E-UTRA), Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE 8 02.1 1 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM and many more. UTRA and E-UTRA are part of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) is an upcoming release of UMTS that uses E-UTRA, which employs OFDMA on the downlink and SC-FDMA on the uplink. UTRA, E-UTRA, UMTS, LTE, and GSM are described in documents from an organization named "3rd Generation Partnership Project" (3GPP). In addition, CDMA8020 and UMB are described in documents from an organization named "3rd Generation Partnership Project 2" (3GPP2). In addition, such wireless communication systems may additionally include a specific network system between peers (eg, mobile stations to mobile stations) 'which typically uses unpaired unlicensed spectrum, 802.XX wireless 24 201108843 LAN, Bluetooth And any other short or long range wireless communication technology.

單載波分頻多工存取(SC-FDMA )利用單載波調制和 頻域均衡。SC-FDMA與OFDMA系統具有類似的效能和 基本上相同的整體複雜度。SC_FDMA信號由於其固有的 單載波結構而具有較低的峰均功率比(PApr )。例如, 在上行鏈路通訊中’可以使用sc_fdMA,在上行鍵路通 訊中’就發射功率效率而言,較低的PApr非常有利於 UE。因此’在3GPP長期進化(LTE)或進化的m 中,SC-FDMA可以實施為上行鍵路多工存取方案。 此外,本案結合使用者裝備(UE)描述了各個實施例。 UE亦可以稱作系統、用戶單元、用戶站、行動站行動 台、遠端站、遠端终端、行動設備、存取終端、無線通 Λ n又備、使用者代理或使用者設備。UE可以是蜂巢式電 話、無線電話、通信期啟動協定(SIp)電話、無線區域 迴路(WLL )站、個人數位助理(pDA )、具有無線 能力的手持設備、計算設備或連接到無線數據機的其他 處理設備。此外’本案結合基地台(BS)或an描述了 各個實施例。BS可以用於與UE進行通訊,1亦可以稱 作存取點、毫微微節點、微微節點、節點B、 (e節點B、eNB)或—些其他術語。 ‘ 此外,術語「或者」意欲意謂包括性的「或 是排他性的「或者」。亦即,&amp;卜 一」 丨除非另外指定,或者從上下 文能清楚得知,否則用語「X使 丨义用A或者B」意欲意謂 25 201108843 任何自然的包括性置換。 J 1右X使用A,X使用B, s X使用A和B兩者’用語「χ^ A或者B」滿足 亡::何一種實例。另外’除非另外指定或從上下文能 :楚传知針對單數形式,否則本案和所附申請專利範圍 中使用的冠詞「一 ,诵食庙% # 」通吊應虽解釋為意謂「一或多個」。 此外’可以使用標準 千桎式編寫及/或工程技術將本案描 述的各個態樣咬特微音&amp; + + 飞特徵實施成方法、裝置或製品。本案中 使用的術語「劁孓 分 θ J思欢涵蓋可從任何電腦可讀取設備、 載體或媒體存取的電腦 ㈣腦程式。例如’電腦可讀取媒體包 括,但不限於:磁性 ^ 存3又備(例如,硬碟、軟碟、磁 條4 )、光碟(例如,壓 縮先碟(CD)、數位多功能光碟 ^ '智慧卡和快閃記憶體設備(例如,EPR〇M、 s己憶卡、記憶棒、鍅彳 存# &quot;碟)。此外,本案描述的各種儲 存媒體表不為用於儲存 Μ 1 μ 什貝。札的一或多個設備及/或其他 機器可讀取媒體。術 ^ °機15可讀取媒體」可以包括作 不限於能夠儲存、含有 或攜帶代碼及/或指令及/咬資 料的無線通道和各插甘π w a ^ ^ 八他媒體(及/或儲存媒體)。 在一些態樣中,本幸 .r,5t,, 本案之教不可關在包括U規模覆 盍C例如,大區妯政ω t 域蜂巢網路,諸如3G網路, 集細胞服務區網路)和 Ί現模覆蓋(例如,基於往宝 或基於建築物的網敗p 、 丞孓任乇 的網路%境)的網路中。证在此網路中移 動。UE可以在特定的办堪丄上 、置由提供巨集覆蓋的BS來服 務,同時UE亦可以产* 木服 ,、他位置由提供較小規模覆蓋的 26 201108843 BS來服務。在一些態樣中,較小覆蓋範圍的節點可以用 於提供遞增的容量增長、建築物内覆蓋和不同的服務(例 如,以獲取更加穩健的使用者體驗)。在本案的論述中, 在相對大的區域内提供覆蓋的節點可以稱作巨集節點。 在相對小的區域(例如,一間住宅)内提供覆蓋的節點 可以稱作毫微微節點。在比巨集區域小但比毫微微區域 大的區域内提供覆蓋的節點可以稱作微微節點(例如, 在商業大廈内提供覆蓋 與巨集節點、毫微微節點或微微節點相關聯的細胞服 務區可以分別稱作巨集細胞服務區、毫微微細胞服務區 或微微細胞服務區。在一些實施中,每個細胞服務區可 以進一步與一或多個扇區相關聯(例如,劃分成一或多 個扇區)。 在各種應用中,可以使用其他術語來提及巨集節點、 毫微微節點或微微節點。例如,巨集節點可以配置成或 稱作BS、AN、存取點、e節點B、巨集細胞服務區等等。 另外,毫微微節點可以配置成或稱作家庭節點B、家庭e 節點B、存取點存取節點、毫微微細胞服務區等等。 圖1疋根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾管理 的示例性無線通訊系統的圖示。在無線通訊系統100 中 由UL上的傳輸引起的干擾可以由bs 102來管理, 而由DL上的傳輪引起的干擾可以由ujg】1 6、UE 122來 管理。 27 201108843 現在參照圖1,根據本文提供的各個實施例,圖示無 線通訊系統100。系統100包括Bs 1〇2,BS 1〇2可包括 多個天線群組。例如,—個天線群組可包括天線104、 106,另一天線群組可包括天線1〇8、11〇,且一個額外 群組可包括天、線112、114。對於每個天線群組圖示兩個 天線;然而,對於每個群組可使用更多個或更少個天線。 BS 102可額外包括發射節點鍵和接收節點鏈,發射節點 鏈和接收郎點鏈中的每一個可以繼而包括與信號發射和 接收相關聯的複數個組件(例如,處理器、調制器、多 工器、解調器、解多工器、天線等等),此等皆是本領域 的一般技藝人士所瞭解的。 BS 102可以與一或多個uE (諸如,υΕ ι16、122)進 行通訊。然而,應當瞭解的是,Bs 1〇2可以與基本上任 意數量的類似於UE 116、122的UE進行通訊。例如, UE 116、122可以是蜂巢式電話、智慧型電話、膝上型 電腦、手持型通訊設備、手持型計算設備、衛星無線電、 全球定位系統、PDA及/或用於在無線通訊系統1〇〇上進 行通訊的任何其他適當設備。如圖所示,UEn6與天線 112、114進行通訊,其中天線112、114在Dl ιΐ8上向 UE 116發射資訊,且在UL 12〇上從UE 116接收資訊。 此外,UE 122與天線104、1〇6進行通訊,其中天線1〇4、 106在DL 124上向UE 122發射資訊,且在UL 126上從 UE 1 22接收資訊。在分頻雙工(FDD )系統中,例如, 28 201108843 DL 118可以使用與UL 120所使用的不同的頻帶,且dl I 24可以使用與UL 126所使用的不同的頻帶。此外,在 分時雙工(TDD )系統中,DL 11 8和UL 120可以使用 共用的頻帶’且DL 124和UL 126可以使用共用的頻帶。 每群組天線及/或此等天線群組被指定進行通訊的區 域可以稱為B S 1 0 2的扇區。例如,可以設計多個天線群 組與由BS 102覆蓋的區域的扇區中的UE進行通訊。在 DL 118、IN的通訊中,BS 1〇2的發射天線可以使用波 束成形來改良用於UE 116、122的DL 118、124的訊雜 比。此外’與BS經由單個天線向其所有UE發射信號相 比’當BS 1 02使用波束成形來向隨機散佈於相關聯覆蓋 區域中的UE 11 6、122發射信號時,相鄰細胞服務區中Single carrier frequency division multiplexing access (SC-FDMA) utilizes single carrier modulation and frequency domain equalization. SC-FDMA has similar performance and substantially the same overall complexity as OFDMA systems. The SC_FDMA signal has a lower peak-to-average power ratio (PApr) due to its inherent single carrier structure. For example, in uplink communications, 'sc_fdMA can be used, and in uplink communication,' the lower PApr is very beneficial to the UE in terms of transmit power efficiency. Therefore, in 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) or Evolution m, SC-FDMA can be implemented as an uplink multiplexed access scheme. Moreover, the present invention describes various embodiments in connection with user equipment (UE). A UE may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, an access terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or a user device. The UE may be a cellular telephone, a wireless telephone, a communication period initiation protocol (SIp) telephone, a wireless area loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (pDA), a wireless capable handheld device, a computing device, or a wireless data modem. Other processing equipment. Further, the present embodiment describes various embodiments in conjunction with a base station (BS) or an. The BS can be used to communicate with the UE, and may also be referred to as an access point, a femto node, a pico node, a Node B, an (eNode B, an eNB) or some other terminology. ‘ In addition, the term “or” is intended to mean “or” or “exclusive”. That is, &amp; 卜 」 丨 丨 unless otherwise specified, or can be clearly seen from the context, otherwise the term "X makes derogatory use of A or B" means 25 201108843 any natural inclusive replacement. J 1 right X uses A, X uses B, s X uses both A and B. The term "χ^ A or B" satisfies Death:: An example. In addition, 'unless otherwise specified or from the context: Chu Chuanzhi is for singular form, otherwise the article "1, 诵食庙%#" used in this case and the scope of the attached patent application should be interpreted as meaning "one or more One." In addition, various aspects of the timbre and amp; + + fly features described in this case can be implemented as methods, devices or articles using standard Millennium programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "劁孓 θ J thinks in this case covers computers (4) brain programs that can be accessed from any computer-readable device, carrier or media. For example, 'computer-readable media includes, but is not limited to: magnetic memory 3 (for example, hard disk, floppy disk, magnetic strip 4), optical disc (for example, compressed first disc (CD), digital versatile disc ^ 'smart card and flash memory device (for example, EPR〇M, s The memory card, the memory stick, the memory # &quot;disc.) In addition, the various storage media tables described in this case are not for storing Μ 1 μ Shibe. One or more devices and/or other machine readable The media can be included as a wireless channel capable of storing, containing or carrying code and/or instructions and/or bite data, and each of the media (and/ Or storage media.) In some aspects, this is fortunate.r, 5t,, the teaching of this case can not be closed to include U-scale coverage C, for example, the regional ω t domain honeycomb network, such as 3G network, set Cell service area network) and Ί 模 cover (for example, based on the treasure or based on The network was lost p, of any relic Cheng Torr network environment%) in the network. The card moves in this network. The UE can be served by a BS that provides macro coverage on a specific office, and the UE can also produce a wooden service, and its location is served by a 26 201108843 BS that provides a smaller coverage. In some aspects, nodes with smaller coverage can be used to provide incremental capacity growth, in-building coverage, and different services (e. g., for a more robust user experience). In the discussion of this case, a node that provides coverage in a relatively large area may be referred to as a macro node. A node that provides coverage within a relatively small area (e.g., a home) may be referred to as a femto node. A node that provides coverage in an area that is smaller than the macro area but larger than the femto area may be referred to as a pico node (eg, providing coverage of a cell service area associated with a macro node, a femto node, or a pico node within a commercial building) Each may be referred to as a macrocell service region, a femtocell service region, or a picocellular service region, respectively. In some implementations, each cell service region may be further associated with one or more sectors (eg, divided into one or more Sectors. In various applications, other terms may be used to refer to a macro node, a femto node, or a pico node. For example, a macro node may be configured or referred to as a BS, an AN, an access point, an eNodeB, Macro cell service area, etc. In addition, the femto node may be configured or referred to as a home node B, a home eNodeB, an access point access node, a femtocell service area, etc. Figure 1 An illustration of various exemplary wireless communication systems for facilitating interference management. Interference caused by transmissions on the UL in the wireless communication system 100 can be managed by the bs 102 The interference caused by the transit wheel on the DL can be managed by the ujg, the UE 122. 27 201108843 Referring now to Figure 1, a wireless communication system 100 is illustrated in accordance with various embodiments provided herein. The system 100 includes Bs 1 〇2, BS 1〇2 may include multiple antenna groups. For example, one antenna group may include antennas 104, 106, another antenna group may include antennas 1〇8, 11〇, and one additional group may Including days, lines 112, 114. Two antennas are illustrated for each antenna group; however, more or fewer antennas may be used for each group. BS 102 may additionally include a transmitting node key and a receiving node chain Each of the transmit node chain and the receive Lange chain may in turn comprise a plurality of components associated with signal transmission and reception (eg, processor, modulator, multiplexer, demodulator, demultiplexer, antenna) And so on, which are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. BS 102 can communicate with one or more uEs (such as υΕ16, 122). However, it should be understood that Bs 1〇2 can With substantially any number of similar to UE 116 The UEs of 122 can communicate. For example, the UEs 116, 122 can be cellular phones, smart phones, laptops, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or Any other suitable device for communicating over the wireless communication system. As shown, the UEn 6 is in communication with the antennas 112, 114, wherein the antennas 112, 114 transmit information to the UE 116 on D1 ΐ 8 and at UL 12 The UE 122 receives information from the UE 116. In addition, the UE 122 communicates with the antennas 104, 116, wherein the antennas 112, 106 transmit information to the UE 122 on the DL 124 and receive information from the UE 1 22 on the UL 126. . In a frequency division duplex (FDD) system, for example, 28 201108843 DL 118 may use a different frequency band than that used by UL 120, and dl I 24 may use a different frequency band than that used by UL 126. Furthermore, in a time division duplex (TDD) system, DL 11 8 and UL 120 can use a shared frequency band' and DL 124 and UL 126 can use a shared frequency band. The area in which each group of antennas and/or such antenna groups are designated for communication may be referred to as a sector of B S 1 0 2 . For example, multiple antenna groups can be designed to communicate with UEs in sectors of the area covered by BS 102. In the communication of DL 118, IN, the transmit antenna of BS 1〇2 can use beam shaping to improve the signal-to-noise ratio of DLs 118, 124 for UEs 116, 122. Further 'as compared to transmitting signals to all of its UEs via a single antenna', when BS 102 uses beamforming to transmit signals to UEs 11, 6 and 122 randomly dispersed in the associated coverage area, in adjacent cell service areas

的UE 116、122所受的干擾較少。此外,BS 102和UE II 6、1 22可以經配置用於促進本文描述的干擾管理。 圖2是根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進數個使用 者的干擾管理的另一示例性無線通訊系統的圖示。系統 200為多個細胞服務區2〇2 (例如,巨集細胞服務區 A 2 0 2 G ) 供通讯’其中每個細胞服務區由相應的 BS 204 (例如’ Bs 2〇4A_2〇4G)提供服務。如圖2所示, U]E 206 (例如,UE 206A-206L· )可以在系統中隨時間散 佈在各個位置。例如,取決於UE 2〇6是否有效以及其是 否處於軟交接狀態,每個UE 206在給定時刻在DL·或 UL上與—或多個BS 204進行通訊。系統200可以在較 29 201108843 大的地理區域上提供服務.例如,巨集細胞服務區 2〇2A-2 02G可以覆蓋鄰近的一些街區。 圖3是根據本文閣述的各個態樣的示例性無線通訊系 統的圖示’其中部署一或多個毫微微節點以促進干擾管 特疋σ之系統3 0 0包括女裝在相對小規模網路環 境下(例如,在一或多個使用者住宅3 3 〇中)的多個毫 微微節點3 1 0 (例如,毫微微節點3丨〇 Α和3丨〇Β )。每個 毫微微節點310可以經由DSL路由器、電纜數據機、無 線鍵路或其他連接構件(未圖示)耦接到廣域網路340 (例如’網際網路)和行動服務供應商核心網路3 5 0。 如下文將論述,每個毫微微節點310可以經配置以服務 於相關聯的UE (例如,相關聯的ue 320A),以及視情 況用於服務於外來的UE (例如,外來的UE 320B )。換 吕之’對毫微微節點3丨〇的存取可能受到限制,藉此給 疋的UE 320可以由一組指定的(例如,家庭)毫微微節 點3 1 〇來服務’但不能由任何非指定的毫微微節點3 1 0 (例如’鄰點的毫微微節點3 1 0 )來服務。 然而’在各個實施例中,相關聯的UE 320A可能在DL 上經歷來自服務於外來的UE 320B的毫微微節點310的 干擾。同樣’與相關聯的UE 320A關聯的毫微微節點310 可此在UL上經歷來自外來的ue 32〇B的干擾。在多個 實施例中,在系統300中促進干擾管理,如本文所述。 圖4是根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾管理 30 201108843 的無線通訊系統的示例性覆蓋圖的圖示。覆蓋圖400可 以包括若干個追蹤區域402 (或路由區域或位置區域), 每個追蹤區域可以包括若干個巨集覆蓋區域。在所示的 實施例中’用粗線圖示了與追蹤區域402A、402B和402C 相關聯的覆蓋區域’且用六邊形表示巨集覆蓋區域4〇4。 追蹤區域402A、402B和402C可以包括毫微微覆蓋區域 406。在該實例中,在巨集覆蓋區域404 (例如,巨集覆 蓋區域404B)中圖示了每個毫微微覆蓋區域4〇6(例如, 毫微微覆蓋區域406C )。然而’應當瞭解的是,毫微微 覆蓋區域406可以不整體位於巨集覆蓋區域4〇4内。實 務上’可以在給定的追縱區域402或巨集覆蓋區域404 内定義大量的毫微微覆蓋區域406。另外,可以在终定 的追蹤區域402或巨集覆蓋區域404内定義一或多個微 微覆蓋區域(未圖示)。 再次參照圖3 ’毫微微節點3 1 0的所有者可以訂閱行 動服務’例如’經由行動服務供應商核心網路350提供 的3G行動服務。另外,UE 320能夠在巨集環境下操作’ 並能夠在較小規模的(例如,住宅的)網路環境下操作, 如上所述。換言之’取決於UE 320的當前位置,UE 32〇 可以由行動服務供應商核心網路350的存取節點36〇來 服務’或可以由一組毫微微節點3 1 0 (例如,處於相應 的使用者住宅330内的毫微微節點310A和310B )中的 任何一個毫微微節點來服務。例如,當用戶在其家外時, 31 201108843 其由標準的巨集存取節點(例如,存取節點36〇)來服 務㈢用戶在豕時,其由毫微微節點(例如,節點3 ! 〇 A ) 來服務。此處,應當瞭解的是,毫微微節點3i〇可以與 現有的UE 320反向相容。 /、 毫微微節點310可以部署在單個頻率上,或者替代地 部署在多個頻率上。取決於特定的配置,單個頻率或多 個頻率中的-或多個頻率可以與巨集節點(例如,存取 節點360 )使用的一或多個頻率重疊。 :-些態樣中,UE32〇可以經配置以連接到較佳毫微 微即點(例如,UE 32〇❸家庭毫微微節點),只要有此 種連接的話。例如,σ I TTT7 _ 』如八要UE 320位於使用者的住宅33() 内’就可以期望UE32〇僅與家庭毫微微節點m進行通 訊。 广些態樣中,若UE 320操作在行動服務供應商核心 網路350 0 ’但沒有位於其最佳網路(例如,如在首選 =遊列表中所定義)上,則UE32〇可以使用更佳系統重 (峨)來持續搜尋最佳網路(例如,較佳毫微微節 ,31〇),BSR可以涉及定期掃描可用的系統以決定當前 =有更好的系統可用’並隨後嘗試與此等較佳系統相 耳。利用獲取項目’ UE32〇可以限於在特定的頻帶和 一、上進行搜尋。例如,可以定期重複地搜尋最佳系統。 :旦探索了較佳毫微微節點310,UE 32〇就選擇毫微微 卽點31〇,以常駐在其覆蓋區域内。 32 201108843 在-些態樣中,毫微微節點可以是受限的。例如,认 定的毫微微節點可以僅向特定的UE提供特定的服務。 在使用所謂的受限(或封閉)關聯的部署中,給定的UE 可以僅由巨集細胞服務區行動網路和'組定義的毫微微 節點(例如’位於相應的使用者住宅33〇内的毫微微節 點310)來服務。在一些實施中,節點可能是受限的, 從而不為至少一個節點提供訊令、資料存取、登錄、傳 呼或服務中的至少一個。 在-些態樣中’受限的毫微微節點(其亦可以稱作封 閉用戶群組家庭節點B)是向一組規定的受限ue提供服 務的節點。該組可以根據需要臨時性地擴展或永久性地 擴展。在-些態樣中,封閉用戶群組(csg)可以定義 為共享UE的共用存取控制列表的一組則(例如,毫微 微節點)。可以將區域内的所有毫微微節點(或所有受限 的毫微微節點)在其上操作的通道稱作毫微微通道。 因此,在給定的毫微微節點和給定的ue之間可以存 在各種關係。例如,就UE而言’開放的毫微微節點可 以代表無受限關聯的毫微微節點。受限的毫微微節點可 以代表以某-方式受限(例如,於關聯及/或登錄) 的毫微微節點。家庭毫微微節點可以代表授權ue存取 並在其上操作的毫微微節點。訪客毫微微節點可以代表 k時授權UE存取或在其上操作的毫微微節點。外來毫 微微節點可以代表不授# UE存取或在其上操作的毫微 33 201108843 微f卩點(除了可能的緊急情況之外,例如9ιι撥 就受限的毫微微節點而言 存取該受限的毫微微節點的 存取該受限的毫微微節點的 可存取該受限的毫微微節點 許可向該受限的毫微微節點 急情況之外,例如9 11撥叫 ,家庭UE可以代表已授權 UE。訪客UE可以代表臨時 UE 〇外來UE可以代表未許 的UE (例如,沒有身份碼或 登錄的UE)(除了可能的緊 雖然參照毫微微節點提供了圖4的描述,但是應當瞭 解的是,微微節點可以為較大的覆蓋區域提供相同^類 似的功能性。例如,微微節點可以是受限的,可以為給 定的UE定義家庭微微節點,等等。 無線多工存取通訊系統可以同時支援多個無線進 行通訊。如上所述,每一個UE皆經由DL或ul上的傳 輸與一或多個BS進行通訊。此等通訊鏈路(亦即, 和UL)可以經由單輸入單輸出系統、多輸入多輸出 (ΜΙΜΟ )系統或一些其他類型的系統來建立。 ΜΙΜΟ系統使用多個(馬個)發射天線和多個(~個) 接收天線來進行資料傳輪。由%個發射天線和個接 收天線形成的ΜΙΜΟ通道可以分解成馬個獨立通道(亦 稱作空間通道),其中心gmin{馬,馬}。心個獨立通道 中的每一個通道對應於—個維度。若利用多個發射天線 和接收天線形成的額外維度,則Mim〇系統可以提供改 良的效能(例如,更高的傳輸量及/或更大的可靠性 34 201108843 ΜΙΜΟ系統可以支援TDD和FDD。在TDD系統中, 傳輸和UL傳輸可以在相同的頻率區域上’從而相互 原則使得能夠根據UL來估計DL通道。此使得當在AN 處有多個天線可用時BS能夠在DL上發射波束成形增 益。在一些實施例中,UL通道的通道狀況可以根據DL 通道來估計,以進行干擾管理,如本文所述。 圖5A圖示用於促進在DL上進行干擾管理的無線通訊 系統的示例性方塊圖。系統5〇〇可以管理(例如,控制 及/或減少)DL上的BS和UE之間的干擾。在各個實施 例中,系統500可以是LTE系統、LTE-A系統或可以執 行所述操作的任何類型的系統。 系統500可以包括一或多個bs 502、506、508和至少 一個UE 503。系統500可以包括bs 502、506、508和 至少一個UE 503。在一些實施例中,BS502、506、508 可以是在無線通訊系統中經由無線通訊通道發射資訊的 BS。接收機503可以是能夠接收或彳貞測由bs 502、506、 5 08發射的資訊的接收機。舉例而言,ue 503可以是能 夠接收或彳貞測在DL上發射的資訊的UE,且BS 502、 506、508可以是能夠在DL上發射資訊的BS。 在一些實施例中’ BS 502由接收機503服務,並在不 對接收機503造成干擾的情況下進行發射。在一些實施 例中’ BS 506、508是不服務於接收機5〇3的干擾別。 BS 506、508可以進行發射’並且當接收機503接收或The UEs 116, 122 are less subject to interference. Moreover, BS 102 and UE II 6, 1 22 can be configured to facilitate interference management as described herein. 2 is an illustration of another exemplary wireless communication system for facilitating interference management for several users in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. System 200 provides communication for a plurality of cell service areas 2〇2 (eg, macro cell service area A 2 0 2 G) where each cell service area is provided by a corresponding BS 204 (eg, 'Bs 2〇4A_2〇4G) service. As shown in Figure 2, U]E 206 (e.g., UEs 206A-206L.) can be spread at various locations over time in the system. For example, each UE 206 communicates with - or multiple BSs 204 on a DL or UL at a given time depending on whether UE 2〇6 is valid and whether it is in a soft handover state. System 200 can provide services over a geographic area that is larger than 29 201108843. For example, the macro cell service area 2〇2A-2 02G can cover some neighborhoods. 3 is an illustration of an exemplary wireless communication system in accordance with various aspects described herein. A system in which one or more femto nodes are deployed to facilitate interference tube characteristics 3 includes women's wear in relatively small-scale networks. A plurality of femto nodes 3 1 0 (eg, femto nodes 3丨〇Α and 3丨〇Β) in a road environment (eg, in one or more user residences 3 3 〇). Each femto node 310 can be coupled to a wide area network 340 (e.g., 'internet) and a mobile service provider core network 3 via a DSL router, cable modem, wireless backbone, or other connecting means (not shown). 0. As will be discussed below, each femto node 310 can be configured to serve an associated UE (e.g., associated ue 320A) and, as appropriate, to serve a foreign UE (e.g., a foreign UE 320B). The access to the femto node 3丨〇 may be limited, whereby the given UE 320 may be served by a specified set of (eg, home) femto nodes 3 1 'but not by any The specified femto node 3 1 0 (eg, 'next point femto node 3 1 0 ) is served. However, in various embodiments, the associated UE 320A may experience interference from the femto node 310 serving the alien UE 320B on the DL. Similarly, the femto node 310 associated with the associated UE 320A may experience interference from the foreign ue 32 〇 B on the UL. In various embodiments, interference management is facilitated in system 300, as described herein. 4 is an illustration of an exemplary overlay of a wireless communication system for facilitating interference management 30 201108843 in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. The overlay 400 can include a number of tracking areas 402 (or routing areas or location areas), each of which can include a number of macro coverage areas. In the illustrated embodiment, the coverage area associated with tracking areas 402A, 402B, and 402C is illustrated by bold lines and the macro coverage area 4〇4 is represented by a hexagon. Tracking areas 402A, 402B, and 402C may include a femto coverage area 406. In this example, each femto coverage area 4〇6 (e.g., femto coverage area 406C) is illustrated in a macro coverage area 404 (e.g., macro coverage area 404B). However, it should be understood that the femto coverage area 406 may not be located entirely within the macro coverage area 4〇4. A large number of femto coverage areas 406 can be defined in a given tracking area 402 or macro coverage area 404. Additionally, one or more pico coverage areas (not shown) may be defined within the final tracking area 402 or macro coverage area 404. Referring again to Figure 3, the owner of the femto node 310 can subscribe to the mobile service&apos;, e.g., the 3G mobile service provided via the mobile service provider core network 350. In addition, the UE 320 is capable of operating in a macro environment and is capable of operating in a smaller scale (e.g., residential) network environment, as described above. In other words 'depending on the current location of the UE 320, the UE 32〇 may be served by the access node 36〇 of the mobile service provider core network 350' or may be by a group of femto nodes 3 1 0 (eg, in corresponding use) Any one of the femto nodes 310A and 310B) within the home 330 serves. For example, when the user is outside his home, 31 201108843 it is served by a standard macro access node (eg, access node 36〇) (3) when the user is at the time, it is by the femto node (eg, node 3 ! A) to serve. Here, it should be understood that the femto node 3i can be backward compatible with the existing UE 320. /, Femto node 310 can be deployed on a single frequency or alternatively deployed on multiple frequencies. Depending on the particular configuration, one or more of the single frequency or frequencies may overlap with one or more frequencies used by the macro node (e.g., access node 360). In some aspects, the UE 32A can be configured to connect to a preferred femto or point (e.g., UE 32〇❸ Home Femto node) as long as there is such a connection. For example, σ I TTT7 _ 』 such as 八要 UE 320 is located in the user's home 33(), it can be expected that the UE 32 〇 communicates only with the home femto node m. In a broad aspect, if the UE 320 is operating on the mobile service provider core network 350 0 'but not on its optimal network (eg, as defined in the preferred = swim list), then the UE 32 can use more The best system is heavy (峨) to continuously search for the best network (for example, better femto, 31〇), BSR can involve periodic scanning of available systems to determine current = better system available' and then try this Such a better system phase ear. With the acquisition item 'UE32', it is possible to limit the search to a specific frequency band and one. For example, you can search for the best system repeatedly on a regular basis. Once the preferred femto node 310 is explored, the UE 32 selects the femto point 31〇 to reside in its coverage area. 32 201108843 In some aspects, a femto node can be restricted. For example, a given femto node may only provide a particular service to a particular UE. In deployments using so-called restricted (or closed) associations, a given UE may only be served by the macro cell service area mobile network and the 'group defined femto node (eg 'located in the corresponding user's home 33〇) The femto node 310) comes to serve. In some implementations, a node may be limited to provide at least one of a command, data access, login, page, or service for at least one node. In some aspects, a 'restricted femto node (which may also be referred to as a closed user group home node B) is a node that provides services to a defined set of restricted ues. This group can be extended temporarily or permanently as needed. In some aspects, a closed subscriber group (csg) may be defined as a set of shared access control lists (e.g., femto nodes) that share the UE. A channel on which all femto nodes (or all restricted femto nodes) within a region can operate is referred to as a femto channel. Therefore, there can be various relationships between a given femto node and a given ue. For example, an open femto node in the case of a UE may represent a femto node with no restricted association. A restricted femto node may represent a femto node that is restricted (e.g., associated and/or logged in) in a certain manner. A home femto node can represent a femto node on which an authorized ue accesses and operates. A femto node on which a guest femto node can authorize a UE to access or operate on behalf of k. The alien femto node may represent the nano-2011 2011 843 micro-points that are not accessed by the UE or operate on it (except for possible emergency situations, such as 9 ι dialing for restricted femto nodes) Restricted access by the femto node to the restricted femto node to access the restricted femto node grant to the restricted femto node emergency, such as 9 11 dialing, the home UE may The representative UE has been authorized. The guest UE may represent the temporary UE. The external UE may represent the unsolicited UE (eg, no identity code or logged in UE) (except that possible, although the description of FIG. 4 is provided with reference to the femto node, but should It is understood that a pico node can provide the same similar functionality for a larger coverage area. For example, a pico node can be restricted, a home pico node can be defined for a given UE, etc. Wireless multiplex access The communication system can simultaneously support multiple wireless communications. As described above, each UE communicates with one or more BSs via transmissions on DL or ul. These communication links (ie, and UL) can It is established via a single-input single-output system, a multiple-input multiple-output (ΜΙΜΟ) system, or some other type of system. The system uses multiple (horse) transmit antennas and multiple (~) receive antennas for data transfer. The ΜΙΜΟ channel formed by the % transmit antennas and the receive antennas can be decomposed into horse independent channels (also called spatial channels), the center of which is gmin {horse, horse}. Each of the independent channels corresponds to one Dimensions. Mim〇 systems can provide improved performance (eg, higher throughput and/or greater reliability) using multiple dimensions formed by multiple transmit and receive antennas. 34 201108843 ΜΙΜΟ System can support TDD and FDD In a TDD system, the transmission and UL transmission can be on the same frequency region' and thus the mutual principle enables the DL channel to be estimated from the UL. This enables the BS to transmit beamforming on the DL when multiple antennas are available at the AN. Gain. In some embodiments, the channel condition of the UL channel can be estimated from the DL channel for interference management, as described herein. A illustrates an exemplary block diagram of a wireless communication system for facilitating interference management on a DL. System 5A can manage (e.g., control and/or reduce) interference between a BS and a UE on a DL. In an embodiment, system 500 can be an LTE system, an LTE-A system, or any type of system that can perform the operations. System 500 can include one or more bs 502, 506, 508 and at least one UE 503. System 500 can Included are bs 502, 506, 508 and at least one UE 503. In some embodiments, BSs 502, 506, 508 can be BSs that transmit information via a wireless communication channel in a wireless communication system. Receiver 503 can be a receiver capable of receiving or detecting information transmitted by bs 502, 506, 508. For example, ue 503 can be a UE capable of receiving or speculating information transmitted on the DL, and BSs 502, 506, 508 can be BSs capable of transmitting information on the DL. In some embodiments, &apos;BS 502 is served by receiver 503 and transmits without causing interference to receiver 503. In some embodiments, the 'BS 506, 508 are interferences that do not serve the receiver 5〇3. The BSs 506, 508 can perform transmissions&apos; and when the receiver 503 receives or

C 35 201108843 偵測BS 506、508的發射時,BS 506、508對接收機503 造成干擾。接收機503及/或BS 502、506、508可以經 配置以在系統500中提供干擾管理,以管理及/或控制接 收機503處的干擾。 在各個實施例中’服務通訊鏈路可以由BS 502和UE 5 03之間的實線指示,而交叉通訊鏈路可以由bs 506、 5 08和UE 5 03之間的虛線指示。服務通訊鍵路可以指示 非干擾鏈路,且交叉通訊鍵路可以指示干擾键路。 885 02、5 06、508可以分別包括收發機530、51卜518, 且UE 5 0 3可以包括收發機5 10 ’收發機5 1 0經配置以發 射及/或接收資訊。所發射及/或接收的資訊可以包括但不 限於:資料、控制通道資訊、引導頻信號及/或可以經由 無線通訊通道發射或接收的任何資訊。 BS 502、506、508可以分別包括干擾管理模組519、 5 1 3 ' 520,且UE 503可以包括干擾管理模組5 1 2。干擾 管理模組519、513、520可以與干擾管理模組512在結 構及/或功能性方面不同。同樣,干擾管理模組5丨9、5丨3、 5 2 0可以根據B S所配置的功能性而不同。 在一些實施例中,干擾管理模組519、513、52〇、512 可以經配置以執行用於干擾管理的一或多個功能,其中 干擾官理是參照系統、方法、裝置及/或電腦程式產品來 在本文中描述的。舉例而言(但並非限制),用於干擾管 理的功tb可以包括计算及/或決定及/或設定以下各項的 36 201108843 值:標稱干擾、干擾'標稱信號干擾噪音比、預期發射 功率、發射功率、訊務優先順序、通道增益、通道增益 資訊及/或緩衝狀態資訊。通道增益可以是相對於標稱發 射功率的接收信號功率。通道增益可以表示為對數值比 較、分數比較或接收信號功率與標稱發射功率之差。在 一些實施例中,標稱發射功率對於計算通道增益的 或BS來說是已知的。通道增益資訊可以包括通道增益。 再舉例而言(但並非限制),用於干擾管理的功能可以 包括排程發射。再舉例而言(但並非限制),用於干擾管 理的功能可以包括:對於第一細胞服務區令的Bs進行的 預期發射,將給BS進行發射帶來的益處和給另一細胞服 務區中的UE造成的降級進行比較。降級可以是由於bs 的發射而導致的。 BS 502、506、508可以分別包括處理器521、515、522。 UE 503可以包括處理器514。處理器521、515、522、 514可以經配置以執行本文參照任何系統 '方法、裝置 及/或電腦程式產品而描述的一或多個功能。 BS 5〇2、506、508可以分別包括記憶體523、517、524, 且UE 503可以包括記憶體516。記憶體523、517、524、 516可以用於儲存電腦可執行指令及/或資訊,以用於執 仃本文參照任何系統、方法、裝置及/或電腦程式產品而 描述的功能。 在所不的實施例中,其中圖示下行鏈路上的干擾關 37 201108843 係,BS 502、506、508 可以是 BS ;且 UE 503 可以是 UE。 BS 506、508可以是干擾BS,其位於的細胞服務區與UE 5 03位於的細胞服務區不同^ BS 506、508進行的發射可 能在UE 503處產生干擾。BS 502可以是位於具有UE 5 03 的細胞服務區中並服務於UE 503的服務BS。因此,在 各個實施例中,BS 502進行的發射可以是非干擾發射。 圖5B圖示用於促進在UL上進行干擾管理的無線通訊 系統的示例性方塊圖。系統550可以管理(例如,控制 及/或減少)UL上的UE和B S之間的干擾。在各個實施 例中’系統550可以是LTE系統、LTE-A系統或可以執 行所述操作的任何類型的系統。 系統550可以包括UE 552、556、558和至少一個BS 553。在一些實施例中,UE 552、556、558可以是在無 線通訊系統中經由無線通訊通道發射資訊的UE。BS. 553 可以是能夠接收或偵測由UE發射的資訊的接收機β舉 例而言,BS 553可以是能夠接收或偵測在ul上發射的 資訊的BS,且UE 552、556、558可以是能夠在UL上 發射資訊的UE。 在一些實施例中,UE 552由BS 553服務,並可以在 不對BS 553造成干擾的情況下進行發射。在一些實施例C 35 201108843 When detecting the transmission of BS 506, 508, BS 506, 508 cause interference to receiver 503. Receiver 503 and/or BS 502, 506, 508 can be configured to provide interference management in system 500 to manage and/or control interference at receiver 503. In various embodiments the 'service communication link' may be indicated by a solid line between the BS 502 and the UE 503, and the cross-communication link may be indicated by a dashed line between the bs 506, 508 and the UE 503. The service communication key can indicate a non-interfering link, and the cross communication key can indicate an interference key. 885 02, 5 06, 508 may include transceivers 530, 51 518, respectively, and UE 503 may include transceiver 5 10 ' transceivers 50 10 configured to transmit and/or receive information. The information transmitted and/or received may include, but is not limited to, data, control channel information, pilot signals, and/or any information that may be transmitted or received via a wireless communication channel. The BSs 502, 506, 508 may include interference management modules 519, 5 1 3 ' 520, respectively, and the UE 503 may include an interference management module 51. The interference management modules 519, 513, 520 may differ in structure and/or functionality from the interference management module 512. Similarly, the interference management modules 5丨9, 5丨3, 5 2 0 may differ depending on the functionality configured by the B S . In some embodiments, the interference management module 519, 513, 52A, 512 can be configured to perform one or more functions for interference management, wherein the interference authority is a reference system, method, device, and/or computer program The product is described in this article. By way of example and not limitation, the work tb for interference management may include calculating and/or determining and/or setting the following: 201108843 Value: Nominal interference, interference 'nominal signal interference noise ratio, expected transmission Power, transmit power, traffic priority, channel gain, channel gain information, and/or buffer status information. The channel gain can be the received signal power relative to the nominal transmit power. The channel gain can be expressed as a logarithmic comparison, a fractional comparison, or the difference between the received signal power and the nominal transmit power. In some embodiments, the nominal transmit power is known for calculating the channel gain or BS. Channel gain information can include channel gain. By way of example, but not limitation, the functionality for interference management may include scheduled transmissions. By way of further example, but not limitation, the functionality for interference management may include: the expected transmission of the Bs for the first cell service area, the benefit of the transmission to the BS and the service area of another cell The degradation caused by the UE is compared. Degradation can be caused by the launch of bs. The BSs 502, 506, 508 can include processors 521, 515, 522, respectively. The UE 503 can include a processor 514. The processors 521, 515, 522, 514 can be configured to perform one or more of the functions described herein with reference to any of the system 'methods, apparatus, and/or computer program products. BSs 5, 506, 508 may include memory 523, 517, 524, respectively, and UE 503 may include memory 516. The memory 523, 517, 524, 516 can be used to store computer-executable instructions and/or information for performing the functions described herein with reference to any system, method, apparatus, and/or computer program product. In the non-embodiment embodiment, where the interference on the downlink is illustrated, the BS 502, 506, 508 may be a BS; and the UE 503 may be a UE. The BSs 506, 508 may be interfering BSs that are located in a cell service area that is different from the cell service area in which the UE 5 03 is located. The transmission by the BSs 506, 508 may cause interference at the UE 503. The BS 502 may be a serving BS located in a cell service area with UE 5 03 and serving the UE 503. Thus, in various embodiments, the transmission by BS 502 may be a non-interfering transmission. Figure 5B illustrates an exemplary block diagram of a wireless communication system for facilitating interference management on the UL. System 550 can manage (e.g., control and/or reduce) interference between UEs and Bs on the UL. In various embodiments, system 550 can be an LTE system, an LTE-A system, or any type of system that can perform the operations. System 550 can include UEs 552, 556, 558 and at least one BS 553. In some embodiments, the UEs 552, 556, 558 may be UEs that transmit information via a wireless communication channel in a wireless communication system. BS. 553 may be a receiver capable of receiving or detecting information transmitted by the UE. For example, the BS 553 may be a BS capable of receiving or detecting information transmitted on the ul, and the UE 552, 556, 558 may be A UE capable of transmitting information on the UL. In some embodiments, the UE 552 is served by the BS 553 and can transmit without causing interference to the BS 553. In some embodiments

中’ UE 5 56、558是不由接收機5 53服務的干擾UE。UE 556、5 58可以進行發射,並且當BS 553接收或偵測UE 556、558進行的發射時,UE 556、558可對BS 553造成 38 201108843 干擾。BS 553及/或UE 552·、556、558可以經配置以在 系統550中提供干擾管理,以管理及/或控制接收機553 處的干擾。 在各個實施例中’服務通訊鏈路可以由UE 5 5 2和B S 553之間的實線指示,而交又通訊鏈路可以由ue 556、 5 5 8和B S 5 5 3之間的虛線指示。服務通訊鏈路可以指示 非干擾鏈路’且交叉通訊鏈路可以指示干擾鏈路。 UE 552、556、558可以分別包括收發機569、561、568, 且B S 5 5 3可以包括收發機5 6 0,收發機5 6 0經配置以發 射及/或接收資訊。所發射及/或接收的資訊可以包括但不 限於:資料、控制通道資訊、引導頻信號及/或可以經由 無線通訊通道發射或接收的任何資訊。 UE 552、556、558可以分別包括干擾管理模組580、 563、570,且BS 553可以包括干擾管理模組562,干擾 官理模組562經配置以執行用於干擾管理的一或多個功 月b其中干擾管理是參照任何系統、方法、裝置及/或電 腦程式產品來在本文中描述的。干擾管理模組58〇、563、 57〇可以與干擾管理模組563在結構及/或功能性方面不 同。同樣’干擾管理模組58〇、563、57〇可以根據UE 所配置的功能性而不同。 在一些實施例中’干擾管理模組580、563、570、562 可以經配置以執行用於干擾管理的一或多個功能,其中 干擾&amp;理疋參照系統、方法、裝置及/或電腦程式產品來 39 201108843 在本文中描述的。舉例而言(但並非限制),用於干擾管 理的功能可以包括計算及/或決定及/或設定以下各項的 值:標稱干擾、干擾、標稱信號干擾噪音比、預期發射 功率、發射功率、訊務優先順序、通道增益資訊及/或緩 衝狀態資訊。再舉例而言(但並非限制),用於干擾管理 的功能可以包括排程發射。再舉例而言(但並非限制), 用於干擾管理的功能可以包括.對於第一細胞服務區中 的UE進行的預期發射,將給UE進行發射帶來的益處和 給另一細胞服務區中的BS造成的降級進行比較。降級可 以是由於UE進行的發射所導致的。 UE 552、556、558可以分別包括處理器566、58卜572。 BS 553可以包括處理器564。處理器566、581、572、 564可以經配置以執行本文參照任何系統、方法、裝置 及/或電腦程式產品描述的·一或多個功能。 UE 552、556'55 8.可以分別包括記憶體567、582、574, 且BS 553可以包括記憶體565。記憶體567、582、574、 565可以用於儲存電腦可執行指令及/或資訊,以用於執 行本文參照任何系統、方法、裝置及/或電腦程式產品而 描述的功能。The medium 'UE 5 56, 558 is an interfering UE that is not served by the receiver 53. UEs 556, 5 58 may transmit, and when BS 553 receives or detects transmissions by UEs 556, 558, UEs 556, 558 may cause 38 201108843 interference to BS 553. BS 553 and/or UEs 552, 556, 558 may be configured to provide interference management in system 550 to manage and/or control interference at receiver 553. In various embodiments the 'service communication link may be indicated by a solid line between the UE 5 5 2 and the BS 553, and the communication link may be indicated by a dashed line between ue 556, 558 and BS 5 5 3 . The serving communication link can indicate a non-interfering link&apos; and the cross-communication link can indicate an interfering link. The UEs 552, 556, 558 can include transceivers 569, 561, 568, respectively, and the Bs 5 5 3 can include a transceiver 506 that is configured to transmit and/or receive information. The information transmitted and/or received may include, but is not limited to, data, control channel information, pilot signals, and/or any information that may be transmitted or received via a wireless communication channel. The UEs 552, 556, 558 can include interference management modules 580, 563, 570, respectively, and the BS 553 can include an interference management module 562 configured to perform one or more functions for interference management. Month b where interference management is described herein with reference to any system, method, apparatus, and/or computer program product. The interference management modules 58A, 563, 57A may be different in structure and/or functionality from the interference management module 563. Similarly, the interference management modules 58A, 563, 57A may differ depending on the functionality configured by the UE. In some embodiments, the 'interference management module 580, 563, 570, 562 can be configured to perform one or more functions for interference management, where the interference &amp; reference system, method, device, and/or computer program The product is described in this article 39 201108843. By way of example, but not limitation, the functions for interference management may include calculating and/or determining and/or setting values for: nominal interference, interference, nominal signal to interference noise ratio, expected transmit power, transmission Power, traffic priority, channel gain information, and/or buffer status information. By way of example, but not limitation, the functionality for interference management may include scheduled transmissions. By way of example, but not limitation, the functionality for interference management may include: for the intended transmission of the UE in the first cell service area, the benefit of the UE will be transmitted and the service area of another cell The degradation caused by the BS is compared. Downgrading can be caused by the UE's transmission. The UEs 552, 556, 558 can include processors 566, 58 572, respectively. The BS 553 can include a processor 564. Processors 566, 581, 572, 564 can be configured to perform one or more of the functions described herein with reference to any system, method, apparatus, and/or computer program product. The UEs 552, 556'55 8. may include memory 567, 582, 574, respectively, and the BS 553 may include a memory 565. Memory 567, 582, 574, 565 can be used to store computer-executable instructions and/or information for performing the functions described herein with reference to any system, method, apparatus, and/or computer program product.

在所示的實施例中’其中圖示UL上的干擾關係,UE 552、556、558可以是UE’且BS 553可以是BS。在一 些實施例中,B S 5 5 3可以是用於UE 5 5 2的服務B S。UE 5 56、5 88可以是干擾ue,其位於的細胞服務區與BS 553 40 201108843 位於的細胞服務區不同。UE 556、558進行的發射可在 BS 553處造成干擾。BS 553可以是位於具有UE 552的 細胞服務區中的服務B s。因此,在各個實施例中,UE 5 52 進行的發射可以是非干擾發射。 圖6A圖示促進在具有一或多個干擾BS的系統中進行 干擾管理的示例性方法的流程圖。在610,方法600可 以包括計算標稱干擾。在一些實施例中,標稱干擾使用 以下各項中的一或多個來計算:一或多個干擾BS的通道 增益資訊、一或多個干擾B S的平均訊務負載、一或多個 干擾基地台的瞬時訊務負載、一或多個細胞服務區中的 訊務負載或優先順序、指示一或多個細胞服務區中的訊 務負載或優先順序的緩衝狀態資訊。 在一些實施例中,計算標稱干擾可以包括:決定來自 一或多個干擾BS的干擾;計算一或多個干擾BS的傳輸 速率;決定一或多個干擾BS中的使細胞服務區外的UE 處的傳輸速率最大化的干擾BS的數量;及計算與一或多 個干擾BS中的使細胞服務區外的ue處的傳輸速率最大 化的干擾BS的數量對應的標稱干擾。 在620 ’方法600可以包括向一或多個干擾bs發射標 稱干擾。可以將標稱干擾發射給一或多個干擾BS中的至 少一個干擾BS ’以計算當該一或多個干擾BS中的該至 少一個干擾BS在細胞服務區外的UE用於接收資訊的相 同資源集上進行發射時對該細胞服務區外的UE造成的 201108843 傳輸速率損失。-In the illustrated embodiment, where the interference relationship on the UL is illustrated, the UEs 552, 556, 558 may be UE&apos; and the BS 553 may be a BS. In some embodiments, B S 5 5 3 may be a service B S for UE 5 5 2 . UE 5 56, 5 88 may be interference ue, which is located in a different cell service area than the cell service area in which BS 553 40 201108843 is located. The transmission by the UEs 556, 558 can cause interference at the BS 553. BS 553 may be a service Bs located in a cell service area with UE 552. Thus, in various embodiments, the transmission by UE 5 52 may be a non-interfering transmission. Figure 6A illustrates a flow chart of an exemplary method of facilitating interference management in a system having one or more interfering BSs. At 610, method 600 can include calculating a nominal interference. In some embodiments, the nominal interference is calculated using one or more of: channel gain information for one or more interfering BSs, average traffic load of one or more interfering BSs, one or more interferences The instantaneous traffic load of the base station, the traffic load or prioritization in one or more cell service areas, the buffer status information indicating the traffic load or priority in one or more cell service areas. In some embodiments, calculating the nominal interference can include: determining interference from the one or more interfering BSs; calculating a transmission rate of the one or more interfering BSs; determining one of the one or more interfering BSs that is outside the cell service area The number of interfering BSs at which the transmission rate is maximized at the UE; and calculating the nominal interference corresponding to the number of interfering BSs in the one or more interfering BSs that maximize the transmission rate at the ue outside the cell service area. The method 600 at 620 ' can include transmitting nominal interference to one or more interference bs. The nominal interference may be transmitted to at least one of the one or more interfering BSs to calculate the same when the UE of the at least one interfering BS of the one or more interfering BSs is outside the cell serving area for receiving information The 201108843 transmission rate loss caused by the UE outside the cell service area when transmitting on the resource set. -

圖6B圖示根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾 管理的示例性排程方法的流程圖。在方法63〇的640, UE可以向BS發射干擾資訊。干擾資訊可以包括但不限 於:UE的服務通訊鏈路上的鏈路優先順序及/或UE想要 在服務通訊鏈路上達成的傳輸速率。在一些實施例中, 鍵路優先順序可以是UE意欲在服務通訊鏈路上傳輸的 訊務的優先順序《例如,鏈路優先順序可以指示UE意 欲發射給由UE服務的BS的訊務的服務品質(q〇s &gt;鏈 路優先順序可以包括在由UE發射的緩衝狀態資訊中。 UE可以藉由廣播或單播方法來發射鏈路優先順序及/ 或傳輸速率。傳輸速率可以對應於UE想要在服務通訊 鏈路上經歷的標稱信號干擾噪音比(SINR )。例如,期 望的傳輸速率越高’ UE所要求的SINR越高。si取的信 號部分可以在服務通訊鏈路上發射,而SINR的干擾香; 分可以在交叉通訊鏈路上發射。 τ,Ub可以藉由執行 700的步驟720來計算傳輸速率 在-些實施例中,干擾資訊亦可以包括通道 ^通道增益資訊亦可以從仙發射給bs,#中通道增 通:::以包括指示UE”S之間的通訊鍵路的降級的 通訊鏈路上㈣時及/或平均訊務狀況來計算。因Γ 42 201108843Figure 6B illustrates a flow chart of an exemplary scheduling method for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. At 640 of method 63, the UE may transmit interference information to the BS. The interference information may include, but is not limited to, the link prioritization on the serving communication link of the UE and/or the transmission rate that the UE wants to achieve on the serving communication link. In some embodiments, the key priority order may be a priority order of the traffic that the UE intends to transmit on the serving communication link. For example, the link prioritization may indicate the quality of service that the UE intends to transmit to the BS served by the UE. (q〇s &gt; The link prioritization may be included in the buffer status information transmitted by the UE. The UE may transmit the link prioritization and/or the transmission rate by a broadcast or unicast method. The transmission rate may correspond to the UE desire The nominal signal to interference and noise ratio (SINR) to be experienced on the service communication link. For example, the higher the desired transmission rate, the higher the SINR required by the UE. The portion of the signal taken by si can be transmitted on the service communication link, while the SINR The interference can be transmitted on the cross-communication link. τ, Ub can calculate the transmission rate by performing step 720 of 700. In some embodiments, the interference information can also include the channel channel gain information and can also be transmitted from the sin For bs, #中通道增通::: Calculated on the communication link (4) and/or the average traffic condition including the degradation of the communication link between the UEs "S." 201108843

在多個實施例中’就一或多個BS而言 以不同。 通道增益資訊可In many embodiments, ' differs in terms of one or more BSs. Channel gain information

返回參照圖 6,Λ S Π C —r 4* 在650 BS可以基於發射或後移 (backoff)來計算預測的SINR,並因此不進行發射。特 疋5之,BS可以計算當BS進行發射時可能產生的預測 的SINR和當BS不發射時及/或以比全功率位準低的選 定功率位準進行發射時可能產生的SINR。 在660 ’若BS進行發射’則Bs可以決定服務通訊鍵 路上的傳輸速率的降級。該決定可以基於當BS進行發射 時的預測的SINR和當BS執行後移時或者以比全功率小 的選定功率位準進行發射時的SINR的比較。 在670, BS可以基於包括在干擾資訊中的參數和由bs 決定的預測的SINR,排程來自BS的資訊的發射(或後 移)。BS可以排程發射或後移,以使得在接收鏈路處滿 足包括在干擾資訊中的參數。 在一些實施例中,若排程發射,則Β s亦可以決定發射 功率位準。可以決定發射功率位準’以使得具有高優先 順序的服務通.訊鍵路經歷作出請求的SINR。Referring back to Figure 6, Λ S Π C - r 4* At 650 BS, the predicted SINR can be calculated based on transmission or backoff, and thus no transmission is performed. In particular, the BS can calculate the predicted SINR that may be generated when the BS transmits, and the SINR that may be generated when the BS does not transmit and/or transmits at a selected power level lower than the full power level. At 660 'If the BS transmits', then Bs can determine the degradation of the transmission rate on the service communication key. The decision may be based on a predicted SINR when the BS is transmitting and a comparison of the SINR when the BS performs a back shift or when transmitting at a selected power level that is less than full power. At 670, the BS can schedule transmission (or back-shifting) of information from the BS based on the parameters included in the interference information and the predicted SINR determined by bs. The BS can schedule transmission or backward shifting so that the parameters included in the interference information are satisfied at the receiving link. In some embodiments, 排 s may also determine the transmit power level if the schedule is transmitted. The transmit power level can be determined such that the service pass with the high priority order experiences the requested SINR.

在一些實施例中,BS可以基於包括在干擾資訊中的參 數、由BS決定的預測的SINR及/或與給用於BS進行發 射的服務通訊鏈路造成的預測降級相比的給B S進行發 射帶來的預測益處,排程來自BS的資訊的發射(或後 移)。若給BS帶來的益處大於給UE造成的降級,則BS 43 201108843 可以執行折衷分析並進行發射,或者以選定的功率位準 進行發射。在一些實施例中,若給BS進行發射帶來的益 處少於給UE造成的降級’則BS以低發射位準進行發射。 在一些實施例中,BS可以在從UE接收到任何數量的 不同類型的資訊之後’計算標稱干擾。在一些實施例中, 田系統中的第一 B S正在計算標稱干擾時,標稱干擾可以 是來自系統中的除了執行計算的BS以外的—或多個其 他BS的干擾貢獻。 舉例而言(但並非限制),標稱干擾可以由接收針對所 有BS的通道增益資訊的Bs來計算。bS可以將通道增 益資訊映射到由於B S發射而將產生的標稱干擾。 作為另一實例,標稱干擾可以由接收針對所有BS的平 均負載資§孔的B S來計算。根據隨負載增加而増大標稱干 擾的函數,BS可以將平均負載資訊映射到標稱干擾。在 些實施例中’可以聯合地考慮通道增益資訊和平均負 載來估計由於BS發射而將產生的標稱干擾。 作為另一實例,標稱干擾可以由接收與要從UE發射 的選定位準的訊務的量有關的資訊的BS來計算eBS可 以將§fl務位準的量映射到標稱干擾。例如,若大量的訊 務具有低位準,則計算的標稱干擾將大於當大量的訊務 具有高位準時計算的標稱干擾。 在一些實施例中,UE亦可以在發射給Bs的干擾資訊 中包括標稱干擾《基於來自干擾BS的干擾位準,可以計 201108843 :T稱干*卩獲得選定的干擾Bs的後移。圖7是計算 標稱干擾以獲取主 。 的流程圖。主要干擾則的選定後移的示例性方法 在710,方沐 可以包括決定來自一或多個干擾BS 的干擾。可以對於UE操作在其中的系統來決定干擾。 實施例中,可以根據參照8描述的方法來計算 干擾。 ^ 在 720,方法 _ 7〇〇可以包括計算干擾BS的傳輸速率。 每個計算的傳輪料可以是以下各項的函數:服務通訊 鏈路上的通道增益、在证處經歷的Μ功率、系統中的 雜訊功率及/或由干擾Bs導致的干擾。在一個實施例 中干擾B》的傳輸,率可以如方程式^所示來計算:In some embodiments, the BS may transmit to the BS based on parameters included in the interference information, predicted SINR determined by the BS, and/or predicted degradation caused by serving the communication link for the BS to transmit. The predicted benefit is that the schedule is transmitted (or moved back) from the BS's information. If the benefit to the BS is greater than the degradation caused to the UE, BS 43 201108843 may perform a compromise analysis and transmit, or transmit at the selected power level. In some embodiments, if the benefit of transmitting to the BS is less than the degradation caused to the UE, then the BS transmits at a low transmission level. In some embodiments, the BS may calculate the nominal interference after receiving any number of different types of information from the UE. In some embodiments, when the first Bs in the field system is calculating nominal interference, the nominal interference may be an interference contribution from the system other than the BS performing the calculation - or a plurality of other BSs. By way of example, but not limitation, nominal interference can be calculated by receiving Bs for channel gain information for all BSs. bS can map channel gain information to the nominal interference that will result from the B S transmission. As another example, the nominal interference can be calculated by receiving the Bs for the average load of all BSs. The BS can map the average load information to the nominal interference based on a function that increases the nominal interference as the load increases. In some embodiments, the channel gain information and the average load can be jointly considered to estimate the nominal interference that would result from the BS transmission. As another example, the nominal interference may be calculated by the BS receiving information relating to the amount of selected positioning traffic to be transmitted from the UE. The eBS may map the amount of the §fl traffic to the nominal interference. For example, if a large number of messages have low levels, the calculated nominal interference will be greater than the nominal interference calculated when a large number of messages have high levels. In some embodiments, the UE may also include a nominal interference "based on the interference level from the interfering BS" in the interference information transmitted to the Bs, and may calculate the post-shift of the selected interference Bs by 201108843:T. Figure 7 is a calculation of nominal interference to obtain the master. Flow chart. Exemplary Method of Selected Backward Shift of Primary Interference At 710, Fang Mu may include determining interference from one or more interfering BSs. Interference can be determined for the system in which the UE operates. In the embodiment, the interference can be calculated according to the method described in the reference 8. ^ At 720, method _ 7〇〇 may include calculating the transmission rate of the interfering BS. Each calculated pass can be a function of the channel gain on the service communication link, the power experienced at the certificate, the noise power in the system, and/or the interference caused by the interference Bs. In one embodiment, the transmission of the interference B" can be calculated as shown in equation ^:

GP (1) 速率(《)=ic π+Σ八 其中Ν是系統中的干擾Bs的數量,g是服務通訊齒 路的通道增益,P是在UE處經歷的BS功率,NG是系胡 的雜°孔功率’且Ik是由第k個最主要的干擾BS引起 @干擾°在-些實施例中’ c()可以是C⑻nr),且可以 是容量函數。 在730,方法700可以包括決定要進行靜默(silence: 的干擾BS的數量n«Pt,以使UE的平均傳輸速率最大化。 〇方法700可以包括計算與η°Ρ(個干擾BS對應 的標稱干擾。在一個實施例中,標稱干擾可以如方程式 45 201108843 2所示來計算: 。⑺ 因此,UE可以設定使UE的傳輸速率最大化的標稱干 擾的值。標稱干擾可以包括在從UE發射給bs的干擾資 訊中’如上文參照圖6所論述的。 在各個實施例中,代替步驟73〇,方法可以⑽ 選擇干擾BS的除了使仙的傳輸速率最大化的數量以外 的數量。 例如,可以將方法700修改為使得干擾則的數量是系 、统中的有效干擾BS的數量。因此,N可以表示系統中的 有效干擾BS的數量。在此等實施例中,若干擾方在選定 數量的過去子訊框期間已經發射資料,則可以將干擾方 視為有效干擾方。過去子訊框的數量可以由仙來決定。 作為另一實例’可以將方法修改為使得干擾則 的數量是系統中的有效集中的有效干擾Bs的數量。該有 效集可以如在職系統中及/或在CDMa_ (諸如, UMTS)中所^義的。因此,N可以表示系統中的有效华 中的干擾BS的數量。 $ 作為另-實例,可以將方法修改為使得干擾BS 的數量是所配置的鄰點細胞服務區列表中的干擾BS的 數量。因此’ N可以表示所配置的鄰點細胞服務區列表 中的干擾BS的數量。 在其他實施例中,代替根據方程式i中的容量函數來 46 201108843GP (1) rate (") = ic π + Σ Ν where Ν is the number of interference Bs in the system, g is the channel gain of the service communication tooth path, P is the BS power experienced at the UE, and NG is the Hu The hetero-cell power 'and Ik is caused by the k-th most dominant interfering BS'. In some embodiments 'c() may be C(8)nr) and may be a capacity function. At 730, method 700 can include determining a number of interference BSs to be silenced (n«Pt to maximize the average transmission rate of the UE. 〇 Method 700 can include calculating a target corresponding to η°Ρ (interfering BSs) In one embodiment, the nominal interference can be calculated as shown in Equation 45 201108843 2: (7) Thus, the UE can set the value of the nominal interference that maximizes the transmission rate of the UE. The nominal interference can be included in In the interference information transmitted from the UE to the bs, as discussed above with reference to Figure 6. In various embodiments, instead of step 73, the method may (10) select an amount of the interfering BS other than the number that maximizes the transmission rate of the fairy. For example, method 700 can be modified such that the number of interferences is the number of active interfering BSs in the system. Thus, N can represent the number of active interfering BSs in the system. In such embodiments, if the interferer If the data has been transmitted during the selected number of past subframes, the interferer can be regarded as a valid interferer. The number of past subframes can be determined by Xian. As another example' The method is modified such that the number of interferences is the number of effective interferences Bs in the effective set in the system. The active set can be as defined in the in-service system and/or in CDMa_ (such as UMTS). It can represent the number of interfering BSs in the system in the system. $ As another example, the method can be modified such that the number of interfering BSs is the number of interfering BSs in the configured neighbor cell service area list. Therefore 'N can Represents the number of interfering BSs in the configured neighbor cell service area list. In other embodiments, instead of the capacity function according to equation i 46 201108843

計算傳輸速率,可以將方法修改為使用檢視表,其 中該檢視表將SINR值映射到傳輸速率。因此,方程式j 中的C(SINR)函數可以用檢視表值代替。然後,可以在 方程式1中使用檢視表值來計算標稱干擾。在一些實施 例中’可以將方法700進—步修改為指定編碼速率、編 碼方法及/或區塊大小。 在-些實施例中,可以將方法7〇〇修改為包括設定標 稱干擾以達成任何數量的結果。 例如,UE可以設定標稱干擾,以使得選定數量的最主 要的干擾BS執行後移’並且不進行發射。首先,可To calculate the transmission rate, the method can be modified to use a view table that maps the SINR value to the transmission rate. Therefore, the C(SINR) function in equation j can be replaced with a view table value. The look-up table values can then be used in Equation 1 to calculate the nominal interference. In some embodiments, method 700 can be further modified to specify a coding rate, a coding method, and/or a block size. In some embodiments, method 7 can be modified to include setting nominal interference to achieve any number of results. For example, the UE can set the nominal interference such that a selected number of the most dominant interfering BSs perform a back-shift&apos; and do not transmit. First of all,

以將傳輸速率設定為與當選定數量的最主要的干擾BS 不進行發射時產生的值對應。其次,可以將標稱干擾 設定為與所計算出的傳輸料對應的值。因此,將標稱 干擾及/或傳輸速率作為干擾資K如參照圖6B所㈣ 的)的一部分來接收的選定數量的最主要的干擾BS將作 出後移。The transmission rate is set to correspond to a value generated when a selected number of the most dominant interfering BSs do not transmit. Second, the nominal interference can be set to a value corresponding to the calculated transmission material. Therefore, the selected number of primary interfering BSs that receive the nominal interference and/or transmission rate as part of the interference resource K as described with reference to (4) of Figure 6B will be shifted back.

故从优侍•當UE 處於低幾何條件下時,則盥τ 老 _ 貝〗與UE處於尚幾何條件下 比會有更多的干擾BS將作出後移。 在1實施例中,方法7〇〇的㈣71〇可以如參 8所述來執行。圖&quot;艮據本文描述的各個態:圖 定系統的IDL上的來自Bs 圖不決 幻卞锼的方去的實例。在—进 實施例中,系統可以是LTE系 二 201108843 在81〇,方法800可以包括:UE接收引導頻信號。可 以從UE位於的細胞服務區外的Bs接收引導頻信號。在 820,方法800可以包括:計算每個BS的干擾。所計算 的干擾可以基於所量測的引導頻信號的信號強度。 在83 0,方法80〇可以包括:將量測報告發射給服務 基地台。UE可以發射量測報告。量測報告可以包括所計 算的針對其接收到了引導頻信號的BS的干擾。在一些實 施例中’量測報告可以包括UE和BS之間的通道增益資 訊°量測報告可以經由回載進行發射或者作為空中傳輸 (OTA)訊息進行發射。 在UE是UE並因此需要UL准許向服務AN進行發射 的實施例中’方法亦可以包括從UE向服務AN發送_排程 請求(SR )。服務bs可以經配置以能夠將SR解碼。方 法亦可以包括:服務BS在UL上清除UL上的干擾並且 白UE發射XJL准許。清除干擾和發射UL准許可以回應 於接收到SR並將SR解碼而執行。然後,UE可以向服 務AN發射量測報告。 在接收到量測報告之後,服務B s就可以向服務B s位 於的細胞服務區外的細胞服務區中的一或多個其他B s 發射量測報告或包括在量測報告中的資訊。因此,系統 中的不同細胞服務區中的BS可以從其他BS接收指示干 擾的資訊。指示干擾的資訊可以用於執行圖6B的方法。 在UE處計算的發送到服務Bs的干擾可以用於執行圖7 48 201108843 的方法。 D Λ9:本文描述的各個態樣’圖示用於決定系統的 、自BS的干擾的另-方法的實例。在91〇,方 =〇0可以包括:UE決定與BS相關聯的先前發射資訊。 、射資訊可以針對任何選定數量的過去的時間間隔及/ 或過去的子訊框。在各個實施例中,先前發射資訊可以 包括在先前的間隔中Bs是否進行過發射及/或在先前的 間隔中由B S發射的訊務的優先順序。 在920’方法900可以包括:⑽基於發射資訊決定訊 務負載資訊。在930’方法900可以包括:仙基於訊務 負載資訊計算BS的干擾。 圖10根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示用於決定系統的 DL上的來自BS的干擾的另一方法的實例。在1〇1〇,方 法1000可以包括:第一細胞服務區中的Bs廣播用於指 示由BS所服務的UE的訊務的優先順序的資訊。可以向 其他細胞服務區中的BS廣播該資訊。例如,bS可以是 第一細胞服務區中的B S ’並服務於第一細胞服務區中的 UE。第一細胞服務區中的BS可以廣播用於指示BS意欲 發射給UE的訊務的優先順序的資訊。可以向第一細胞 服務區外的細胞服務區中的B S發射該資訊。 在1020,方法1000可以包括:第一細胞服務區外的 細胞服務區中的B S從第一細胞服務區中的b S接收資 訊。在1030,方法1000可以包括:第一細胞服務區外 49 201108843Therefore, when the UE is in a low-geometry condition, then the 盥τ old _Bei and the UE are still under the geometric conditions, there will be more interference BS will be moved back. In the first embodiment, the (four) 71〇 of the method 7〇〇 can be performed as described in the reference 8. Figure &quot; According to the various states described in this article: Figure on the IDL of the system from the Bs figure indefinite. In an embodiment, the system may be LTE system 2 201108843 at 81 〇, and the method 800 may include the UE receiving the pilot frequency signal. The pilot frequency signal can be received from the Bs outside the cell service area in which the UE is located. At 820, method 800 can include calculating interference for each BS. The calculated interference can be based on the measured signal strength of the pilot signal. At 83 0, method 80 can include transmitting the measurement report to the service base station. The UE can transmit a measurement report. The measurement report may include the calculated interference for the BS to which the pilot signal is received. In some embodiments, the measurement report may include a channel gain information between the UE and the BS. The measurement report may be transmitted via a backhaul or transmitted as an over-the-air (OTA) message. In embodiments where the UE is a UE and thus requires a UL grant to transmit to the serving AN, the method may also include transmitting a Scheduling Request (SR) from the UE to the serving AN. The service bs can be configured to be able to decode the SR. The method may also include the serving BS clearing interference on the UL on the UL and the white UE transmitting the XJL grant. Clearing interference and transmitting UL grants may be performed in response to receiving the SR and decoding the SR. The UE can then transmit a measurement report to the serving AN. After receiving the measurement report, the service Bs can transmit a measurement report or information included in the measurement report to one or more other Bs in the cell service area outside the cell service area where the service Bs is located. Therefore, BSs in different cell service areas in the system can receive information indicating interference from other BSs. Information indicating interference can be used to perform the method of Figure 6B. The interference transmitted to the service Bs calculated at the UE can be used to perform the method of FIG. 7 48 201108843. D Λ 9: The various aspects described herein are illustrative of examples of alternative methods for determining interference from the BS. At 91 〇, square = 〇 0 may include the UE determining the previous transmission information associated with the BS. The information can be directed to any selected number of past time intervals and/or past subframes. In various embodiments, the previously transmitted information may include whether the Bs was transmitted in the previous interval and/or the priority of the traffic transmitted by the Bs in the previous interval. The method 920 can include: (10) determining traffic load information based on the transmitted information. The method 930 at 930' may include: calculating the interference of the BS based on the traffic load information. Figure 10 illustrates an example of another method for determining interference from a BS on a DL of a system, in accordance with various aspects described herein. At 1〇, the method 1000 can include the Bs in the first cell service area broadcasting information indicating the priority order of the UE's traffic served by the BS. This information can be broadcast to BSs in other cell service areas. For example, bS can be Bs&apos; in the first cell service area and serve the UE in the first cell service area. The BS in the first cell service area may broadcast information indicating the priority order of the traffic that the BS intends to transmit to the UE. This information can be transmitted to the Bs in the cell service area outside the first cell service area. At 1020, method 1000 can comprise: Bs in a cell service area outside the first cell service area receiving information from bS in the first cell service area. At 1030, method 1000 can include: outside the first cell service area 49 201108843

的細胞服務區中的B S決定在第一細胞服務區中是否存 在要發射的資料(並且,在一些情況下,決定在第一細 胞服務區中要發射的資料的優先順序)。 在1030,方法1000可以包括·第一細胞服務區外的 細胞服務區中的BS決定第一細胞服務區中的BS將發射 資訊而不作出後移的可能性。該決定可以基於指示要發 射的資料和資料的優先順序的資訊來做出。 在1040,方法1000可以包括:第一細胞服務區外的 細胞服務區中的B S決定第—細胞服務區中的B s的干 擾。干擾可以基於第一細胞服務區中的BS將發射資料和 資料的優先順序的可能性的決定結果。 圖11根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示用於決定系統的 DL上的來自BS的干擾的另—方法的實例。在—些實施 例中纟統可以疋LTE-A系統。可以經由〇TA量測BS 的干擾。 在1110’方法11〇〇可以包括.h * 巴栝.向UE發射資源利用郭 ALf ( RUM )清求。RUM請求可以你政t» r 。月π J以從服務B s進行發射。 在1120,UE可以廣播RUM請求。 月+任u3〇,其他細胞服 務區中的UE可以將RUM請求解碼。 在各個實施例令,RUM可以包 ^枯用於私不由UE所選 定的用於接收資訊的資源的資 ,負。孔UE可以在選定資源 (堵如,UE在隨後的時間間 Μ , L , Τ心要在其上接收資訊的 特疋通道)上發射RUM,以請 ‘ 月承選疋位準的SINR或標 50 201108843 稱干擾。 3〇方法1100可以包括:細胞服務區外的BS將 RU,吻求解碼。在U4G,方法謂可以包括:細胞服 務,外的Bs發射用於指示預期發射功率位準的資訊。用 ;曰丁預期發射功率位準的資訊可以經由引導頻信號從 BS進行發射。 在H50,方法1100可以包括:UE接收用於指示預期 發射功率位準的資訊。纟1160,方法1100可以包括: UE決定UE和細胞服務區外的Bs之間的交叉通訊鏈路 的通道增益資訊。在—些實施例中,通道增益資訊可以 包括通道品質指示符。在117〇, UE可以向服務bs發射 通道增益資訊。服務BS可以基於通道增益資訊執行速率 預測。 圖12A和圖12B根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示用於 促進在使用OTA通訊的.系統的DL上進行干擾管理的方 法的部分視圖。 在1210,方法1200可以包括:UE接收用於指示與UE 相關聯的緩衝狀態的資訊。在UE是UE的實施例中,用 於指示與UE相關聯的緩衝狀態的資訊可以從UE的服務 BS接收。服務BS可以維護UE的緩衝狀態資訊。緩衝 狀態資訊可以包括但不限於:與UE將由服務Bs來服務 有關的訊務的優先順序。 在1220 ’方法1200可以包括:UE從BS接收干優資 51 201108843 訊。干擾資訊可以包括但不限於:用於指示BS意欲發射 的訊務的優先順序及/或引導頻信號上的發射功率位準 的資訊。在一些實施例中,B S可以在接收到從服務b S 發射且去往UE的緩衝狀態資訊之後發射干擾資訊,此 是因為B S可能接收到此資訊。 在1230 ’方法1200可以包括:UE基於從BS接收的 干擾資訊來設定標稱干擾的值。標稱干擾可以使用上文 參照圖7描述的方法700或藉由使用本文論述的對方法 7 0 0的任何修改來設定。 在一些實施例中,UE可以產生量測報告。量測報告可 以包括標稱干擾及/或從B S接收的干擾資訊。UE可以向 服務B S發射量測報告。 返回春照圖12A和圖12B,在1240,方法1200可以 包括:UE發射標稱干優和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順 序資訊。在一些實施例中,亦可以發射通道增益資訊。 在其他實施例中’當B S可以藉由量測來自UE的傳輸的 強度而決定出BS和UE之間的交叉通訊鏈路上的通道增 益資訊時,不發射通道增益資訊。 在1250’方法12〇〇可以包括:UE從一或多個干擾BS 接收排程資訊。可以回應於發射了標稱干擾和與UE相 關聯的優先順序資訊(以及一些實施例中的通道增益資 訊)而接收排程資訊。排程資訊可以用於指示以選定的 發射功率位準進行發射(或作出後移且不進行發射)的 201108843 计晝。在1260,方法1200可以包括·· UE基於來自一或 多個干擾BS的排程資訊從服務BS接收排程資訊。 在一些實施例中,在127〇,方法12〇〇可以包括:UE 基於排程資訊計算通道品質指示符(CQI )或SINR。在 1280,方法1200可以包括:UE基於接收到的排程資訊 及/或基於從BS接收的引導頻信號向服務BS發射通道增 益資訊及/或SINR。 圖ΠΑ根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示用於在系統的 DL上進行排程的方法的實例。在mo,方法可以 包括:BS決定對UE進行發射帶來的益處。在132〇,方 法1300可以包括:BS決定對用於bs進行發射的服務通 訊鏈路造成的預測降級。在133〇,方法13〇〇可以包,括: B S將對B s帶來的益處和對服務通訊鍵路造成的降級進 行比較’以決定是進行發射還是作出後移以及放棄發射 (及/或以比全功率位準低的功率位準進行發射)。 在本文揭示的各個實施例中,可以在UL上執行干擾 管理的方法。在針對UL上的干擾管理的實施例中,bs 可以是UE,且UE可以是BS。 圖13B根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示用於在系統的 DL上進行排程的方法的實例。在ι35〇,方法ι34〇可以 包括··接收一或多個干擾BS的干擾資訊。一或多個干擾 B S的干擾資訊可以從UE接收。 在1360 ’方法1340可以包括:接收標稱干擾和與 53 201108843 相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊。與UE相關聯的訊務的 優先順序資訊可以對應於用於指示與UE相關聯的緩衝 狀態的資訊。 在1370 ’方法1340可以包括:向使用者裝備發射排 程資訊。可以回應於接收到標稱干擾和與UE相關聯的 訊務的優先順序資訊而發射排程資訊。在一些實施例 中,給UE的排程資訊可以包括基於從一或多個干擾BS 發射的排程資訊而計算的通道品質指示符或SiNR。在一 些實施例中’來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊可以指示 一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾bs排程了後移。 圖13 C根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示在系統的dl 上進行排程的方法的實例。在1385,方法138〇可以包 括:接收RUM。 在1390 ’方法1380可以包括:回應於接收到rum而 發射一或多個引導頻信號。可以回應於接收到RUM而從 一或多個干擾BS發射一或多個引導頻信號。一或多個引 導頻信號可以由UE來量測,以計算一或多個干擾b S的 干擾。 圖14根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示用於決定系統的 UL上的來自使用者裝備的標稱干擾的方法的實例。在 1410 ’方法1400可以包括:BS決定在DL上量測的通道 增益資訊。在DL上量測的通道增益資訊可以針對於由 B S所服務的UE和細胞服務區外的b S之間的通道。在 201108843 -些實施例中’通道增益資訊可以在量測報告(諸如, 參照方法800描述的量測報告)中從UE接收。 在1420,方法1400可以包括:基於通道增益資訊決 疋來自干擾UE的干擾。在U3〇,方法14〇〇可以包括. BS基於針對干優UE而決定的干擾來計算標稱干擾。在 些實施例中,方法14〇〇亦可以包括:BS向UL指派在 DL上量測的通道增益資訊。 圖15根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示用於決定系統的 UL上的來自使用者裝備的標稱干擾的另一方法的實 例。在一些實施例中,系統可以是LTe系統。 在1510 ’方法1500可以包括:BS接收UL上的資訊, 在一些實施例中,UL上的資訊可以是UL上的探測參考 信號(SRS )。在一個實施例中,SRS可以是LTE系統中 的從UE到BS的通道。在一些實施例中,UE可以定期 發射SRS。 在1520,方法1500可以包括:細胞服務區外的bs接 收用於解碼上行鏈路上的資訊的一或多個參數。當SRS 是UL上的資訊時,用於解碼SRS的資訊可以包括但不 限於:指示SRS的配置的資訊及/或參數。 可以將資訊及/或參數發射給細胞服務區外的B S。在 各個實施例中,資訊可以經由回載、經由X2或S 1介面 及/或經由用於不完全交接(incomplete handoff)的交遞 訊息來進行發射。 55 201108843The Bs in the cell service area determines whether there is data to be transmitted in the first cell service area (and, in some cases, the priority of the data to be transmitted in the first cell service area). At 1030, method 1000 can include the BS in the cell service area outside the first cell service area determining the likelihood that the BS in the first cell service area will transmit information without post-shifting. The decision can be made based on information indicating the order of priority of the materials and materials to be transmitted. At 1040, method 1000 can comprise: Bs in a cell service area outside the first cell service area determining interference of Bs in the first cell service area. The interference may be based on the decision of the likelihood that the BS in the first cell service area will transmit the priority order of the data and the data. Figure 11 illustrates an example of another method for determining interference from a BS on a DL of a system, in accordance with various aspects described herein. In some embodiments, the system can be used in the LTE-A system. The interference of the BS can be measured via 〇TA. The 1110' method 11 〇〇 may include .h * 栝 栝. The resource is transmitted to the UE using the Guo ALf (RUM) request. RUM requests can be yours t»r. Month π J is transmitted from the service B s . At 1120, the UE can broadcast a RUM request. Month + any u3〇, UEs in other cell service areas can decode RUM requests. In various embodiments, the RUM may use the resources for the resources selected by the UE for receiving information, negative. The hole UE may transmit the RUM on the selected resource (blocking, the UE in the subsequent time Μ, L, the special channel on which the heart is to receive information), so that the SINR or the standard of the month is selected. 50 201108843 called interference. The method 1100 may include: the BS outside the cell service area decodes the RU and the kiss. In U4G, the method can include: cell service, and the external Bs transmits information indicating the expected transmit power level. The information of the expected transmit power level can be transmitted from the BS via the pilot signal. At H50, method 1100 can include the UE receiving information indicating an expected transmit power level.纟1160, the method 1100 can include: the UE determining channel gain information of a cross communication link between the UE and the Bs outside the cell service area. In some embodiments, the channel gain information can include a channel quality indicator. At 117, the UE may transmit channel gain information to the serving bs. The serving BS can perform rate prediction based on channel gain information. Figures 12A and 12B illustrate partial views of a method for facilitating interference management on a DL of a system using OTA communication, in accordance with various aspects described herein. At 1210, method 1200 can include the UE receiving information indicating a buffer status associated with the UE. In an embodiment where the UE is a UE, information indicating a buffer status associated with the UE may be received from the serving BS of the UE. The serving BS can maintain the buffer status information of the UE. The buffer status information may include, but is not limited to, a priority order of the information related to the UE being served by the service Bs. The method 1200 at 1220' may include: the UE receives the dry grant 51 201108843 from the BS. The interference information may include, but is not limited to, information indicating the priority order of the traffic that the BS intends to transmit and/or the transmission power level on the pilot signal. In some embodiments, the Bs may transmit interference information after receiving buffer status information transmitted from the service bs and destined for the UE, since the Bs may receive this information. The method 1200 at 1230' may include the UE setting a value of the nominal interference based on the interference information received from the BS. The nominal interference can be set using the method 700 described above with reference to Figure 7 or by using any of the modifications to the method 700 discussed herein. In some embodiments, the UE can generate a measurement report. The measurement report can include nominal interference and/or interference information received from the B S . The UE may transmit a measurement report to the service Bs. Returning to the spring photos 12A and 12B, at 1240, the method 1200 can include the UE transmitting priority information of the nominal dry and the traffic associated with the UE. In some embodiments, channel gain information can also be transmitted. In other embodiments, the channel gain information is not transmitted when the Bs can determine the channel gain information on the cross-communication link between the BS and the UE by measuring the strength of the transmission from the UE. The method at 1250' may include the UE receiving scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs. Schedule information may be received in response to prioritized information (and channel gain information in some embodiments) that transmitted nominal interference and associated with the UE. The schedule information can be used to indicate that the transmission was performed at the selected transmit power level (or moved back and not transmitted). At 1260, method 1200 can include the UE receiving schedule information from the serving BS based on scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs. In some embodiments, at 127, method 12A can include the UE calculating a channel quality indicator (CQI) or SINR based on the scheduling information. At 1280, method 1200 can include the UE transmitting channel gain information and/or SINR to the serving BS based on the received schedule information and/or based on the pilot frequency signal received from the BS. Figure Illustrates an example of a method for scheduling on a DL of a system in accordance with various aspects described herein. At mo, the method can include: the BS determines the benefit of transmitting the UE. At 132 〇, the method 1300 can include the BS deciding to predict degradation of the service communication link for the bs to transmit. At 133, method 13 can include, including: BS compares the benefits of Bs with the degradation of the service communication link to determine whether to transmit or post-transfer and abandon the transmission (and/or Emitted at a lower power level than the full power level). In various embodiments disclosed herein, a method of interference management can be performed on the UL. In an embodiment for interference management on the UL, bs may be a UE and the UE may be a BS. Figure 13B illustrates an example of a method for scheduling on a DL of a system, in accordance with various aspects described herein. In ι35〇, the method ι34〇 may include receiving interference information of one or more interfering BSs. Interference information for one or more interferences Bs may be received from the UE. The 1360&apos; method 1340 can include receiving prioritized information of the nominal interference and the traffic associated with 53 201108843. The prioritization information of the traffic associated with the UE may correspond to information indicating a buffer status associated with the UE. The 1370&apos; method 1340 can include: providing the user with emission schedule information. The schedule information may be transmitted in response to receiving priority information of the nominal interference and the traffic associated with the UE. In some embodiments, the scheduling information for the UE may include a channel quality indicator or SiNR calculated based on scheduling information transmitted from one or more interfering BSs. In some embodiments, schedule information from one or more interfering BSs may indicate that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs is scheduled to shift back. Figure 13C illustrates an example of a method of scheduling on dl of a system, in accordance with various aspects described herein. At 1385, method 138 can include receiving a RUM. Method 1380 at 1390 ' can include transmitting one or more pilot signals in response to receiving the rum. One or more pilot frequency signals may be transmitted from one or more interfering BSs in response to receiving the RUM. One or more pilot signals may be measured by the UE to calculate one or more interference bs interference. 14 illustrates an example of a method for determining nominal interference from user equipment on a UL of a system, in accordance with various aspects described herein. The method 1400 at 1410' may include the BS determining channel gain information measured on the DL. The channel gain information measured on the DL may be directed to the channel between the UE served by the Bs and the bS outside the cell service area. In 201108843 - in some embodiments the 'channel gain information may be received from the UE in a measurement report, such as the measurement report described with reference to method 800. At 1420, method 1400 can include determining interference from interfering UEs based on channel gain information. At U3, method 14A may include. The BS calculates nominal interference based on interference determined for the dry-optimized UE. In some embodiments, method 14A may also include the BS assigning to the UL channel gain information measured on the DL. Figure 15 illustrates an example of another method for determining nominal interference from user equipment on a UL of a system, in accordance with various aspects described herein. In some embodiments, the system can be an LTe system. The method 1500 at 1510' may include the BS receiving information on the UL, and in some embodiments, the information on the UL may be a sounding reference signal (SRS) on the UL. In one embodiment, the SRS may be a channel from the UE to the BS in the LTE system. In some embodiments, the UE may periodically transmit SRS. At 1520, method 1500 can include the bs outside the cell service area receiving one or more parameters for decoding information on the uplink. When the SRS is information on the UL, the information used to decode the SRS may include, but is not limited to, information and/or parameters indicating the configuration of the SRS. Information and/or parameters can be transmitted to the B S outside the cell service area. In various embodiments, the information may be transmitted via a backhaul, via an X2 or S1 interface, and/or via a handoff message for an incomplete handoff. 55 201108843

在1 5 3 0 ’方法1 5 0 0可以包括:細胞服務區外的b S將 UL上的資訊解碼。在1540,方法1500可以包括:BS 评估來自UE的干擾。在1550,方法15〇〇可以包括:BS 計算UE的標稱干擾。 在一些實施例中’服務於UE的BS亦可以向細胞服務 區外的BS發射功率淨空量測,從而使得當U]E以全功率 進行發射時,能夠使細胞服務區外的BS估計由UE引起 的干擾ώ在一些實施例中’可以將方法1 5〇〇.修改為使得 SRS可以定期地以全功率或已知功率進行發射。然後, 細胞服務區外的BS可以在不知道功率淨空報告的情況 下基於接收到的SRS的強度來評估由U]E引起的干擾。 然後,功率淨空報告不需要由服務BS發射。 圖16Α和圖16Β根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示用於 決定系統的UL上的來自使用者裝備的干擾的另一方法 的實例的部分視圖。在1610,方法16〇〇可以包括:Bs 接收一或多個UL資源利用訊息(uRUMs )。 在一些實施例十,URUM可以是BS* UE之間的控制 通道,其中BS是服務則,且取是由邮所服務的仙。 在—些實施例中,URUM可以包括用於指示由耶選定 的用於發射資訊的資源的資訊。ϋ E可以在選定資源(諸 如,BS在隨後的時間間隔中想要在其上接收資訊的特定 通道)上發射URUM,以請求選定位準的SINR或標稱 干擾。在一些實施例中’ URIJM可以包括用於指示要從 56 201108843 ϋΕ發射的訊務的優先順序的資訊。在-些實施例中,UE 可以明求資源,其中UE在隨後的時間間隔期間想要在 該-貝源上進行發射。因此,在BS接收到urum之後, BS可以清除或減小DL上的干擾。 在一些實施例中,可以使用約定(convention)來指示 特定的URUM僅用於干擾量測。舉例而言(但並非限 制),將URUM用於清除DL上的干擾的資源集設定為空 集(而不是指示通道資源)可以指示URUM將用於干擾 量測。 在1620,方法1600可以包括:BS量測URUM的功率。 在1630,方法1 6〇〇包括:決定細胞服務區外的發送 了 URUM的UE的身份對於BS來講是否已知。在164〇, 兔身伤疋已知的,則方法16 0 0可以包括:B s藉由量測 URUM的功率及/或藉由評估URUM的内容來決定細胞 服務區外的UE對BS造成的干擾。 在1650 ’若身份不是已知的,則方法i6〇〇可以包括: BS以週期間隔來從細胞服務區外的ue接收URUM。在 1660,方法1600可以包括:BS在選定的時間段内記錄 URUM的功率的量測結果及/或URUM的内容。 在1670,方法1600可以包括:BS量測選定時間段内 的總干擾。在1680,方法1600可以包括:bs將量測的 總干擾指派給細胞服務區外的UE,其中BS可以將細胞 服務區外的UE的URUM解碼。在1690,方法16〇〇可 57 201108843 以包括:BS將總干擾的比率指派給細胞服務區外的ue, 其中BS可以將細胞服務區外的的URUM解碼。指 派給細胞服務區外的特定UE的比率可以是從細胞服務 £外的UE接收的URUM的功率比。 在1695,方法1600可以包括:BS基於指派給細胞服 務區外的UE中的每個的干擾來計算細胞服務區外的ue 的標稱干擾。 圖17A和圖17B根據本文描述的各個態樣,圖示用於 促進在UL上進行干擾管理的排程方法的實例的部分視 圖的流程圖。在1710,方法1700可以包括:bS計算通 道增益資訊。通道增益資訊可以用於指示BS和一或多個 干擾UE之間的通道。在一些實施例中,計算通道增益 資訊可以包括以下各項中的至少一個:基於量測報告和 用於在與UL·的頻帶相對應的頻帶上指示下行鏈路上的 通道狀況的功率資訊’計算通道增益資訊;或量測Bs 從一或多個干擾UE接收的SRS的功率位準。 在1720,方法1700可以包括:BS設定BS和一或多 個干擾UE中的至少一個干擾UE之間的標稱干擾。在— 些實施例中’設定標稱干擾可以包括:將值指派給標稱 干擾,以使得一或多個干擾UE中的選定數量的最主要 的干擾UE執行後移。 在1730 ’方法1700可以包括·· BS決定由BS將從由 BS所服務的一或多個UE接收的訊務的優先順序。在 C- 58 201108843At 1 5 3 0 'method 1 500, it may include: b S outside the cell service area decodes the information on the UL. At 1540, method 1500 can include the BS evaluating interference from the UE. At 1550, method 15 can include the BS calculating a nominal interference of the UE. In some embodiments, the BS serving the UE may also transmit a power headroom measurement to the BS outside the cell service area such that when the U]E is transmitted at full power, the BS outside the cell service area can be estimated by the UE. Caused Interference In some embodiments, the method can be modified such that the SRS can be transmitted periodically at full power or at a known power. Then, the BS outside the cell serving area can evaluate the interference caused by U]E based on the strength of the received SRS without knowing the power headroom report. The power headroom report then does not need to be transmitted by the serving BS. 16A and 16B illustrate partial views of an example of another method for determining interference from user equipment on a UL of a system, in accordance with various aspects described herein. At 1610, method 16 can include: Bs receiving one or more UL resource utilization messages (uRUMs). In some embodiments, the URUM may be a control channel between the BS* UEs, where the BS is a service, and is taken by the post office. In some embodiments, the URUM may include information indicating the resources selected by Yee for transmitting information. ϋ E may transmit a URUM on a selected resource (e.g., a particular channel on which the BS wants to receive information in a subsequent time interval) to request a selected SINR or nominal interference. In some embodiments, the URIJM may include information indicating the priority of the traffic to be transmitted from 56 201108843 。. In some embodiments, the UE may ascertain resources in which the UE wants to transmit on the source during subsequent time intervals. Therefore, after the BS receives the urum, the BS can clear or reduce the interference on the DL. In some embodiments, a convention can be used to indicate that a particular URUM is only used for interference measurements. By way of example (but not limitation), setting the resource set used by URUM to clear interference on the DL to an empty set (instead of indicating channel resources) may indicate that URUM will be used for interference measurements. At 1620, method 1600 can include the BS measuring the power of the URUM. At 1630, method 16 includes: determining whether the identity of the UE transmitting the URUM outside the cell service area is known to the BS. At 164 〇, the rabbit body is known, and the method 1600 may include: B s determining the power of the URUM by measuring the power of the URUM and/or determining the content of the URUM to determine the BS caused by the UE outside the cell service area. interference. If the identity is not known at 1650', the method i6〇〇 may include: the BS receives the URUM from the ue outside the cell service area at periodic intervals. At 1660, method 1600 can include the BS recording the measurement of the power of the URUM and/or the content of the URUM for a selected period of time. At 1670, method 1600 can include the BS measuring the total interference over the selected time period. At 1680, method 1600 can include: bs assigning the measured total interference to a UE outside the cell service area, wherein the BS can decode the URUM of the UE outside the cell service area. At 1690, method 16 can be 57 201108843 to include: the BS assigns a ratio of total interference to a ue outside the cell service area, wherein the BS can decode the URUM outside the cell service area. The ratio assigned to a particular UE outside the cell service area may be the power ratio of URUM received from the UE outside the Cell Service £. At 1695, method 1600 can include the BS calculating a nominal interference of ue outside the cell service area based on interference assigned to each of the UEs outside the cell service area. 17A and 17B illustrate a flow diagram of a partial view of an example of a scheduling method for facilitating interference management on a UL, in accordance with various aspects described herein. At 1710, method 1700 can include: bS calculating channel gain information. Channel gain information can be used to indicate the channel between the BS and one or more interfering UEs. In some embodiments, calculating the channel gain information may include at least one of: calculating a power information based on the measurement report and indicating a channel condition on the downlink on a frequency band corresponding to the frequency band of the UL· Channel gain information; or measure the power level of the SRS received by one or more interfering UEs. At 1720, method 1700 can comprise: BS setting a nominal interference between the BS and at least one of the one or more interfering UEs. Setting the nominal interference in some embodiments may include assigning a value to the nominal interference such that a selected number of the most dominant interfering UEs of the one or more interfering UEs perform a back shift. The method 1700 can include, at 1730', the BS determines the priority order of the traffic to be received by the BS from one or more UEs served by the BS. At C- 58 201108843

1 74〇,方法1 700可以包括:BS向一或多個干擾UE發射 資源利用訊息(RUM)。RUM可以包括由BS將從由BS 所服務的一或多個UE接收的訊務的優先順序以及b S和 一或多個干擾UE之間的標稱干擾。 在1乃〇,方法Π00可以包括:BS從一或多 接收用於指示預期排程的資訊。用於指示預期排程的資 訊可以基於RUM中的標稱干擾和訊務的優先順序。在 1 760,方法1 700可以包括:BS決定給由BS所服務的一 或多個UE的指派結果。指派結果可以基於來自一或多 個干擾UE Μ於指#預期排程的資訊。在―些實施例 中’指派結果包括資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少一個, 其中由BS所服務的—或多個UE將以該資料速率或頻寬 为配中的至少一個在UL上向Bs發射資料。 在1770’方法i可以包括:bs接收根據指派結果 而發射的資訊。 隹,方法 巴栝:BS計算Bs和干愎 之間的交又通訊鏈路的通道 、、益資訊。BS可以根據包 在上文參照圖14 -圖1 6描诚认&amp;松▲ 、 _ 述的彼等方法中的任何數量 方法來計算通道增益資訊。 返回參照圖17A和圖l7Pi 1 ,在1720,方法poo可 包括:BS計算期望的標稱 TIP ^ 擾,並計算來自由BS所 務的UE的發往BS的訊 的優先順序。期望的碑魏+ 可以是通道增&amp;資訊的函數。 #‘稱干 59 201108843 在各個實施例中,標稱干擾可以由BS設定為選定值, 以使得一或多個主要UE作出後移及/或以低於選定值的 發射功率位準進行發射。1 74. Method 1 700 can include the BS transmitting a resource utilization message (RUM) to one or more interfering UEs. The RUM may include a priority order of traffic received by the BS from one or more UEs served by the BS and a nominal interference between bS and one or more interfering UEs. At 1 〇, the method Π00 may include the BS receiving information from one or more indicating the expected schedule. The information used to indicate the expected schedule can be based on the prioritization of nominal interference and traffic in the RUM. At 1 760, method 1 700 can include the BS determining an assignment result for one or more UEs served by the BS. The assignment result may be based on information from one or more interfering UEs that are directed to the expected schedule. In some embodiments, the 'assignment result includes at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the UE is served by the BS or more than one of the UEs will be at least one of the data rate or the bandwidth. Bs launches data. The method i at 1770' may include: bs receiving information transmitted according to the assignment result.隹, method Bashu: BS calculates the channel and communication information between the communication link between Bs and Cognac. The BS can calculate the channel gain information according to any number of methods described above with reference to Figures 14 - 16 for the recognition of &amp; ▲, _. Referring back to Figures 17A and 17Pi, at 1720, the method poo can include the BS calculating the desired nominal TIP interference and calculating the priority order of the messages addressed to the BS from the UEs served by the BS. The desired monument Wei+ can be a function of channel increment &amp; information. #‘称干 59 201108843 In various embodiments, the nominal interference may be set by the BS to a selected value such that one or more primary UEs make a back shift and/or transmit at a transmit power level below a selected value.

在1730,方法1700可以包括:BS向細胞服務區外的 UE發射RUM。RUM可以經由回載或ota進行發射。在 各個實施例中,RUM可以包括將從由BS所服務的UE 接收的訊務的優先順序及/或BS和UE之間的標稱干擾 的設定值。 在一些實施例中,RUM亦可以包括通道增益資訊。然 而,在各個實施例中,通道增益資訊不進行發射,並可 以由UE推斷。UE可以藉由決定由88發射的引導頻信 號的強度來推斷通道增益資訊。 在1740,方法1700可以包括:決定在Μ操作的細胞 服務區中進行的發射的預期發射功率位準。預期發射功 率位準可以基於由BS言史定的標稱干擾及/或由bs發射的 訊務的優先順序。在各個實施例中,預期發射功率位準 可以指示發射時的後移。 你 i / DK) 一 ,〜…货身 於指示預期排程的資訊。在一此實 一頁她例中,用於指开 期排程的資訊可以知括;^量日媒b 只礼』以匕括預期發射功率位準。預期發劇 率位準可以經由引導頻信號進行發射。在176〇,方 测可以包括·· BS基於用於指示預期排程的資訊( 如,預期發射功率位準和相應的後移量)來給由則所 201108843 務的UE製定指派結果。指派結果可以包括但不限於: 資料速率、頻寬和由BS所服務的UE的其他發射參數。 在177〇 ’方法1700可以包括:bs接收根據指派結果 所發射的資訊。資訊可以從由BS所服務的UE接收。 虽在一些實施例中步驟1740可以由BS位於的細胞服 務區外的細胞服務區中的UE執行,以便更加集中地控 制排程時,可以如下修改方法丨7〇〇。UE可以向服務於 UE的BS提供rum的回饋。然後,BS可以對UE排程 預期發射功率位準(及/或後移行為卜然後方法丨7〇〇 可以在1750繼續進行,亦即,UE向BS發射預期發射功 率位準。 圖17C疋根據本文描述的各個態樣的用於促進在ul 上進行干擾管理的另一示例性排程方法的流程圖。 在1785方法178〇可以包括:UE發射用於在BS處 決定通道增益資訊的資訊。在179〇,方法178〇可以包 括:由UE接收RUM。 RUM可以包括:要由BS在服務鏈路上從由bs所服 務的UE接收的訊務的優先順序;及Bs* UEi間的標 稱干擾的值,其中標稱干擾的值基於通道增益資訊。在 1 795,方法1 780可以包括:發射用於指示預期排程的資 訊,其中發射由UE執行,並且其中用於指示預期排程 的資訊基於由BS所服務的UE的標稱干擾的值、要在服 務鏈路上接收的訊務的優先順序、服務鏈路上的通道增 61 201108843 益資訊、未由BS服務的UE的標稱干擾、要在干擾鍵路 上接收的訊務的優先順序或干擾鏈路上的通道增益資 訊。 在一些實施例中,服務鏈路上的通道增益資訊基於以 下各項中的至少一個:量測報告和用於在與上行鏈路的 頻帶相對應的頻帶上指示下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率 資訊;或者BS從UE接收的探測參考信號的功率位準。 在一些實施例中,指派結果包括資料速率或頻寬分配 中的至少一個,其中由BS所服務的使用者裝備可以以該 資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少一個在UL上向BS發射資 料。 圖18是根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾管 理的示例性系統的方塊圖的圖示。應當瞭解的是,系統 1 800表示為包括功能方塊,而此等功能方塊可以表示由 處理器、硬體、軟體、韌體或其組合實施的功能。系統 1800可以包括具有用於促進干擾管理的電子組件的邏輯 或實體群組1 8 0 2。 此等電子組件可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群組 1802可以包括:用於計算標稱干擾的電子組件18〇4。在 一些實施例中,標稱干擾使用以下各項中的一或多個來 計算:一或多個干擾BS的通道增益資訊、一或多個干擾 BS的平均訊務負載、一或多個干擾BS的瞬時訊務負 載、一或多個細胞服務區中的訊務負載或優先順序、用 62 201108843 於指示一或多個細胞服務區中的訊務負載或優先順序的 緩衝狀態資訊。 在一些實施例中,計算標稱干擾可以包括:決定來自 一或多個干擾BS的干擾;計算一或多個干擾BS的傳輸 速率;決定一或多個干擾B S中的使細胞服務區外的UE 處的傳輸速率最大化的干擾BS的數量;及計算與一或多 個干擾BS中的使細胞服務區外的UE處的傳輸速率最大 化的干擾BS的數量對應的標稱干擾。 邏輯或實體群組1802亦可以包括:用於向一或多個干 擾BS發射標稱干擾的電子組件丨8〇6。可以將標稱干擾 發射給一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾BS,以計算 當該一或多個干擾BS中的該至少一個干擾bs在細胞服 務區外的UE用於接收資訊的相同的資源集上進行發射 時對該細胞服務區外的UE造成的傳輸速率損失。 邏輯或實體群組1802亦可以包括:用於儲存的電子組 件1 808。用於儲存的電子組件1 8〇8可以經配置以儲存 標稱干擾及/或用於計算標稱干擾的資訊。 在各個實施例中’—或多個干擾BS可以是以下至少之 一.干擾大於選定閾值的一或多個干擾BS或者已經在選 定數量的過去子訊框期間發射過資訊的一或多個干擾 BS。 圖19疋栖·據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾管 理的另一不例性系統的方塊圖的圖示。應當瞭解的是, 63 201108843 系統1900表示為包括功 示由處理器、硬體'於辦 此4功能方塊可以表At 1730, method 1700 can include the BS transmitting a RUM to a UE outside of the cell service area. The RUM can be transmitted via a backhaul or ota. In various embodiments, the RUM may include a priority order of traffic to be received from UEs served by the BS and/or a set value of nominal interference between the BS and the UE. In some embodiments, the RUM may also include channel gain information. However, in various embodiments, the channel gain information is not transmitted and can be inferred by the UE. The UE can infer channel gain information by determining the strength of the pilot signal transmitted by 88. At 1740, method 1700 can include determining an expected transmit power level of the transmission in the cell service area of the helium operation. The expected transmit power level may be based on the nominal interference determined by the BS history and/or the priority order of the traffic transmitted by the bs. In various embodiments, the expected transmit power level may indicate a back shift at the time of transmission. You i / DK) One, ~... The goods are instructed to indicate the expected schedule. In this case, in the case of her, the information used to refer to the schedule of the opening period can be known; the amount of Japanese media b only to cover the expected transmission power level. The expected rate level can be transmitted via the pilot frequency signal. At 176, the test may include the BS based on the information used to indicate the expected schedule (e.g., the expected transmit power level and the corresponding amount of back shift) to formulate an assignment result for the UE of the 201108843 service. The assignment results may include, but are not limited to: data rate, bandwidth, and other transmission parameters of the UE served by the BS. The method 1700 can include: bs receiving information transmitted according to the assignment result. Information can be received from UEs served by the BS. Although in some embodiments step 1740 can be performed by a UE in a cell service area outside the cell service area where the BS is located to more closely control the scheduling, the method can be modified as follows. The UE may provide rum feedback to the BS serving the UE. Then, the BS can schedule the expected transmit power level for the UE (and/or the backward shift behavior and then the method 丨7〇〇 can continue at 1750, that is, the UE transmits the expected transmit power level to the BS. Figure 17C疋A flowchart of another exemplary scheduling method for facilitating interference management on ul as described herein. The method of 1785 may include the UE transmitting information for determining channel gain information at the BS. At 179, method 178 can include: receiving, by the UE, the RUM. The RUM can include: a priority order of traffic to be received by the BS on the serving link from the UE served by bs; and a nominal interference between Bs* UEi The value of the nominal interference is based on channel gain information. At 1795, method 1 780 can include transmitting information indicative of an expected schedule, wherein the transmission is performed by the UE, and wherein the information is used to indicate the expected schedule The value of the nominal interference based on the UE served by the BS, the priority of the traffic to be received on the service link, the channel on the service link, the nominal interference of the UE not served by the BS, The priority order of the traffic received on the interference key or the channel gain information on the interference link. In some embodiments, the channel gain information on the service link is based on at least one of: a measurement report and Power information indicating a channel condition on the downlink on a frequency band corresponding to the uplink frequency band; or power level of the sounding reference signal received by the BS from the UE. In some embodiments, the assignment result includes data rate or bandwidth allocation. At least one of the user equipments served by the BS may transmit data to the BS on the UL at at least one of the data rate or bandwidth allocation. Figure 18 is a diagram for facilitating interference in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. An illustration of a block diagram of an exemplary system of management. It should be appreciated that system 1 800 is represented as including functional blocks, and such functional blocks may represent functions implemented by a processor, hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof. System 1800 can include a logical or entity group of radio components 1 8 2 2 for facilitating interference management. For example, the logical or entity group 1802 can include: an electronic component 18〇4 for calculating nominal interference. In some embodiments, the nominal interference is calculated using one or more of the following: Channel gain information of multiple interfering BSs, average traffic load of one or more interfering BSs, instantaneous traffic load of one or more interfering BSs, traffic load or prioritization in one or more cell service areas, Using 62 201108843 to indicate buffer status information for traffic load or prioritization in one or more cell service areas. In some embodiments, calculating the nominal interference may include determining interference from one or more interfering BSs; a transmission rate of one or more interfering BSs; determining a number of interfering BSs in one or more interfering BSs that maximize a transmission rate at a UE outside the cell serving area; and calculating with one or more interfering BSs The nominal interference corresponding to the number of interfering BSs at which the transmission rate at the UE outside the cell service area is maximized. The logical or entity group 1802 can also include an electronic component 丨8〇6 for transmitting nominal interference to one or more interfering BSs. The nominal interference may be transmitted to at least one of the one or more interfering BSs to calculate the same if the at least one of the one or more interfering BSs outside the cell serving area is used to receive information Loss of transmission rate caused by UEs outside the cell's service area when transmitting on a resource set. The logical or entity group 1802 can also include: an electronic component 1 808 for storage. The electronic components 1 8 8 for storage can be configured to store nominal interference and/or information for calculating nominal interference. In various embodiments, '- or multiple interfering BSs may be at least one of: one or more interfering BSs having interference greater than a selected threshold or one or more interferences that have transmitted information during a selected number of past sub-frames BS. Figure 19 is a block diagram of another block diagram of another exemplary system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. It should be understood that 63 201108843 system 1900 is represented as including the instructions by the processor, hardware 'this can be used to table 4

^ ^ 10ΛΛ 靭體或其組合實施的功能。 系統1900可以包括具有 的邏輯或實體群組19G2。進干擾管理的電子組件 :=組件可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群組 Γ::用於接收—或多㈣導頻信號的電子組 件1904。一或多個引 等頻諕可以從一或多個干擾BS 接收’且UE可以接必—斗、々 收或多個引導頻信號。邏輯或實 體群組1902亦可以白紅.m 括.用於計算一或多個干擾BS的 干擾的電子組件19〇6。用 用於汁算一或多個干擾BS的干 擾的電子組件19〇6可以台“ .ra J以包括.用於決定一或多個引導頻 信號的信號強度的電子組件。 以包括:用於發射量測報告 可以包括干擾。可以向服務 邏輯或實體群組19〇2亦可 的電子組件.19 0 8。量測報告 B S發射量測報告。 邏輯或實體群組1 9Q2亦可以包括:用於儲存的電子組 件1910。用於儲存的電子級件191〇可以經配置以儲存 量測報告、上打鏈路准許、排程請求、干擾資訊及/或資 源利用訊息或者用於產生資源利用訊息、排程請求、量 測報告及/或干擾資訊的資訊。 圖20疋根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾管 理的另一不例性系統的方塊圖的圖示。應當暸解的是, 系統2000表不為包括功能方塊,而此等功能方塊可以表 64 201108843 示由處理器、硬體、軟體'韌體或其組合實施的功能。 系統2000可以包括具有用於促進干擾管理的電子組件 的邏輯或實體群組2002。 此等電子組件可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群組 2002可以包括:用於發射—或多個引導頻信號的電子組 件2〇〇4。一或多個引導頻信號可以從一或多個干擾bs 發射,且UE可以接收一或多個引導頻信號。可以量測 一或多個引導頻信號,以計算—或多個干擾BS的干擾。 汁算一或多個干擾BS的干擾可以包括:決定一或多個引 導頻信號的信號強度。 邏輯或實體群組2002亦可以包括:用於接收RUM的 電子組件2006。用於發射—或多個引導頻信號的電子組 件2004可以回應於用於接收資源利用訊息的電子組件 2006接收到rxjm而發射一或多個引導頻信號。 邏輯或實體群組2002亦可以包括用於儲存的電子組 件2008。用於儲存的電子組件2〇〇8可以經配置以儲存 資源利用訊息或用於產生資源利用訊息、引導頻信號及/ 或干擾資訊的資訊。 圖21是根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾管 理的另一不例性系統的方塊圖的圖示。應當瞭解的是, 系統2100表示為包括功能方塊,而此等功能方塊可以表 不由處理器、硬體、軟體、韌體或其組合實施的功能。 系統2100可以包括具有用於促進干擾管理的電子組件 65 201108843 的邏輯或實體群組2102。 此等電子組件可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群組 2 1 02可以包括:用於接收用於指示與UE相關聯的緩衝 狀態的資訊的電子組件2 1 04。資訊可以在UE處接收。 用於指示緩衝狀態的資訊可以包括與UE將由服務BS來 服務有關的訊務的優先順序。 邏輯或實體群組2102亦可以包括:用於從一或多個干 擾B S接收干擾資訊的電子組件2丨〇6。 邏輯或實體群組2 1 02亦可以包括:用於設定標稱干擾 的電子組件2108。標稱干擾可以基於干擾資訊。邏輯或 實體群組2 1 02亦可以包括:用於發射標稱干擾和與UE 相關聯-的sfl務的優先順序資訊的電子組件2 11 〇。可以向 一或多個干擾BS發射標稱干擾和優先順序資訊。 邏輯或實體群組2102亦可以包括:用於從一或多個干 擾BS接收排程資訊的電子組件2112。可以回應於發射 了標稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊而接 收排程資訊。來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊可以指示 一或多個干擾BS中的至少—個干擾Bs排程後移。 邏輯或實體群組2102亦可以包括用於從服務BS接收 排程資訊的電子組件2114。排程資訊可以基於來自一或 多個干擾B S的排程資訊。 邏輯或實體群組2102亦可以包括:用於基於來自一或 多個干擾BS的排程資訊計算通道品f指示符或信號干 66 201108843 擾嗓音比的電子組件2116。邏輯或實體群組21〇2亦可 以包括:用於向服務BS發射通道品質指示符或信號干墁 噪音比的電子組件2118,其中回應於計算出通道品質指 示符或信號干擾噪音比且發射了通道品質指示符或信號 干擾噪音比而執行從服務BS接收排程資訊。 邏輯或實體群組2102亦可以包括:用於儲存的電子組 件2120。用於儲存的電子組件212〇可以經配置以儲存 標稱干擾、干擾資訊、緩衝狀態資訊、信號干擾噪音比 資訊、通道品質指示符資訊及/或排程資訊。 圖22根據本文闡述的各個態樣,圖示用於促進干擾管 理的另一示例性系統的方塊圖。應當瞭解的是,系統2200 表示為包括功能方塊,而此等功能方塊可以表示由處理 器、硬體、軟體、韌體或其組合實施的功能。系統22〇〇 可以包括用於促進干擾管理的電子组件的邏輯或實體群 組 2202 » 此等電子組件可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群組 1&quot;以包括·用於接收一或多個干擾BS的干擾資訊 的電子組件2204。可以從UE接收一或多個干擾BS的干 擾資訊。 邏輯或實體群組2202亦可以包括:用於接收標稱干擾 和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊的電子組件 2206 °與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊可以對應於 用於指示與UE相關聯的緩衝狀態的資訊。用於指示緩 67 201108843 衝狀態的資訊可以包括與UE將由服務B S來服務有關的 訊務的優先順序。 邏輯或實體群組2202亦可以包括:用於向UE發射排 程資訊的電子組件2208。可以回應於接收到標稱干擾和 與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊而發射排程資訊。 去往UE的排程資訊可以用以產生來自服務bs的用於 UE的排程資訊。 去往UE的排程資訊可以包括基於從一或多.個干擾Bs 發射的排程資訊而計算的通道品質指示符或信號干擾噪 音比。來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊可以指示一或多 個干擾B S中的至少一個干擾B s排程後移。 圖23根據本文闡述的各個態樣,圖示用於促進干擾營 理的另一示例性系統的方塊圖。應當瞭解的是,系統23〇〇 表示為包括功能方塊,而此等功能方塊可以表示由處理 器、硬體、軟體、韌體或其組合實施的功能。系統23〇〇 可以包括用於促進干擾管理的電子組件的邏輯或實體群 組 2302 。 此等電子組件可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群級 〇2可以包括用於決定在下行鏈路上量測的通道增益 『訊的電子組件23()4。在—些實施例中,邏輯或實體鮮 組2302亦可以包括:用於基於上行鏈路的通道增益資訊 來決定來自一或多個干擾UE的干擾的電子組件23〇6。 邏輯或實體群組2302亦可以包括:用於基於來自一或多 68 201108843 個干擾UE的干擾來計算標稱干擾的電子組·件23〇8。 邏輯或實體群組2302亦可以包括:用於儲存的電子組 件2310 °用於儲存的電子組件2310可以經配置以儲存 標稱干擾、干擾資訊及/或通道增益資訊。 下行鍵路通道和上行鏈路通道可以是在無線通訊系統 中其中無線通訊系統是分時雙工系統。此種系統可以 疋BS。BS可以是第一細胞服務區中的bs,且一或多個 干擾UE可以是第二細胞服務區中的使用者裝備。第— 細胞服務區可以不同於第二細胞服務區。干擾可以指示 發射功率位準,其中一或多個干擾UE以該發射功率位 準進行發射。 圖24根據本文闡述的各個態樣,圖示用於促進干擾管 的另示例性系統的方塊圖*應當瞭解的是,系統2400 。為包括功旎方塊’而此等功能方塊可以表示由處理 ::體、軟體、韌體或其組合實施的功能。系統2400 0 、匕括用於促進干擾管理的電子組件的邏輯或實體群 組 2402 。 此等電子纟日 、’牛可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群組 2402可以包缸.ra •用於接收上行鏈路上的資訊的電子組件 2404,其中卜〜 、 仃鏈路上的資訊是從UE接收的。邏輯或 貫體群組24〇2介-r 亦可以包括:用於接收用於解碼上行鏈路 上的資訊的一痞夕加Α Λ 夕個參數的電子組件2406。邏輯或實體 群組2402亦可以 匕括·用於解碼上行鏈路上的資訊的電 69 201108843 子組件2408。邏輯或實體群組2402亦可以包括:用於 評估來自UE的干擾的電子组件2410。邏輯或實體群組 2402亦可以包括:用於計算UE的標稱干擾的電子組 2412 。 ” 邏輯或實體群組2402亦可以包括:用於儲存的電子組 件2412。用於儲存的電子組件2412可以經配置以儲存 上行鏈路上的資訊、用於解碼上行鏈路上的資訊的參 數、標稱干擾、干擾資訊及/或通道增益資訊。 對干擾進行評估可以包括決定上行鍵路上的資訊的信 號強度。資訊可以是探測參考信號或上行鍵4資源利用 訊息中的至少一個。在一些實施例中,資訊可以是探測 參考信號,且可以經由通訊系統的回載接收用於解碼上 行鏈路上的資訊的一或多個參數。 圖25根據本文闡述的各個態樣,圖示用於促進干擾管 理的另一示例性系統的方塊圖。應當瞭解的是,系統 表示為包括功能方塊,而此等功能方塊可以表示由處理 器、硬體、軟體、韌體或其組合實施的功能。系統 可以包括用於促進干擾管理的電子組件的邏輯或實體群 組 2502 。 此等電子組件可以協力操作。例如 2502可以包括:用於接收_ 息的電子組件2504,其中一 息是由第一細胞服務區中的 邏輯或實體群組 或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊 或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊 BS從除了第—細胞服務區 70 201108843 以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個UE接收的。 邏輯或實體群組2502亦可以包括:用於量測更多上行鏈 路資源利用訊息的功率的電子組件2506。邏輯或實體群 組25 02亦可以包括:用於決定UE的身份是否已知的電 子組件2 5 0 8。 邏輯或實體群組2502亦可以包括:用於回應於決定出 除了第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的— 或多個UE中的UE的身份是已知的,而決定來自除了第 一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個 UE中的UE的干擾的電子組件25 10,其中干擾對應於來 自除了第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的 一或多個UE中的UE的上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率。 邏輯或實體群組2502亦可以包括:用於定期接收上行 鏈路資源利用訊息的電子組件25 12。邏輯或實體群組 2 502亦可以包括:用於記錄上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功 率的量測結果的電子組件2522 ^邏輯或實體群組25〇2 亦可以包括:用於量測選定時間段内的總干擾的電子組 件2 5 1 4。邏輯或實體群組2 5 0 2亦可以包括:用於將總 干擾指派給一或多個UE中的選定UE的電子組件25 16。 邏輯或實體群組2502亦可以包括:用於將總干擾的比 率指派給一或多個UE中的選定UE的電子組件2518。 邏輯或實體群組2502亦可以包括:用於計算一或多個 UE中的選定UE的標稱干擾的電子組件2520。 71 201108843 邏輯或實體群έ 件…二雷包括:用於儲存的電子組 儲存的電子組件2524可以經配置 上行鏈路資源利用1自&amp; 置乂儲存 息、總干擾 '比率資訊、仙的身份 及/或功率的量測結果。 D、回應於決定出除了第_細胞服務區料的— 個細胞服務區中的 + _ 一 _中的—或多個UE中的的身份是未知 的而執订如下才呆作:定期接收上行鍵路資源利用訊息、 β己錄上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的量測結果、量測選 定時間段内的總干擾、將總干擾指派給-或多㈤UE中 的選定UE以及將總干擾的比率指派給—或多個口 選定UE。 圖26根據本文閣述的各個態樣,圖示用於促進干擾管 理的另一示例性系統的方塊圖。應當瞭解的是,系統26〇〇 表不為包括功能方塊,而此等功能方塊可以表示由處理 器、硬體、軟體、韌體或其組合實施的功能。系統26〇〇 可以包括用於促進干擾管理的電子組件的邏輯或實體群 組 2602。 此專電子組件可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群組 2602可以包括:用於計算通道增益資訊的電子組件 2604。通道增益資訊可以由bs計算,並可以指示Bs和 一或多個干擾UE之間的通道。 在一些實施例中’用於計算通道增益資訊的電子組件 2604可以包括:用於基於量測報告以及用於在與上行鏈 72 201108843 路的頻帶相對應的頻帶上指’示下行鏈路上的通道狀況的 功率資訊來計算通道增益資訊的電子組件(未圖示)。在 一些實施例中’用於計算通道增益資訊的電子組件2604 可以包括:用於量測BS從一或多個干擾UE接收的探測 參考信號的功率位準的電子組件(未圖示)。 邏輯或實體群組2602亦可以包括:用於設定bs和一 或多個干擾UE中的至少一個干擾UE之間的標稱干擾的 電子組件2606。在一些實施例中,用於設定標稱干擾的 電子組件2606可以包括:用於將值指派給標稱干擾以使 一或多個干擾UE中的選定數量的最主要干擾UE作出後 移的電子組件(未圖示)。^ ^ 10ΛΛ The function implemented by the firmware or a combination thereof. System 1900 can include a logical or entity group 19G2. Electronic components into interference management: = components can work together. For example, a logical or entity group Γ:: an electronic component 1904 for receiving - or multiple (four) pilot signals. One or more of the pilot frequencies may be received from one or more interfering BSs and the UE may be connected to the bucket, the receiver, or the plurality of pilot signals. The logical or entity group 1902 can also be whited. The electronic components 19〇6 used to calculate interference from one or more interfering BSs. The electronic component 19〇6 for calculating the interference of one or more interfering BSs can be used to include an electronic component for determining the signal strength of one or more pilot frequency signals. The emission measurement report may include interference. The electronic component may be sent to the service logic or entity group. The measurement report BS transmits the measurement report. The logical or entity group 1 9Q2 may also include: The stored electronic component 1910. The electronic component 191 for storage can be configured to store a measurement report, an uplink grant permission, a scheduling request, interference information and/or resource utilization information, or for generating a resource utilization message. Information on scheduling requests, measurement reports, and/or interference information. Figure 20 is an illustration of a block diagram of another exemplary system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. System 2000 does not include functional blocks, and such functional blocks may be shown in Table 64 201108843 as functions implemented by a processor, hardware, software 'firmware, or a combination thereof. System 2000 may include A logical or entity group of electronic components of the disturbance management 2002. These electronic components can operate in concert. For example, the logical or entity group 2002 can include electronic components 2〇〇4 for transmitting—or multiple pilot signals. One or more pilot signals may be transmitted from one or more interference bs, and the UE may receive one or more pilot signals. One or more pilot signals may be measured to calculate - or interference from multiple interfering BSs The calculation of the interference of the one or more interfering BSs may include determining the signal strength of the one or more pilot signals. The logical or entity group 2002 may also include: an electronic component 2006 for receiving the RUMs. The plurality of pilot signal electronic components 2004 can transmit one or more pilot signals in response to receiving the rxjm by the electronic component 2006 for receiving the resource utilization message. The logical or entity group 2002 can also include electronic components for storage. 2008. The electronic component 2 8 for storage can be configured to store resource utilization messages or to generate resource utilization messages, pilot signals, and/or interference information. Figure 21 is a block diagram of another exemplary system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. It should be appreciated that system 2100 is shown as including functional blocks, and such functional blocks The functions implemented by the processor, hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof may be represented. The system 2100 may include a logical or entity group 2102 having an electronic component 65 201108843 for facilitating interference management. The electronic components may operate in concert For example, the logical or entity group 2 1 02 can include an electronic component 2 104 for receiving information indicating a buffer status associated with the UE. Information can be received at the UE. The information used to indicate the buffer status may include the priority order of the traffic associated with the UE being served by the serving BS. The logical or entity group 2102 can also include an electronic component 2丨〇6 for receiving interference information from one or more interfering SBs. The logical or entity group 2 1 02 may also include an electronic component 2108 for setting nominal interference. The nominal interference can be based on interference information. The logical or entity group 2 1 02 may also include an electronic component 2 11 用于 for transmitting priority information of the nominal interference and the sfl traffic associated with the UE. The nominal interference and prioritization information can be transmitted to one or more interfering BSs. The logical or entity group 2102 can also include an electronic component 2112 for receiving scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs. Schedule information may be received in response to prioritization information that transmitted nominal interference and traffic associated with the UE. The scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs may indicate that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs is scheduled to move backward. The logical or entity group 2102 can also include an electronic component 2114 for receiving scheduling information from the serving BS. The scheduling information can be based on scheduling information from one or more interfering Bs. The logical or entity group 2102 can also include an electronic component 2116 for calculating a channel f indicator or a signal tones based on scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs. The logical or entity group 21〇2 may also include an electronic component 2118 for transmitting a channel quality indicator or a signal dry noise ratio to the serving BS, wherein the channel quality indicator or the signal to interference noise ratio is calculated and transmitted in response to the calculation. The channel quality indicator or signal interference noise ratio is performed to receive scheduling information from the serving BS. The logical or entity group 2102 can also include an electronic component 2120 for storage. The electronic component 212 for storage can be configured to store nominal interference, interference information, buffer status information, signal to interference noise ratio information, channel quality indicator information, and/or scheduling information. Figure 22 illustrates a block diagram of another exemplary system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. It should be understood that system 2200 is represented as including functional blocks, and such functional blocks can represent functions implemented by processors, hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof. System 22A may include logical or entity groups of electronic components for facilitating interference management. 2202 » These electronic components can operate in conjunction. For example, a logical or entity group 1&quot; includes an electronic component 2204 that includes interference information for receiving one or more interfering BSs. Interference information for one or more interfering BSs may be received from the UE. The logical or entity group 2202 can also include: an electronic component 2206 for receiving priority information of priority interference and traffic associated with the UE. Priority information of the UE associated with the UE can correspond to the indication Information about the buffer status associated with the UE. The information used to indicate the status of the aging 67 201108843 may include the priority of the traffic associated with the UE being served by the service B S . The logical or entity group 2202 can also include an electronic component 2208 for transmitting scheduling information to the UE. The schedule information may be transmitted in response to receiving priority information of the nominal interference and the traffic associated with the UE. The scheduling information to the UE can be used to generate scheduling information for the UE from the service bs. The scheduling information to the UE may include a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio calculated based on scheduling information transmitted from one or more interference Bs. The schedule information from one or more interfering BSs may indicate that at least one of the one or more interfering Bs is scheduled to be shifted back. Figure 23 illustrates a block diagram of another exemplary system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. It should be understood that system 23A is meant to include functional blocks, and such functional blocks may represent functions implemented by a processor, hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof. System 23A may include a logical or entity group 2302 of electronic components for facilitating interference management. These electronic components can work together. For example, the logical or entity group level 〇2 may include an electronic component 23() 4 for determining the channel gain measured on the downlink. In some embodiments, the logical or entity fresh group 2302 can also include: an electronic component 23〇6 for determining interference from one or more interfering UEs based on uplink channel gain information. The logical or entity group 2302 can also include: an electronic group member 〇8 for calculating nominal interference based on interference from one or more of the 201108843 interfering UEs. The logical or entity group 2302 can also include: an electronic component 2310 for storage. The electronic component 2310 for storage can be configured to store nominal interference, interference information, and/or channel gain information. The downlink key channel and the uplink channel may be in a wireless communication system in which the wireless communication system is a time division duplex system. Such a system can 疋BS. The BS may be bs in the first cell service area and the one or more interfering UEs may be user equipment in the second cell service area. The first cell service area may be different from the second cell service area. The interference may indicate a transmit power level at which one or more interfering UEs transmit at the transmit power level. Figure 24 illustrates a block diagram of another exemplary system for facilitating interference tubes in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. * System 2400 should be understood. To include a functional block', such functional blocks may represent functions implemented by processing a :: body, a software, a firmware, or a combination thereof. System 2400 0 includes a logical or entity group 2402 of electronic components for facilitating interference management. These electronic days, 'the cow can work together. For example, logical or entity group 2402 can include a cylinder.ra • Electronic component 2404 for receiving information on the uplink, wherein the information on the links 接收, 仃 is received from the UE. The logical or group of cells 24c may also include an electronic component 2406 for receiving a parameter for decoding information on the uplink. The logical or entity group 2402 may also include a sub-component 2408 for decoding information on the uplink. The logical or entity group 2402 can also include an electronic component 2410 for evaluating interference from the UE. The logical or entity group 2402 can also include an electronic group 2412 for calculating the nominal interference of the UE. The logical or entity group 2402 can also include: an electronic component 2412 for storage. The electronic component 2412 for storage can be configured to store information on the uplink, parameters for decoding information on the uplink, and nominal Interference, interference information, and/or channel gain information. Evaluating the interference may include determining the signal strength of the information on the uplink key. The information may be at least one of a sounding reference signal or an up key 4 resource utilization message. In some embodiments The information may be a sounding reference signal and may receive one or more parameters for decoding information on the uplink via the backhaul of the communication system. Figure 25 illustrates the various aspects illustrated herein for facilitating interference management. A block diagram of another exemplary system. It should be understood that the system is represented as including functional blocks, and such functional blocks may represent functions implemented by a processor, hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof. A logical or entity group 2502 of electronic components that facilitate interference management. These electronic components can work together. For example, 2502 can include: an electronic component 2504 for receiving information, wherein the information is utilized by a logical or entity group or a plurality of uplink resource utilization signals or multiple uplink resources in the first cell service area The BS is received from one or more UEs in one or more cell service areas other than the cell-cell service area 70 201108843. The logical or entity group 2502 may also include: for measuring more uplink resources An electronic component 2506 that utilizes the power of the message. The logical or entity group 25 02 can also include: an electronic component 2 0 0 8 for determining whether the identity of the UE is known. The logical or entity group 2502 can also include: for responding Determining that the identity of the UE in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area is known, and determining from one or more of the first cell service areas Interfering electronic component 25 10 of the UE in one or more UEs in the cell service area, wherein the interference corresponds to one or more UEs from one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The power of the uplink resource utilization message of the UE. The logical or entity group 2502 may also include: an electronic component 25 12 for periodically receiving an uplink resource utilization message. The logical or entity group 2 502 may also include: Electronic component 2522 that records the measurement of the power of the uplink resource utilization message. The logical or entity group 25〇2 may also include: an electronic component 2 5 1 4 for measuring the total interference over the selected time period. Logic Or the entity group 252 may also include: an electronic component 25 16 for assigning total interference to selected ones of the one or more UEs. The logical or entity group 2502 may also include: for total interference The ratio is assigned to the electronic component 2518 of the selected one of the one or more UEs. The logical or entity group 2502 can also include an electronic component 2520 for calculating nominal interference of selected ones of the one or more UEs. 71 201108843 Logical or Entity Groups... Two mines include: Electronic components for storage of electronic components 2524 can be configured with uplink resource utilization 1 self &amp; storage information, total interference 'rate information, fairy identity And/or measurement results of power. D. In response to the decision that the _ cell service area is in the ____ of the cell service area, or the identity of the plurality of UEs is unknown, the subscription is as follows: periodically receiving the uplink The key resource utilization message, the measurement result of the power of the beta recorded uplink resource utilization message, the total interference in the selected time period, the total interference is assigned to the selected UE in the - or more (5) UE, and the total interference is The ratio is assigned to - or multiple ports of the selected UE. Figure 26 illustrates a block diagram of another exemplary system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. It should be understood that the system 26 does not include functional blocks, and such functional blocks may represent functions implemented by a processor, hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof. System 26A may include a logical or entity group 2602 of electronic components for facilitating interference management. This dedicated electronic component can work together. For example, logical or entity group 2602 can include an electronic component 2604 for calculating channel gain information. Channel gain information can be calculated by bs and can indicate the channel between Bs and one or more interfering UEs. In some embodiments, the electronic component 2604 for calculating channel gain information can include: for based on the measurement report and for indicating a channel on the downlink on a frequency band corresponding to the frequency band of the uplink 72 201108843 way The power information of the condition to calculate the electronic components of the channel gain information (not shown). In some embodiments, the electronic component 2604 for calculating channel gain information can include an electronic component (not shown) for measuring the power level of the sounding reference signal received by the BS from one or more interfering UEs. The logical or entity group 2602 can also include an electronic component 2606 for setting nominal interference between bs and at least one of the one or more interfering UEs. In some embodiments, the electronic component 2606 for setting nominal interference can include: an electron for assigning a value to the nominal interference to cause a selected number of the most dominant interfering UEs of the one or more interfering UEs to be shifted back Component (not shown).

邏輯或實體群組2602亦可以包括:用於決定要由bS 從由BS所服務的一或多個使用者裝備接收的訊務的優 先順序的電子組件2608。 邏輯或實體群組2602亦可以包括:用於向一或多個干 擾UE發射RUM的電子組件261〇。RUM資源利用訊息 可以包括·要由BS從由BS所服務的一或多個使用者裝 備接收的訊務的優先順序,以及BS和一或多個干擾UE 之間的標稱干擾。 邏輯或實體群組2602亦可以包括:用於從一或多個干 擾UE接收用於指示預期排程的資訊的電子組件12。 用於私不預期排程的資訊可以基於標稱干擾和資源利用 訊息中的訊務的優先順序。 73 201108843 邏輯或實體群組2602亦可以包括:用於決定給由Bs 所服務的使用者裝備的指派結果的電子組件2614。指派 結果可以基於來自一或多個干擾UE的用於指示預期排 程的資訊。 邏輯或實體群組2602亦可以包括:用於接收根據指派 結果所發射的資訊的電子組件2616。指派結果可以包括 資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少―個,其中由⑽所服務的 使用者裝備將以該資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少一個在 上行鏈路上向BS發射資料。 邏輯或實體群組2602亦可以包括用於儲存的電子組 件2610。用於儲存的電子組件261〇可以經配置以儲存 通道增益資訊、用於決定通道增益資訊的資訊、標稱干 擾、指派結果、RUM、訊務優先順序資訊及/或用於指示 預期排程的資訊。 圖27根據本文闡述的各個態樣,圖示用於促進干擾管 理的另—示例性系統的方塊圖。應當瞭解的是,系統27〇〇 表示為包括功能方塊,而此等功能方塊可以表示由處理 器、硬體、軟體、韌體或其組合實施的功能。系統27〇〇 可以包括用於促進干擾管理的電子組件的邏輯或實體群 組 2702 〇 此等電子組件可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群組 U〇2可以包括:用於發射用於在bs處決定通道增益資 訊的資訊的電子組件27〇4。UE可以發射用於決^通道 74 201108843 增益資訊的資訊。 邏輯或實體群組2702亦可以包括:用於接收rum的 電子組件2706。RUM可以包括:要由bs從由BS所服 務的使用者裝備接收的訊務的優先順序;及BS和UE之 間的標稱干擾的值。標稱干擾的值可以基於通道增益資 訊。 邈輯或貫體群組 預期排程的資訊的電子組件27〇8 ^用於指示預期排程的 資訊可以基於標稱干擾的值和要由Bs從由Bs所服務的 使用者裝備接收的訊務的優先順序。可以使用用於指示 預期排程的資訊來決定給由BS所服務的使用者裝備的 指派結果。 邏輯或實體群組2702亦可以包括:用於儲存的電子組 件2710。用於儲存的電子組件2710可以經配置以儲存 通道增益資訊、用於決㈣道增益資訊的資訊、RUM及 /或用於指示預期排程的資訊。 在—些實施例中,通道增益資訊可以基於以下各項中 的至少-個卜谷項中 應的頻帶上[- 於在與上行鏈路的頻帶相對 曰下下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊;戋 則續接收的探測參考信號的功率位準。 或 在—些實施例中,扣、r &amp; 分配中的至少一 果可以包括資料速率或頻寬 V個,其中由BS所服務的UE可以以該資 枓速率或頻寬分配 Λ貢 中的至少一個在上行鏈路上向BS發 75 201108843 射資料。 圖28根據本文闡述的各個態樣,圖示用於促進干擾管 理的另示例性系統的方塊圊。應當瞭解的是,系統 表不為包括功能方塊,而此等功能方塊可以表示由處理 器硬體、軟體、韌體或其組合實施的功能。系統28〇〇 可以包括用於促進干擾管理的電子組件的邏輯或實體群 組 2802 。 此專電子組件可以協力操作。例如,邏輯或實體群組 可以包括.用於發射一或多個引導頻信號的電子組 件2804。—或多個引導頻信號可以從一或多個干擾BS 發射且UE可以接收一或多個引導頻信號。可以量測 或^個引導頻信號,以計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾。 邏輯或實體群組2802可以包括:用於接收rum的電 子’、且件2806。用於發射—或多個引導頻信號的電子組件 2804可以回應於用於接收RUM的電子組件2806接收到 RUM而發射—或多個引導頻信號。 在些實施例中,計算一或多個干擾B s的干擾可以包 括决定一或多個引導頻信號的信號強度。 進一步對於參照圖5 A和圖5B而提供的裝置的描述, 可以如下描述裝置的實施例。 根據本文描述的各個態樣的第一裝置可以包括:用於 計算標稱干擾的構件。該裝置亦可以包括用於向-或多 個干擾BS發射標稱干擾,以便-或多個干擾BS中的至 76 201108843 少一個干擾BS計算當一或多個干擾BS中的至少—個干 擾B S在細胞服務區外的UE用於接收資訊的相同的次, 貝源 集上進行發射時對細胞服務區外的UE造成的傳輪迷率 損失的構件。 在一些實施例中,標稱干擾使用以下各項中的—或多 個來計算:一或多個干擾BS的通道增益資訊、—或多個 干擾BS的平均訊務負載、一或多個干擾BS的瞬時訊務 負載、一或多個細胞服務區中的訊務負載或優先順序、 指示一或多個細胞服務區中的訊務負載或優先順序的緩 衝狀態資訊。 在一些實施例中,計算標稱干擾包括:決定來自一或 多個干擾BS的干擾;計算針對一或多個干擾bs的傳輸 速率;決定一或多個干擾B S中的使細胞服務區外的ue 處的傳輸速率最大化的干擾BS的數量;及計算與一或多 個干擾BS中的使細胞服務區外的UE處的傳輸速率最大 化的干擾BS的數量對應的標稱干擾。 在一個實施例中’裝置可以包括干擾管理組件,其經 配置以:計算標稱干擾。干擾管理組件亦可以經配置以 向一或多個干擾BS發射標稱干擾,以便一或多個干擾 BS中的至少一個千擾bS計算當一或多個干擾bS中的 至少一個干擾BS在細胞服務區外的UE用於接收資訊的 相同的資源集上進行發射時對細胞服務區外的UE造成 的傳輸速率損失。 77 201108843The logical or entity group 2602 can also include an electronic component 2608 for determining the priority order of the traffic to be received by the bS from one or more user equipment served by the BS. The logical or entity group 2602 can also include an electronic component 261 用于 for transmitting a RUM to one or more interfering UEs. The RUM resource utilization message may include a priority order of traffic to be received by the BS from one or more user equipments served by the BS, and a nominal interference between the BS and one or more interfering UEs. The logical or entity group 2602 can also include an electronic component 12 for receiving information indicative of an expected schedule from one or more interfering UEs. The information used for private undesired scheduling can be based on the prioritization of the traffic in the nominal interference and resource utilization messages. 73 201108843 The logical or entity group 2602 can also include an electronic component 2614 for determining the assignment result to the user equipment served by the Bs. The assignment result may be based on information from one or more interfering UEs indicating the expected schedule. The logical or entity group 2602 can also include an electronic component 2616 for receiving information transmitted in accordance with the assignment result. The assignment result may include at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the user equipment served by (10) will transmit data to the BS on the uplink at least one of the data rate or bandwidth allocation. The logical or entity group 2602 can also include an electronic component 2610 for storage. The electronic component 261 for storage can be configured to store channel gain information, information used to determine channel gain information, nominal interference, assignment results, RUM, traffic prioritization information, and/or to indicate expected schedules. News. Figure 27 illustrates a block diagram of another exemplary system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. It should be understood that system 27A is meant to include functional blocks, and such functional blocks may represent functions implemented by a processor, hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof. System 27A may include logical or entity groups 2702 of electronic components for facilitating interference management. These electronic components may operate in concert. For example, the logical or entity group U〇2 may include an electronic component 27〇4 for transmitting information for determining channel gain information at bs. The UE may transmit information for determining the gain information of the channel 74 201108843. The logical or entity group 2702 can also include an electronic component 2706 for receiving rums. The RUM may include: a priority order of traffic to be received by bs from user equipment served by the BS; and a value of nominal interference between the BS and the UE. The value of the nominal interference can be based on channel gain information. The electronic component 27's information used to indicate the expected schedule can be based on the value of the nominal interference and the information to be received by the Bs from the user equipment served by Bs. Priority of affairs. The information used to indicate the expected schedule can be used to determine the assignment result to the user equipment served by the BS. The logical or entity group 2702 can also include an electronic component 2710 for storage. The electronic component 2710 for storage can be configured to store channel gain information, information for the (four) track gain information, RUM, and/or information indicative of the expected schedule. In some embodiments, the channel gain information may be based on a frequency band in at least one of the following items: [- the power information of the channel condition on the downlink corresponding to the uplink frequency band] ; 戋 Continue to receive the power level of the sounding reference signal. Or in some embodiments, at least one of the deduction, r &amp; allocation may include a data rate or a bandwidth of V, wherein the UE served by the BS may be allocated at the rate or bandwidth of the UE. At least one sends a data to the BS on the uplink. Figure 28 illustrates a block diagram of another exemplary system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. It should be understood that the system tables are not meant to include functional blocks, and such functional blocks may represent functions implemented by processor hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof. System 28A may include a logical or entity group 2802 of electronic components for facilitating interference management. This dedicated electronic component can work together. For example, a logical or entity group can include an electronic component 2804 for transmitting one or more pilot frequency signals. - or a plurality of pilot signals may be transmitted from one or more interfering BSs and the UE may receive one or more pilot signals. The pilot signal can be measured or ^ to calculate the interference of one or more interfering BSs. The logical or entity group 2802 can include: an electronic ' for receiving rums, and a piece 2806. The electronic component 2804 for transmitting - or a plurality of pilot signals may transmit - or a plurality of pilot signals in response to receiving the RUM by the electronic component 2806 for receiving the RUM. In some embodiments, calculating the interference of one or more interference Bs may include determining a signal strength of one or more pilot frequency signals. Further to the description of the apparatus provided with reference to Figures 5A and 5B, an embodiment of the apparatus can be described as follows. The first device according to various aspects described herein may include: means for calculating nominal interference. The apparatus may also include for transmitting nominal interference to the one or more interfering BSs, such as to - 76 of the plurality of interfering BSs, 201108843, one less interference BS, calculating at least one of the one or more interfering BSs The UE outside the cell service area is used to receive the same information of the information, and the component of the transmission loss caused to the UE outside the cell service area when transmitting on the source set. In some embodiments, the nominal interference is calculated using - or more of: channel gain information for one or more interfering BSs, or average traffic load of multiple interfering BSs, one or more interferences The instantaneous traffic load of the BS, the traffic load or prioritization in one or more cell service areas, the buffer status information indicating the traffic load or priority in one or more cell service areas. In some embodiments, calculating the nominal interference comprises: determining interference from the one or more interfering BSs; calculating a transmission rate for the one or more interferences bs; determining one of the one or more interfering BSs that is outside the cell service area The number of interfering BSs at which the transmission rate is maximized at ue; and the calculation of nominal interference corresponding to the number of interfering BSs in one or more interfering BSs that maximize the transmission rate at the UE outside the cell service area. In one embodiment, the apparatus can include an interference management component configured to: calculate nominal interference. The interference management component can also be configured to transmit nominal interference to one or more interfering BSs such that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs calculates at least one of the one or more interfering bSs in the cell The transmission rate loss caused to the UE outside the cell service area when the UE outside the service area is used to transmit on the same resource set for receiving information. 77 201108843

在一些實施例中,標稱干擾使用以下各項中的一或多 個來計算:一或多個干擾BS的通道增益資訊、一或多個 干擾BS的平均訊務負載、一或多個千擾BS的瞬時訊務 負載、一或多個細胞服務區中的訊務負載或優先順序、 指示一或多個細胞服務區中的訊務負載或優先順序的緩 衝狀態資訊。 在一些實施例中,計算標稱干擾包括:決定來自一或 多個干擾BS的干擾;計算一或多個干擾bS的傳輸速 率;決定一或多個干擾BS中的使細胞服務區外的UE處 的傳輸速率最大化的干擾BS的數量;及計算與一或多個 干擾BS中的使細胞服務區外的UE處的傳輸速率最大化 的干擾BS的數量對應的標稱干擾。 本文描述的另一裝置可以包括:用於接收一或多個; 導頻信號的構件,其中一或多個引導頻信號是從一或 個干擾BS接收的,且UE接收該一或多個引導頻信號 用於計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾的構件;及用於發射 測報告的構件,且其中量測報告包括干擾,其中向服; BS發射量測報告。該裝置亦可以包括:用於向服務e 發射排程請求以接收上行鏈路准許的構件;及用於從; 務BS接收上行鏈路准許的構件,其中在發射量測報土: 前執行發射排程請求和接收上行料准許。該裝置亦, 以包括:用於向一或多個干擾則發射資源利用訊息㈣ 件,其中用於接收一或多個弓1導頻信號的構件回應於月 78 201108843In some embodiments, the nominal interference is calculated using one or more of the following: channel gain information for one or more interfering BSs, average traffic load for one or more interfering BSs, one or more thousand Interfering with the instantaneous traffic load of the BS, traffic load or prioritization in one or more cell service areas, buffer status information indicating traffic load or prioritization in one or more cell service areas. In some embodiments, calculating the nominal interference comprises: determining interference from the one or more interfering BSs; calculating a transmission rate of the one or more interfering bSs; determining a UE in the one or more interfering BSs that is outside the cell service area The number of interfering BSs at which the transmission rate is maximized; and calculating the nominal interference corresponding to the number of interfering BSs in the one or more interfering BSs that maximize the transmission rate at the UE outside the cell serving area. Another apparatus described herein can include means for receiving one or more pilot signals, wherein one or more pilot signals are received from one or more interfering BSs, and the UE receives the one or more bootstraps The frequency signal is used to calculate one or more components of the interference of the interfering BS; and a component for transmitting the measurement report, and wherein the measurement report includes interference, wherein the traffic is transmitted; the BS transmits the measurement report. The apparatus can also include: means for transmitting a scheduling request to the service e to receive the uplink grant; and means for receiving an uplink grant from the serving BS, wherein the transmitting is performed before the transmission measurement Scheduling requests and receiving upstream grants. The apparatus also includes means for transmitting a resource utilization message (4) to one or more interferences, wherein the means for receiving one or more bow 1 pilot signals is responsive to the month 78 201108843

於發射眘馮立I 、 貝碌利用訊息的構件發射資源利用訊息而接收一 或多個弓丨導頻信號。 用於D十算—或多個干擾BS的干擾的構件可以包括用 於决疋—或多個引導頻信號的信號強度的構件。 在一個實施例中,該裝置包括:收發機,其經配置以 接收或多個引導頻信號,其中從一或多個干擾bs接收 一或多個弓丨導頻信號,且UE接收該一或多個引導頻信 號,及干擾管理模組’其經配置以計算一或多個干擾B S 的干擾,其中收發機進一步經配置以向服務B s發射量測 報告’且其中量測報告包括干擾。 收發機進一步經配置以:向服務BS發射排程請求,以 接收上行鏈路准許;及從服務BS接收上行鏈路准許,其 中在發射量測報告之前執行發射排程請求和接收上行鏈 路准許。收發機進一步經配置以:向一或多個干擾B s 發射資源利用訊息’其中回應於發射資源利用訊息而接 收一或多個引導頻信號。 計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾包括決定一或多個引導 頻信號的信號強度。 本文描述的另一裝置可以包括:用於接收用於指示與 UE相關聯的緩衝狀態的資訊的構件,其中在υΕ處接收 該資訊;用於從一或多個干擾BS接收干擾資訊的構件; 用於設定標稱干擾的構件,其中標稱干擾基於干擾資 訊;用於發射標稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順 79 201108843 序資訊的構件,其中向一或多個干擾B S發射標稱干擾和 優先順序資訊;用於從一或多個干擾BS接收排程資訊的 構件’其中回應於發射了標稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊 務的優先順序資訊而接收排程資訊;及用於從服務B S 接收排程資訊的構件,其中排程資訊基於來自一或多個 干擾BS的排程資訊。 該裝置亦可以包括:用於基於來自一或多個干擾BS 的排程資訊來計算通道品質指示符或信號干擾噪音比的 構件;及用於向服務BS發射通道品質指示符或信號干擾 °喿音比的構件,其中回應於計算出通道品質指示符或信 號干擾噪音比且發射了通道品質指示符或信號干擾噪音 比而執行從服務BS接收排程資訊。 用於指示緩衝狀態的資訊可以包括與UE將由服務BS 服務有關的訊務的優先順序。來自一或多個干擾BS的排 程資訊可以指示一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾BS 排程後移。 在一個實施例中,該裝置包括:收發機,其經配置以: 接收用於指示與UE相關聯的緩衝狀態的資訊,其中在 UE處接收該資訊;及從一或多個干擾bs接收干擾資 机。该裝置亦包括干擾管理模組,其經配置以:設定標 稱干擾’其中標稱干擾基於干擾資訊。並且其中收發機 進一步經配置以:發射標稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊務 的優先順序資訊’其中向一或多個干擾BS發射標稱干擾 201108843 和優先順序資訊;從一或多個干擾BS接收排程資訊,其 中回應於發射了標稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先 順序資訊而接收排程資訊;及從服務BS接收排程資訊, 其中該排程資訊基於來自—或多個干擾BS的排程資訊。 在一些實施例中,干擾管理模組進一步經配置以:基 於來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊計算通道品質指示 符或信號干擾噪音比’且其中收發機進一步經配置以: 向服務BS發射通道品質指示符或信號干擾噪音比,其中 口應於《&gt;·}算出通道品質指示符或信號干擾D喿音比且發射 了通道品質指示符或信號干擾嗓音比而執行從服務B s 接收排程資訊。 在一些實施例中,用於指示緩衝狀態的資訊包括與uE 將由服務B S服務有關的訊務的優先順序。在一些實施例 中,來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊指示一或多個干擾 BS中的至少一個干擾bs排程後移。 本文描述的另一裝置可以包括:用於發射一或多個引 導頻信號的構件,其中一或多個引導頻信號是從一或多 個干擾BS發射的,X !^接收該一或多個引導頻信號, 且其中量測該一或多個引導頻信號,以計算一或多個干 擾BS的干擾。 在-些實施例中,該裝置亦可以包括:用於接收資源 利用訊息的構件,且其中用於發射—或多個引導頻信號 的構件回應於用於接收RUM的構件接收到rum而發射 81 201108843 一或多個引導頻信號。 計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾可以包括決定一或多個 引導頻信號的信號強度。 在一個實施例中,該裝置包括收發機’其經配置以: 發射一或多個引導頻信號,其中一或多個引導頻信號是 從一或多個干擾BS發射的,且UE接收該一或多個引導 頻信號,且其中量測一或多個引導頻信號,以計算一或 多個干擾B S的干擾。收發機進一步經配置以接收資源利 用訊息,且其中回應於接收到資源利用訊息來執行發射 一或多個引導頻信號。 計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾包括決定一.或多個引導 頻信號的信號強度。One or more bow 丨 pilot signals are received by transmitting a resource utilization message using the component of the transmission of the cautionary Feng Yili and Beilu. The means for the interference of the D-times or the plurality of interfering BSs may comprise means for the signal strength of the decision-making signal or the plurality of pilot signals. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a transceiver configured to receive or a plurality of pilot signals, wherein one or more bow pilot signals are received from one or more interference bs, and the UE receives the one or A plurality of pilot signals, and an interference management module 'configured to calculate interference of one or more interfering BSs, wherein the transceiver is further configured to transmit a measurement report to the service Bs' and wherein the measurement report includes interference. The transceiver is further configured to: transmit a scheduling request to the serving BS to receive an uplink grant; and receive an uplink grant from the serving BS, wherein transmitting a scheduling request and receiving an uplink grant prior to transmitting the measurement report . The transceiver is further configured to: transmit a resource utilization message to one or more interference Bs&apos; wherein one or more pilot frequency signals are received in response to the transmission resource utilization message. Computing the interference of one or more interfering BSs includes determining the signal strength of one or more pilot frequency signals. Another apparatus described herein can include: means for receiving information indicative of a buffer status associated with a UE, wherein the information is received at a location; means for receiving interference information from one or more interfering BSs; Means for setting nominal interference, wherein the nominal interference is based on interference information; means for transmitting the nominal interference and the information associated with the UE, wherein the information is transmitted to one or more interfering BSs Nominal interference and prioritization information; means for receiving scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs, wherein receiving scheduling information in response to prioritization information transmitting nominal interference and traffic associated with the UE; And means for receiving scheduling information from the serving BS, wherein the scheduling information is based on scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs. The apparatus can also include means for calculating a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio based on scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs; and for transmitting a channel quality indicator or signal interference to the serving BS. A component of the pitch ratio, wherein the receiving of the schedule information from the serving BS is performed in response to calculating a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio and transmitting a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio. The information used to indicate the buffer status may include the priority order of the traffic that the UE will be serviced by the serving BS. The schedule information from the one or more interfering BSs may indicate that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs is scheduled to post-shift. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a transceiver configured to: receive information indicative of a buffer status associated with the UE, wherein the information is received at the UE; and receive interference from the one or more interference bs Capital opportunity. The apparatus also includes an interference management module configured to: set a nominal interference&apos; wherein the nominal interference is based on interference information. And wherein the transceiver is further configured to: transmit nominal interference and priority information of the traffic associated with the UE 'where the nominal interference 201108843 and priority order information are transmitted to the one or more interfering BSs; from one or more interferences The BS receives the scheduling information, wherein the scheduling information is received in response to the priority information transmitting the nominal interference and the information associated with the UE; and the scheduling information is received from the serving BS, wherein the scheduling information is based on from - or Scheduling information of multiple interfering BSs. In some embodiments, the interference management module is further configured to: calculate a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio based on scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs and wherein the transceiver is further configured to: to the serving BS Transmit channel quality indicator or signal to interference noise ratio, where the port should calculate the channel quality indicator or the signal interference D-to-sound ratio and emit a channel quality indicator or signal interference arpeggio ratio from the service B s Receive schedule information. In some embodiments, the information used to indicate the buffer status includes a priority order for the traffic that the uE will be related to by the service SB service. In some embodiments, the scheduling information from the one or more interfering BSs indicates that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs is scheduled to shift back. Another apparatus described herein can include means for transmitting one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein one or more pilot frequency signals are transmitted from one or more interfering BSs, and the one or more The pilot signal is piloted, and wherein the one or more pilot signals are measured to calculate interference of one or more interfering BSs. In some embodiments, the apparatus may also include: means for receiving a resource utilization message, and wherein the means for transmitting - or the plurality of pilot frequency signals is transmitted in response to the means for receiving the RUM receiving the rum 201108843 One or more pilot signals. Computing the interference of one or more interfering BSs can include determining the signal strength of one or more pilot frequency signals. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a transceiver configured to: transmit one or more pilot signals, wherein one or more pilot signals are transmitted from one or more interfering BSs, and the UE receives the one Or a plurality of pilot signals, and wherein one or more pilot signals are measured to calculate interference of one or more interfering BSs. The transceiver is further configured to receive a resource utilization message, and wherein transmitting one or more pilot frequency signals is performed in response to receiving the resource utilization message. Computing the interference of one or more interfering BSs includes determining the signal strength of one or more pilot signals.

自服務BS的用於UE的排程資訊。Schedule information for the UE from the serving BS.

射的排程資訊所計算的通道品質指斥 ^一或多個干擾BS發 不符或信號干擾噪音 82 201108843 比。來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊可以指示一或多個 干擾BS中的至少一個干擾BS排程後移。用於指示緩衝 狀態的資訊可以包括與UE將由服務BS服務有關的訊務 的優先順序。 在一個實施例中,該裝置包括:收發機,其經配置以: 接收一或多個干擾BS的干擾資訊,其中從UE接收一或 多個干擾B S的干擾資訊;接收標稱干擾和與UE相關聯 的訊務的優先順序資訊’與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順 序資訊對應於用於指示與UE相關聯的緩衝狀態的資 訊;及向UE發射排程資訊,其中回應於接收到標稱干 擾和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊而發射排程資 訊’且其中使用給UE的排程資訊來產生來自服務b S的 用於UE的排程資訊。 給UE的排程資訊可以包括基於從一或多個干擾發 射的排程資訊而計算的通道品質指示符或信號干擾噪音 比。來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊可以指示一或多個 干擾BS中的至少—個干擾BS排程後移。用於指示緩衝 狀態的資訊包括與UE將由服務BS服務有關的訊務的優 先順序。 本文描述的另—裝置可以包括:用於決定在下行鏈路 上S測的通道增益資訊的構件;用於基於上行鏈路的通 道增益資訊決定來自一或多個干擾UE的干擾的構件; 及用於基於來自—或多個干擾UE的干擾計算標稱干擾 83 201108843 的構件。在一些實施例中,該裝置亦可以包括:用於向 上行鏈路的通道增益資訊指派在下行鏈路上量測的通道 增益資訊的構件。 下行鏈路通道和上行鏈路通道可以是在無線通訊系統 中’其中無線通訊系統是分時雙工系統。裝置可以是 BS°BS可以是第一細胞服務區中的B§,且一或多個干 擾UE可以是第二細胞服務區中的UE。第一細胞服務區 可以不同於第二細胞服務區。干擾可以指示發射功率位 準,其中一或多個干擾UE以該發射功率位準進行發射。 在一個實施例中’該裝置包括:干擾管理模組,其經 配置以:決定在下行鏈路上量測的通道增益資訊;基於 上行鏈路的通道增益資訊決定來自一或多個干擾UE的 干擾;及基於來自一或多個干擾UE的干擾計算標稱干 擾。在一些實施例中,干擾管理模組亦經配置以:向上 行鏈路的通道增益資訊指派在下行鏈路上量測的通道增 益資訊。 下行鏈路通道和上行鏈路通道可以是在無線通訊系統 中’其中無線通訊系統是分時雙工系統。裝置可以是 BS°BS可以是第一細胞服務區中的BS,且一或多個干 擾UE可以是第二細胞服務區中的ue。第一細胞服務區 不同於第二細胞服務區。干擾指示發射功率位準,其中 一或多個干擾UE以該發射功率位準進行發射。 本文描述的另一裝置可以包括:用於接收上行鏈路上 84 201108843 的資訊的構件,其中從UE接收上行鏈路上的資訊;用 於接收用於解碼上行鏈路上的資訊的一或多個參數的構 件,用於解碼上行鏈路上的資訊的構件;用於評估來自 UE的干擾的構件;及用於計算仙的標稱干擾的構件。 該資訊可以是探測參考信號或上行鏈路資源利用訊息 中的至少一個。對干擾進行評估可以包括決定上行鏈^ 上的資訊的信號強度。該資訊可以是探測參考信號,且 可以經由通訊系統的回載來接收用於解碼上行鏈路上的 資訊的一或多個參數。 在一個實施例中,該裝置包括:收發機和解碼器,其 中收發機經配置以:接收上行鏈路上的資訊,其中從ue 接收上行鏈路上的資訊;接收用於解碼上行鏈路上的資 訊的一或多個參數;解碼器經配置以:解碼上行鏈路上 的資訊。該裝置亦包括:干擾管理模組,其經配置以: 評估來自UE的干擾;及計算uE的標稱干擾。 該資訊可以是探測參考信號或上行鏈路資源利用訊息 中的至少一個《對干擾進行評估包括決定上行鏈路上的 資訊的信號強度。該資訊可以是探測參考信號,且經由 通訊系統的回載接收用於解碼上行鏈路上的資訊的—或 多個參數。 本文描述的另一裝置可以包括:用於接收一或多個上 行鏈路資源利用訊息的構件,其中一或多個上行鏈路資 源利用訊息由第一細胞服務區中的BS從除了第—細沪 85 201108843 服務區以外的—或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個UE接 收;用於量測上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的構件;用 於決定除了第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區 中的一或多個UE中的UE的身份是否已知的構件;及用 於回應於決定出除了第一細胞服務區以外的—或多個細 胞服務區中的一或多個UE中的UE的身份是已知的,而 決定來自除了第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細.胞服務 區中的一或多個UE中的UE的干擾的構件,其中干擾對 應於來自除了第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務 區中的一或多個UE中的UE的上行鏈路資源利用訊息的 功率。 該裝置亦可以包括:用於定期接收上行鏈路資源利用 訊息的構件;用於記錄上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的 量測結果的構件;用於量測選定時間段内的總干擾的構 件;用於將總干擾指派給一或多個UE中的選定ue的構 件;用於將總干擾的比率指派給一或多個ue巾的選定 UE的構件;及用於計算一或多個UE中的選定仙的標 稱干擾的構件。 可以回應於決定出除了第一細胞服務區以外的一或多 個細胞服務區中的-或多個UE中的ue的身份是未知 的,而執行如下操作:定期接收上行鏈路資源利用訊息、 記錄上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的量測結果、量_ 疋時間段内的總干擾、將總干擾指派給-或多_ UE中 86 201108843 的選定UE以及將總干擾的比率指派給一或多個UE中的 選定UE。 在一個實施例中,該裝置包括:收發機,其經配置以: 接收一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息,其中一或多個上 行鏈路資源利用訊息由第一細胞服務區中的BS從除了 第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多 個UE接收。該裝置亦包括:干擾管理模組,其經配置 以.量測上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率;決定除了第一 細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個 UE中的UE的身份是否已知;及回應於決定出除了第一 細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個 UE中的UE的身份是已知的’而決定來自除了第一細胞 服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個UE中 的UE的干擾,其中干擾對應於來自除了第一細胞服務 區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個UE中的UE 的上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率。 收發機進一步經配置以:定期接收上行鏈路資源利用 訊息;且干擾管理模組進一步經配置以;記錄上行鏈路 資源利用訊息的功率的量測結果;量測選定時間段内的 總干擾;將總干擾指派給一或多個UE中的選定UE ;將 總干擾的比率指派給一或多個IJE中的選定UE ;及計算 一或多個UE中的選定UE的標稱干擾。 回應於決定出除了第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細 87 201108843 胞服務區中的一或多個UE的UE的身份是未知的,而由 干擾管理模組執行如下操作:定期接收上行鏈路資源利 用訊息、記錄上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的量測結 果、量測選定時間段内的總干擾、將總干擾指派給—或 多個UE中的選定UE以及將總干擾的比率指派給一或多 個UE中的選定UE。 本文描述的另一裝置可以包括:用於計算通道增益資 訊的構件,其中通道增益資訊由Bs來計算,且用於指示 BS和一或多個干擾UE之間的通道;用於設定bs和— 或多個干擾UE中的至少一個干擾UE之間的標稱干擾的 構件ί用於決定要由BS從由BS所服務的一或多個ue 接收的訊務的優先順序的構件;及用於向一或多個干擾 UE發射資源利用訊息的構件,其中資源利用訊息包括要 由BS從由則所服務的—或多㈤UE接收的訊務的優先 順序以及BS和-或多個干擾UE之間的標稱干擾。 用於設定標稱干擾的構件可以包括:用於將值指派給 標稱干擾以使-或多個干摄UE中的選定數量的最主要 干擾UE作出後移的構件。 °亥裝置亦可以包括:用於從一或多個干擾UE接收用 於指示預期排程的資訊的構件,其中用於指示預期排程 的資Dil基於貝源利用訊息中的標稱干擾和訊務的優先順 序’用於決定給由Bs所服務的UE的指派結果的構件, 其中心派結果基於來自—或多個干擾UE的用於指示預 88 201108843 期排程的資訊;及用於接收根據指派結果所發射的資訊 的構件。 該裝置亦可以包括:用於計算通道増益資訊的構件, 通道增益資訊包括以下構件中的至少一個構件:用於基 於量測報告和用於在與上行鏈路的頻帶相對應的頻帶上 指示下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊來計算通道增益 資訊的構件;或者用於量測B S從一或多個干擾UE接收 的探測參考信號的功率位準的構件。 心派結果可以包括資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少一 個’其中由BS所服務的UE將以該資料速率或頻寬分配 在上行鏈路上向BS發射資料。 在一個實施例中,該裝置可以包括:干擾管理模組’ 其經配置以:計算通道增益資訊,其中通道增益資訊由 BS來計算’並指示bs和一或多個干擾UE之間的通道; 没定BS和一或多個干擾ue中的至少一個干擾UE之間 的標稱干擾;決定將由BS從由BS所服務的一或多個 UE接收的訊務的優先順序;及向一或多個干擾UE發射 資源利用訊息,其中資源利用訊息包括將由BS從由BS 所服務的一或多個UE接收的訊務的優先順序以及BS和 一或多個干擾UE之間的標稱干擾。 遠裝置可以包括:收發機,其經配置以:從一或多個 干優UE接收用於指示預期排程的資訊,其中用於指示 預期排程的資訊基於資源利用訊息中的標稱干擾和訊務 89 201108843 的優先順序。干擾管理模組進一步經配置以:決定給由 BS所服務的UE的指派結果,指派結果基於來自一或多 個干擾UE的用於指示預期排程的資訊,且其中收發機 進一步經配置以:接收根據指派結果而發射的資訊。 計算通道增益資訊包括以下操作中的至少一個:基於 量測報告和用於在與上行鏈路的頻帶相對應的頻帶上指 不下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊來計算通道增益資 訊;或者量測BS從一或多個干擾UE接收的探測參考信 號的功率位準。 指派結果包括資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少一個,其 中由BS服務的UE將以該資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少 一個在上行鏈路上肖Bs發射資料。設定標稱干擾包括將 值指派給標稱干擾以使一或多個干擾UE中的選定數量 的最主要干擾UE作出後移。 本文描述的另一震置可以包括:用於發射用於在bs 處決定通道增益資訊的資訊的構件,其中發射用於在則 處決定通道增益資訊的資訊是由UE來執行的;用於接 收RUM的構件。RUM可以包括:要由Bs從由Bs所服 務的UE接收的訊務的優先順序;及BS # UE之間的標 稱干擾的值,其中標稱干擾的值基於通道增益資訊。 一該裝置亦可以包括:用於發射用於指示預期排程的資 ▲的構件,其中用於指示預期排程的資訊基於標稱干擾 的值和要由BS從由BS所服務的UE接收的訊務的優先 201108843 墙序’其中使用用於指示預期排程的資訊來決定給由 所服務的UE的指派結果。 通道增益資訊可以基於以下各項中的至少一個:量測 報告和用於在與上行鏈路的頻帶相對應的頻帶上指示下 行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊;或者8§從UE接收的 探測參考信號的功率位準。指派結果可以包括資料速率 或頻寬分配中的至少一個,其中由B s所服務的UE將以 該資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少一個在上行鏈路上向 B S發射資料。 在一個實施例中,該裝置包括:收發機,其經配置以: 發射用於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資訊,其中發射用 於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資訊是由UE來執行的; 接收RUM。RUM包括:要由Bs從由BS所服務的UE 接收的訊務的優先順序;及Bs和UE之間的標稱干擾的 值,其中標稱干擾的值基於通道增益資訊。 收發機亦經配置以:發射用於指示預期排程的資訊, 其中用於指示預期排程的資訊基於標稱干擾的值和要由 BS從由BS所服務的UE接收的訊務的優先順序,並且 其中使用用於指示預期排程的資訊來決定給由bs所服 務的UE的指派結果。 通道增益資訊基於以下各項中的至少一個:量測報告 和用於在與上行鏈路的頻帶相對應的頻帶上指示下行鏈 路上的通道狀況的功率資訊;或者8§從ue接收的探測The quality of the channel calculated by the schedule information is one or more interference BS interference or signal interference noise 82 201108843 ratio. The scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs may indicate that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs is scheduled to move backward. The information used to indicate the buffer status may include the priority order of the traffic that the UE will be serviced by the serving BS. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a transceiver configured to: receive interference information for one or more interfering BSs, wherein the interference information of one or more interfering BSs is received from the UE; receiving nominal interference and with the UE Priority information of the associated traffic information 'Priority information of the UE-associated traffic corresponds to information indicating a buffer status associated with the UE; and transmitting scheduling information to the UE, wherein the response is received The scheduling information is transmitted by referring to the priority information of the interference associated with the UE and the scheduling information is used therein and the scheduling information for the UE is used to generate scheduling information for the UE from the service b S . The scheduling information for the UE may include a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio calculated based on scheduling information transmitted from one or more interferences. The scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs may indicate that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs is scheduled to move backward. The information used to indicate the buffer status includes the priority order of the messages that the UE will be serviced by the serving BS. The other apparatus described herein may include: means for determining channel gain information for S measurements on the downlink; means for determining interference from one or more interfering UEs based on uplink channel gain information; A component that calculates nominal interference 83 201108843 based on interference from - or multiple interfering UEs. In some embodiments, the apparatus can also include means for assigning channel gain information to the uplink channel gain information measured on the downlink. The downlink channel and the uplink channel may be in a wireless communication system where the wireless communication system is a time division duplex system. The device may be a BS° BS which may be B § in the first cell service area and one or more interfering UEs may be UEs in the second cell service area. The first cell service area can be different from the second cell service area. The interference may indicate a transmit power level at which one or more interfering UEs transmit at the transmit power level. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes an interference management module configured to: determine channel gain information measured on the downlink; and determine interference from one or more interfering UEs based on uplink channel gain information And calculating nominal interference based on interference from one or more interfering UEs. In some embodiments, the interference management module is also configured to: assign channel gain information for the uplink to the channel gain information measured on the downlink. The downlink channel and the uplink channel may be in a wireless communication system where the wireless communication system is a time division duplex system. The device may be a BS. The BS may be a BS in the first cell service area, and the one or more interfering UEs may be a ue in the second cell service area. The first cell service area is different from the second cell service area. The interference indicates a transmit power level at which one or more interfering UEs transmit at the transmit power level. Another apparatus described herein can include means for receiving information on the uplink 84 201108843, wherein the information on the uplink is received from the UE; and one or more parameters are received for decoding information on the uplink a component, means for decoding information on the uplink; means for evaluating interference from the UE; and means for calculating a nominal interference of the fairy. The information may be at least one of a sounding reference signal or an uplink resource utilization message. Evaluating interference can include determining the signal strength of the information on the uplink. The information may be a sounding reference signal and may receive one or more parameters for decoding information on the uplink via a backhaul of the communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a transceiver and a decoder, wherein the transceiver is configured to: receive information on the uplink, wherein the information on the uplink is received from the ue; and receive information for decoding the information on the uplink One or more parameters; the decoder is configured to: decode information on the uplink. The apparatus also includes an interference management module configured to: evaluate interference from the UE; and calculate a nominal interference of the uE. The information may be at least one of a sounding reference signal or an uplink resource utilization message. "Evaluating the interference includes determining the signal strength of the information on the uplink. The information may be a sounding reference signal and receive - or a plurality of parameters for decoding information on the uplink via the backhaul of the communication system. Another apparatus described herein can include means for receiving one or more uplink resource utilization messages, wherein one or more uplink resource utilization messages are from the BS in the first cell service area except Shanghai 85 201108843 One or more UEs outside the service area - or a plurality of cell service areas; means for measuring the power of the uplink resource utilization message; for determining a unit other than the first cell service area Or means for determining whether the identity of the UE in one or more of the plurality of cell service areas is known; and for responding to determining one or more of the plurality of cell service areas other than the first cell service area The identity of the UEs in the plurality of UEs is known, and the means for determining interference from UEs in one or more of the one or more fine cell service areas other than the first cell service area, wherein the interference is determined Corresponding to the power of an uplink resource utilization message from a UE in one or more UEs in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area. The apparatus may also include: means for periodically receiving an uplink resource utilization message; means for recording a measurement result of power of the uplink resource utilization message; means for measuring total interference in the selected time period Means for assigning total interference to selected ones of the one or more UEs; means for assigning a ratio of total interference to selected UEs of one or more wipes; and for computing one or more UEs The nominal interference component of the selected fairy. In response to determining that the identity of the ue in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area is unknown, performing the following operations: periodically receiving the uplink resource utilization message, Recording the measurement result of the power of the uplink resource utilization message, the total interference in the quantity _ 疋 period, assigning the total interference to the selected UE of the _ UE in 86 201108843, and assigning the ratio of the total interference to one or Selected UEs of multiple UEs. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a transceiver configured to: receive one or more uplink resource utilization messages, wherein one or more uplink resource utilization messages are from a BS in a first cell service area Received from one or more UEs in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area. The apparatus also includes an interference management module configured to measure power of an uplink resource utilization message and to determine one or more UEs in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area Whether the identity of the UE is known; and in response to determining that the identity of the UE in one or more of the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area is known' Interference from UEs in one or more UEs in one or more cell service areas outside of a cell service area, wherein the interference corresponds to one or one of one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The power of the uplink resource utilization message of the UE in multiple UEs. The transceiver is further configured to: periodically receive an uplink resource utilization message; and the interference management module is further configured to: record a measurement result of the power of the uplink resource utilization message; measure the total interference in the selected time period; Assigning total interference to selected ones of the one or more UEs; assigning a ratio of total interference to selected ones of the one or more IJEs; and calculating nominal interference for the selected one of the one or more UEs. In response to determining that the identity of the UE of one or more of the one or more UEs in the cell service area other than the first cell service area is unknown, the interference management module performs the following operations: periodically receiving the uplink Link resource utilization message, measurement result of power recording uplink resource utilization message, measurement of total interference in a selected time period, assignment of total interference to selected UEs in multiple UEs, and ratio of total interference Assigned to selected ones of the one or more UEs. Another apparatus described herein can include: means for calculating channel gain information, wherein channel gain information is calculated by Bs and used to indicate a channel between the BS and one or more interfering UEs; for setting bs and - Or means for at least one of the plurality of interfering UEs to interfere with the nominal interference between the UEs for determining a priority order of the traffic to be received by the BS from one or more ues served by the BS; Means for transmitting a resource utilization message to one or more interfering UEs, wherein the resource utilization message includes a priority order of traffic to be received by the BS from the UE or more (5) UEs and between the BS and/or the interfering UEs Nominal interference. The means for setting the nominal interference may comprise means for assigning a value to the nominal interference to cause a selected number of the most dominant interfering UEs of the plurality of overhead UEs to be shifted back. The device may also include means for receiving information indicating one or more interfering UEs for indicating an expected schedule, wherein the Dil for indicating the expected schedule is based on the nominal interference and traffic in the source utilization message. Priority order 'is used to determine the assignment result to the UE served by Bs, whose central result is based on information from - or multiple interfering UEs indicating the scheduling of the pre-88 201108843 period; and for receiving according to The component that assigns the information that the result emits. The apparatus may also include means for calculating channel benefit information, the channel gain information including at least one of: for indicating a downlink based on the measurement report and for indicating a frequency band corresponding to a frequency band of the uplink The power information of the channel condition on the link to calculate the component of the channel gain information; or the means for measuring the power level of the sounding reference signal received by the BS from one or more interfering UEs. The result of the heart can include at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation&apos; where the UE served by the BS will allocate data at the data rate or bandwidth to transmit data to the BS on the uplink. In one embodiment, the apparatus can include: an interference management module configured to: calculate channel gain information, wherein the channel gain information is calculated by the BS' and indicates a channel between the bs and the one or more interfering UEs; Determining at least one of the BS and one or more interference ues to interfere with nominal interference between the UEs; determining a priority order of traffic to be received by the BS from one or more UEs served by the BS; and to one or more The interfering UE transmits a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message includes a priority order of traffic to be received by the BS from one or more UEs served by the BS and a nominal interference between the BS and one or more interfering UEs. The remote device can include a transceiver configured to: receive information indicative of an expected schedule from one or more dry-optimized UEs, wherein the information used to indicate the expected schedule is based on nominal interference and information in the resource utilization message Priority 89 201108843. The interference management module is further configured to: determine an assignment result to the UE served by the BS, the assignment result is based on information from one or more interfering UEs indicating the expected schedule, and wherein the transceiver is further configured to: Receive information transmitted according to the assignment result. Calculating the channel gain information includes at least one of: calculating a channel gain information based on the measurement report and power information for indicating a channel condition on the downlink on a frequency band corresponding to the frequency band of the uplink; or The power level of the sounding reference signal received by the BS from one or more interfering UEs is measured. The assignment result includes at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the UE served by the BS will transmit data on the uplink with at least one of the data rate or bandwidth allocation. Setting the nominal interference includes assigning a value to the nominal interference to cause a selected number of the most dominant interfering UEs of the one or more interfering UEs to be shifted back. Another set of motions described herein can include: means for transmitting information for determining channel gain information at bs, wherein transmitting information for determining channel gain information at the location is performed by the UE; for receiving The components of RUM. The RUM may include: a priority order of traffic to be received by the Bs from the UE served by the Bs; and a value of the nominal interference between the BS # UEs, wherein the value of the nominal interference is based on the channel gain information. A device may also include means for transmitting a resource for indicating an expected schedule, wherein the information indicating the expected schedule is based on a value of the nominal interference and is to be received by the BS from the UE served by the BS. The priority of the traffic is 201108843. The wall sequence 'uses information indicating the expected schedule to determine the assignment result to the served UE. The channel gain information may be based on at least one of: a measurement report and power information indicating a channel condition on the downlink on a frequency band corresponding to a frequency band of the uplink; or 8 § detection received from the UE The power level of the reference signal. The assignment result may include at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the UE served by Bs will transmit data to the Bs on the uplink at least one of the data rate or bandwidth allocation. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a transceiver configured to: transmit information for determining channel gain information at the BS, wherein transmitting information for determining channel gain information at the BS is performed by the UE ; Receive RUM. The RUM includes: a priority order of traffic to be received by the Bs from the UE served by the BS; and a value of nominal interference between the Bs and the UE, wherein the value of the nominal interference is based on the channel gain information. The transceiver is also configured to: transmit information indicative of the expected schedule, wherein the information indicative of the expected schedule is based on a value of the nominal interference and a priority of the traffic to be received by the BS from the UE served by the BS And using information for indicating the expected schedule to determine the assignment result to the UE served by bs. The channel gain information is based on at least one of: a measurement report and power information indicating a channel condition on the downlink on a frequency band corresponding to the frequency band of the uplink; or 8 § detection received from the ue

C 91 201108843 參考信號的功率位準。於.¾处田1 ^ „ 千 ί日派結果可以包括資料速率或頻 寬刀配中的至夕一個’其中由Bs所服務的ue將以該資 料速率或頻寬分配中的至少一個在上行鏈路上向Bs發 射資料。 本文描述的另一褒置可以包括:用於接收-或多個干 擾BS的干擾資訊的構件,其中從仙接收一或多個干擾 BS的干擾資訊;用於接收標稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊 務的優先順序資訊的構件,其中與UE相關聯的訊務的 優先順序資訊對應於用於指示與UE相關聯的緩衝狀態 的資訊’及用於向UE發射排程資訊的構件,其中回應 於接收到樣稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順序資 訊而向UE發射排程資訊,並且其中使用給ue的排程資 訊來產生來自服務BS的用於UE的排程資訊。 給UE的排程資訊可以包括基於從一或多個干擾b S發 射的排程資訊來計算的通道品質指示符或信號干擾噪音 比0 用於指示緩衝狀態的資訊可以包括與UE將由服務BS 服務有關的訊務的優先順序。 來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊可以指示一或多個 千擾BS中的至少一個干擾BS排程後移。C 91 201108843 Power level of the reference signal. At .3⁄4处田1 ^ „ 千 日 派 results may include data rate or bandwidth in the sequel to a 'the ue served by Bs will be at least one of the data rate or bandwidth allocation on the uplink The device transmits data to the Bs. Another device described herein may include: means for receiving interference information of one or more interfering BSs, wherein interference information of one or more interfering BSs is received from the antenna; Means for interfering with prioritization information of traffic associated with the UE, wherein priority information of the traffic associated with the UE corresponds to information indicating a buffer status associated with the UE' and for transmitting to the UE a component of the schedule information, wherein the schedule information is transmitted to the UE in response to receiving the priority information of the sample interference and the traffic associated with the UE, and wherein the schedule information for the ue is used to generate the service from the service BS Scheduling information for the UE. The scheduling information for the UE may include a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio 0 calculated based on scheduling information transmitted from one or more interference bs for indicating the buffer status. Priority may include a serving BS by the UE-traffic related to the service after one or more interference from BS scheduling information indicates at least one interfering BS may schedule more than a thousand or a shift in the interference BS.

在一個實施例中,該裝置可以包括:收發機,其經配 置以:接收一或多個干擾BS的干擾資訊,其中從UE接 收一或多個干擾B S的干擾資訊;接收標稱干擾和與UE 92 201108843 相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊,與UE相關聯的訊務的 優先順序資訊對應於用於指示與UE相關聯的緩衝狀態 的資訊;及向UE發射排程資訊,其中回應於接收到標 稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊而發射排 程資訊,並且其中使用給UE的排程資訊來產生來自服 務BS的用於UE的排程資訊。 給UE的排程資訊可以包括基於從一或多個干擾BS發 射的排程資訊來計算的通道品質指示符或信號干擾噪音 比。 用於指示緩衝狀態的資訊可以包括與UE將由服務BS 服務有關的訊務的優先順序。 來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊可以指示一或多個 干擾BS中的至少一個干擾BS排程後移。 本文描述的另一裝置可以包括:一種裝置,該裝置包 括:用於發射用於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資訊的構 件,其中發射用於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資訊是由 UE執行的;用於接收資源利用訊息的構件其中資源利 用訊息包括:要由BS從由Bs所服務的UE接收的訊務 的優先順序以及BS和UE之間的標稱干擾的值,其中標 稱干擾的值基於通道增益資訊;及用於發射用於指示預 期排程的資訊的構件,其中用於指示預期排程的資訊基 於由BS所服務的证的標稱干擾的值、要在服務鍵路上 接收的訊務的㈣順序、服務鏈路上的通道增益資訊、 93 201108843 未由BS服務的UE的標稱干擾、要在干擾鏈路上接收的In one embodiment, the apparatus can include a transceiver configured to: receive interference information for one or more interfering BSs, wherein the interference information of one or more interfering BSs is received from the UE; receiving nominal interference and UE 92 201108843 associated priority information of the traffic, the priority information of the service associated with the UE corresponds to information indicating a buffer status associated with the UE; and transmitting scheduling information to the UE, wherein the response is The scheduling information is transmitted by receiving priority information of the nominal interference and the traffic associated with the UE, and the scheduling information for the UE is used to generate scheduling information for the UE from the serving BS. The scheduling information for the UE may include a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio calculated based on schedule information transmitted from one or more interfering BSs. The information used to indicate the buffer status may include the priority order of the traffic that the UE will be serviced by the serving BS. The scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs may indicate that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs is scheduled to move backward. Another apparatus described herein can include: an apparatus comprising: means for transmitting information for determining channel gain information at a BS, wherein transmitting information for determining channel gain information at the BS is performed by the UE a means for receiving a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message includes: a priority order of traffic to be received by the BS from the UE served by the Bs, and a value of nominal interference between the BS and the UE, wherein the nominal interference The value is based on channel gain information; and means for transmitting information indicative of the expected schedule, wherein the information used to indicate the expected schedule is based on the nominal interference value of the certificate served by the BS, on the service key path (4) sequence of received traffic, channel gain information on the service link, 93 201108843 Nominal interference from UEs not served by the BS, to be received on the interfering link

訊務的優先順序和干擾鏈路上的通道增益資訊,其中使 用用t於指示預期排程的資訊來決定給由BS所服務的UE 的指派結果。 在一些實施例中,通道增益資訊基於以下各項中的至 少-個.量測報告和用於在與上行鏈路的頻帶相對應的 頻帶上指示下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊;或者BS 從UE接收的探測參考信號的功率位準。 在一些實施例中,指派結果包括資料速率或頻寬分配 中的至少-個’其中由B s服務的使用者裝備可以以該資 料速率或頻寬分配中的至少一個在上行鏈路上向bs發 射資料。 在一個實施例中,該裝置可以包括:收發機,其經配 置以:發射用於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資訊,其令 發射用於在BS處決定通道增益資訊的資訊是由仙執行 的;接收資源利用訊息,其中資源利用訊息包括:要由 S從由B S所服務的UE接收的訊務的優先順序,及B s 彳UE之間的標稱干擾的值,其中標稱干擾的值基於通 道增益資訊;及發射用於指示預期排程的資訊其中用 於私不預期排程的資訊基於由Bs所服務的ue的標稱干 擾的值、要在服務鏈路上接收的訊務的優先順序、服務 鍵路上的通道增益資訊、未由Bs服務的仰的標稱干 擾、要在干擾鏈路上接收的訊務的優先順序或干擾鏈路 94 201108843 上的通道增益資訊,其中使用用於指示預期排程的資訊 來決定給由BS所服務的UE的指派結果。 在一些實施例中,通道增益資訊基於以下各項中的至 少告和用於在與上行鏈路的頻帶相對應的 頻帶上指示下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊,·或者bs 從UE接收的探測參考信號的功率位準。 在-些實施例中,指派結果包括資料速率或頻寬分配 中的至少-個’其中由BS所服務的UE可以以該資料速 率或頻寬分配中的至少一個在上行鏈路上向則發射資 料。 本文描述的另一裝置可以包括:用於發射一或多個引 導頻信號的構件’其中一或多個引導頻信號是從一或多 個干擾BS發射的,並且仙接收—或多個引導頻信號, 、、其中里測—或多個引導頻信號,以計算一或多個干 擾BS的干擾。在-些實施例中,該裝置亦可以包括:用 ;接收資源利用訊息的構件’並且其中用於發射一或多 個引導頻^古妹^ Μ _ 、°就的構件回應於用於接收資源利用訊息的構 資源利用訊息而發射一或多個引導頻信號。 實施例中,計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾可以包 括決定一赤夕加 一夕個弓丨導頻信號的信號強度。 在一個贊 中’該裝置可以包括:收發機’其經配 置以·發射—* '一或多個引導頻信號,其中一或多個引導頻 乜唬是從〜式夕ν —夕個干擾BS發射’並且UE接收一或多個 95 201108843 引導頻信號,並且其中量測一或多個引導頻信號,以計 算一或多個干擾BS的干擾。在一些實施例中,收發機可 以進一步經配置以:接收資源利用訊息,並且其中回廄 於接收到資源利用訊息來執行發射該一或多個引導頻作 號。 在一些實施例中,計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾可以包 括決定一或多個引導頻信號的信號強度。 一種電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體》該電腦 程式產品可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦計算標 稱干擾;及第二組代碼,其用於使電腦向一或多個干擾 BS發射標稱干擾’以便一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個 干擾BS計算當一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾bs 在細胞服務區外的UE用於接收資訊的相同的資源集上 進行發射時對該細胞服務區外的UE造成的傳輸速率損 失。 在一些實施例中,標稱干擾使用以下各項中的一或多 個來計算:一或多個干擾BS的通道增益資訊、一或多個 干擾BS的平均訊務負載、一或多個干擾BS的瞬時訊務 負載、一或多個細胞服務區中的訊務負載或優先順序、 用於指示一或多個細胞服務區中的訊務負載或優先順序 的緩衝狀態資訊。 在一些實施例中,計算標稱干擾包括:決定來自一或 多個干擾BS的干擾;計算一或多個干擾BS的傳輸速 96 201108843 率;決定一或多個干擾B S中的使細胞服務區外的UE處 的傳輸速率最大化的干擾BS的數量;及計算與一或多個 干擾BS中的使細胞服務區外的UE處的傳輸速率最大化 的干擾BS的數量對應的標稱干擾。 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦接收一或多個 引導頻信號,其中從一或多個干擾B S接收一或多個引導 頻信號,並且UE接收一或多個引導頻信號;第二組代 碼,其用於使電腦計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾;及第三 組代碼’其用於使電腦發射量測報告,其中量測報告包 括干擾’並且其中向服務BS發射量測報告。 在一些實施例中,電腦可讀取媒體亦包括:第五組代 碼’其用於使電腦向服務BS發射排程請求,以接收上行 鍵路准許;及第六組代碼’其用於使電腦從服務接收 上行鍵路准許。可以在發射量測報告之前執行發射排程 請求和接收上行鏈路准許。在一些實施例中,計算—或 多個干擾BS的干擾可以包括決定一或多個引導頻信號 的信號強度。 在一些實施例中,電腦可讀取媒體亦包括:第七組代 碼’其用於使電腦向一或多個干擾BS發射rum。可以 回應於發射了 Rum而接收一或多個引導頻信號。 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 97 201108843 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦接收用於指示 與UE相關聯的緩衝狀態的資訊,其中在處接收該資 訊,第二組代碼,其用於使電腦從一或多個干擾BS接收 干擾資訊;第三組代碼,其用於使電腦設定標稱干擾, 其中標稱干擾基於干擾資訊;第四組代碼,其用於使電 月6»發射標稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順序資 讯’其中將標稱干擾和優先順序資訊發射給一或多個干 擾B S ’第五組代碼,其用於使電腦從一或多個干擾b s 接收排程資訊’其中回應於發射了標稱干擾和與UE相 關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊而接收排程資訊;及第六組 代碼’其用於使電腦從服務BS接收排程資訊,其中該排 程資訊基於來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊。 在一些實施例中,電腦可讀取媒體亦可以包括:第七 組代碼’其闬於使電腦基於來自一或多個干優b S的排程 資訊來計算通道品質指示符或信號干擾噪音比;及第八 組代碼’其用於使電腦向服務BS發射通道品質指示符或 信號干擾噪音比。可以回應於計算出通道品質指示符或 信號干擾噪音比且發射了通道品質指示符或信號干擾噪 音比而執行從服務BS接收排程資訊。 在一些實施例中,用於指示緩衝狀態的資訊可以包括 與UE將由服務BS服務有關的訊務的#先順序。來自一 或多個干擾BS的排程資訊可以指示一或多個干擾BS中 98 201108843 的至少一個干擾B S排程後移。 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦發射一或多個 引導頻信號,其中從一或多個干擾BS發射一或多個弓丨導 頻信號,並且UE接收一或多個引導頻信號,並且其中 量測一或多個引導頻信號,以計算一或多個干擾BS的干 擾。 計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾可以包括決定—或多個 引導頻信號的信號強度。 電腦可讀取媒體可以包括:第二組代碼,其用於使電 腦接收資源利用訊息,並且其中回應於接收到資源利用 訊息而發射一或多個引導頻信號。 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦接收一或多個 干擾BS的干擾資訊,其中從UE接收干擾資訊;第二組 代碼,其用於使電腦接收標稱干擾和與UE相關聯的訊 務的優先順序資訊,其中與UE冲目關聯的訊務的優先順 序資訊對應於用於指示與UE相關聯的緩衝狀態的資 訊;及第三組代碼,其用於使電腦向UE發射排程資訊, 其中回應於接收到標稱干擾和與UE才目關聯的訊務的優 先順序資訊而發射排程資訊’且其中使用、給ue的排程 99 201108843 資訊來產生來自服務B S的用於UE的排程資訊。 給UE的排程資訊可以包括基於從一或多個干擾BS發 射的排程資訊而計算的通道品質指示符或信號干擾脅音 比。用於指示緩衝狀態的資訊可以包括與UE將由服務 B S服務有關的訊務的優先順序。來自一或多個干擾β s 的排程資訊可以指示一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干 擾B S排程後移。 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦決定在下行鍵 路上量測的通道增益資訊,其中該決定由B S來執行;第 二組代碼,其用於使電腦向上行鏈路的通道增益資訊指 派在下行鏈路上量測的通道增益資訊;第三組代碼,其 用於使電腦基於上行鏈路的通道增益資訊決定來自—或 多個干擾UE的干擾;及第四組代碼,其用於使電腦基 於來自一或多個干擾UE的干擾來計算標稱干擾。 下行鏈路通道和上行鏈路通道可以是在無線通訊系統 中,其中無線通訊系統可以是分時雙工系統。Bs可以是 第一細胞服務區中的BS,且一或多個干擾11£可以是第 二細胞服務區中的Ub第一細胞服務區可以不同於第二 細胞服務區。干擾可以指示發射功率位準,其中—或多 個干擾UE以该發射功率位準進行發射。 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 100 201108843 電腦程式產品可w 4 4 了以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀 體可以包括:第—細处、 ^ 弟、,且代碼,其用於使電腦接收上行鏈路 上的貝。fl,其中從UE接收上行鏈路上的資訊;第二組 代碼,其用於使電腦接收用於解碼上行鏈路上的資訊的 一或多個參數;第三組代碼,其用於使電腦解碼上行鍵 路上的資汛’第四組代碼’纟用於使電腦評估來自 的干擾’及第五組代碼,其用於使電腦計I UE的標稱 干擾。對干擾進行評估可以包括決定上行鏈路上的資 的信號強度。 ° 在-些實施例t ’資訊可以是探測參考信號或上行鍵 路資源利用訊息中的至少之一個。在一些實施例中,資 訊是探測參考信號,且經由通訊系統的回載接收用於解 碼上行鏈路上的資訊的一或多個參數。 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦接收一或多個 上行鍵路資源利用§fL息’其中一或多個上行鍵路資源利 用訊息由第一細胞服務區中的BS從除了第一細胞服務 區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個UE接收; 第二組代碼’其用於使電腦量測上行鏈路資源利用訊息 的功率;第三組代碼’其用於使電腦決定除了第一細胞 服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個UE中 的UE的身份是否已知;及第四組代碼,其用於使電腦 101 201108843 執行以下操作:回應於決定出除了第一細胞服務區以外The priority of the traffic and the channel gain information on the interfering link, wherein the information indicating the expected schedule is used to determine the assignment result to the UE served by the BS. In some embodiments, the channel gain information is based on at least one of: a measurement report and power information indicating a channel condition on the downlink on a frequency band corresponding to a frequency band of the uplink; or BS The power level of the sounding reference signal received from the UE. In some embodiments, the assignment result includes at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein user equipment served by the Bs can transmit to the bs on the uplink at least one of the data rate or bandwidth allocation data. In one embodiment, the apparatus can include a transceiver configured to: transmit information for determining channel gain information at the BS, such that the information used to determine the channel gain information at the BS is performed by the fairy Receiving a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message includes: a priority order of the traffic to be received by the S from the UE served by the BS, and a value of the nominal interference between the Bs and the UE, where the nominal interference The value is based on the channel gain information; and the information used to indicate the expected schedule, wherein the information for the private undesired schedule is based on the value of the nominal interference of the ue served by Bs, the traffic to be received on the service link Priority order, channel gain information on the service key, nominal interference not subject to Bs service, priority of traffic to be received on the interfering link, or channel gain information on the interfering link 94 201108843, used for Information indicating the expected schedule to determine the assignment result to the UE served by the BS. In some embodiments, the channel gain information is based on at least a sum of the following and power information indicating a channel condition on the downlink on a frequency band corresponding to the frequency band of the uplink, or bs received from the UE The power level of the reference signal is detected. In some embodiments, the assignment result includes at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the UE served by the BS can transmit data on the uplink at least one of the data rate or the bandwidth allocation. . Another apparatus described herein can include: means for transmitting one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein one or more pilot frequency signals are transmitted from one or more interfering BSs, and received or - multiple pilot frequencies The signal, ,, therein, or a plurality of pilot signals, to calculate interference of one or more interfering BSs. In some embodiments, the apparatus may also include: means for receiving a resource utilization message and wherein the means for transmitting one or more pilot frequencies is responsive to receiving resources One or more pilot signals are transmitted using the message's resource utilization message. In an embodiment, calculating the interference of the one or more interfering BSs may include determining a signal strength of a red-earth and a bow signal. In a like, the device may include: a transceiver configured to transmit -* 'one or more pilot signals, wherein one or more pilot frequencies are from Transmitting and the UE receives one or more 95 201108843 pilot signals, and wherein one or more pilot signals are measured to calculate interference of one or more interfering BSs. In some embodiments, the transceiver can be further configured to: receive a resource utilization message, and wherein receiving the resource utilization message to perform transmitting the one or more pilot frequency numbers. In some embodiments, calculating the interference of the one or more interfering BSs can include determining a signal strength of the one or more pilot frequency signals. A computer program product can include computer readable media. The computer program product can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to calculate nominal interference; and a second set of codes for causing the computer to one or more The interfering BS transmits a nominal interference 'so at least one of the one or more interfering BSs calculates the same set of resources used by the UE outside the cell service area to receive information when at least one of the one or more interfering BSs interferes with bs The transmission rate loss caused to the UE outside the cell service area when transmitting. In some embodiments, the nominal interference is calculated using one or more of: channel gain information for one or more interfering BSs, average traffic load of one or more interfering BSs, one or more interferences The instantaneous traffic load of the BS, the traffic load or prioritization in one or more cell service areas, buffer status information used to indicate traffic load or prioritization in one or more cell service areas. In some embodiments, calculating the nominal interference comprises: determining interference from the one or more interfering BSs; calculating a transmission rate of the one or more interfering BSs 96 201108843; determining a cell service area in the one or more interfering BSs The number of interfering BSs at which the transmission rate is maximized at the outer UE; and the calculation of the nominal interference corresponding to the number of interfering BSs in the one or more interfering BSs that maximize the transmission rate at the UE outside the cell service area. Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. Computer program products may include computer readable media. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to receive one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein one or more pilot frequency signals are received from one or more interfering BSs, and the UE receives one or more a pilot signal; a second set of codes for causing a computer to calculate interference of one or more interfering BSs; and a third set of codes 'for causing a computer to transmit a measurement report, wherein the measurement report includes interference' and wherein A measurement report is transmitted to the serving BS. In some embodiments, the computer readable medium also includes: a fifth set of codes 'for causing the computer to transmit a scheduling request to the serving BS to receive the uplink key grant; and a sixth set of codes 'for making the computer Receive upstream key grants from the service. The transmit scheduling request and the receive uplink grant can be performed prior to transmitting the measurement report. In some embodiments, calculating - or interference of the plurality of interfering BSs can include determining a signal strength of the one or more pilot signals. In some embodiments, the computer readable medium also includes a seventh set of codes 'for causing the computer to transmit a rum to one or more interfering BSs. One or more pilot signals may be received in response to transmitting Rum. Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. 97 201108843 Computer program products may include computer readable media. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to receive information indicative of a buffer status associated with the UE, wherein the information is received at the location, a second set of codes for causing the computer to One or more interfering BSs receive interference information; a third set of codes for causing a computer to set a nominal interference, wherein the nominal interference is based on interference information; and a fourth set of codes for causing a nominal interference to be transmitted by the electricity month 6» And priority information of the traffic associated with the UE 'where the nominal interference and priority information is transmitted to one or more interfering BS' fifth group codes for causing the computer to receive from one or more interference bs Schedule information 'in which the schedule information is received in response to prioritization information transmitting nominal interference and traffic associated with the UE; and a sixth set of codes' for causing the computer to receive schedule information from the serving BS, wherein The scheduling information is based on scheduling information from one or more interfering BSs. In some embodiments, the computer readable medium may also include: a seventh set of codes 'which is for causing the computer to calculate a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio based on schedule information from one or more dry ss And the eighth set of codes 'which are used to cause the computer to transmit a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio to the serving BS. The scheduling information can be received from the serving BS in response to calculating a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio and transmitting a channel quality indicator or a signal to interference noise ratio. In some embodiments, the information used to indicate the buffer status may include the # prior sequence of the traffic that the UE will be serviced by the serving BS. The schedule information from one or more interfering BSs may indicate at least one interfering BS schedule back shift in one or more interfering BSs 98 201108843. Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. Computer program products may include computer readable media. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to transmit one or more pilot frequency signals, wherein one or more bow pilot signals are transmitted from one or more interfering BSs, and the UE receives one Or a plurality of pilot signals, and wherein one or more pilot signals are measured to calculate interference of one or more interfering BSs. Calculating the interference of one or more interfering BSs may include determining the signal strength of the pilot signal or signals. The computer readable medium can include a second set of codes for causing the computer to receive the resource utilization message and wherein the one or more pilot frequency signals are transmitted in response to receiving the resource utilization message. Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. Computer program products may include computer readable media. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to receive interference information of one or more interfering BSs, wherein the interference information is received from the UE; and a second set of codes for causing the computer to receive nominal interference And priority information of a service associated with the UE, wherein priority information of the service associated with the UE is corresponding to information indicating a buffer status associated with the UE; and a third set of codes for And causing the computer to transmit scheduling information to the UE, where the scheduling information is transmitted in response to receiving the priority interference and the priority information of the information associated with the UE, and the information is generated by using the schedule 99 201108843 Schedule information for the UE from the serving BS. The scheduling information for the UE may include a channel quality indicator or a signal interference threat ratio calculated based on scheduling information transmitted from one or more interfering BSs. The information used to indicate the buffer status may include a prioritization of the traffic to which the UE will be serviced by the service SB. The schedule information from one or more interferences β s may indicate that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs is scheduled to move backward. Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. Computer program products may include computer readable media. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing the computer to determine channel gain information measured on the down key, wherein the decision is performed by the BS; and a second set of codes for causing the computer to go up The channel gain information of the link assigns channel gain information measured on the downlink; a third set of codes for causing the computer to determine interference from - or multiple interfering UEs based on uplink channel gain information; and fourth A group code for causing a computer to calculate nominal interference based on interference from one or more interfering UEs. The downlink channel and the uplink channel may be in a wireless communication system, wherein the wireless communication system may be a time division duplex system. Bs may be a BS in the first cell service area, and one or more of the interferences may be that the Ub first cell service area in the second cell service area may be different from the second cell service area. The interference may indicate a transmit power level, wherein - or a plurality of interfering UEs transmit at the transmit power level. Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. 100 201108843 Computer program products can be used to include computer readable media. The computer readable body can include: a detail, a ^, a code, which is used to cause the computer to receive the uplink on the uplink. Fl, wherein the information on the uplink is received from the UE; a second set of codes for causing the computer to receive one or more parameters for decoding information on the uplink; and a third set of codes for causing the computer to decode the uplink The resource on the keyway 'Fourth Code' is used to enable the computer to evaluate the interference from the ' and the fifth set of codes used to cause the computer to count the I UE's nominal interference. Evaluating the interference can include determining the signal strength of the resources on the uplink. The information in the embodiment t ’ may be at least one of a sounding reference signal or an uplink resource utilization message. In some embodiments, the information is a sounding reference signal and one or more parameters for decoding information on the uplink are received via a backhaul of the communication system. Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. Computer program products may include computer readable media. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing the computer to receive one or more uplink routing resources utilizing one or more uplink routing resource utilization messages from the first cellular service area The BS receives from one or more UEs in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area; the second set of codes 'which is used to cause the computer to measure the power of the uplink resource utilization message; a group code 'which is used to cause a computer to determine whether the identity of a UE in one or more UEs in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area is known; and a fourth set of codes for making Computer 101 201108843 performs the following operations: in response to the decision to release the first cell service area

的—或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個UE中的UE的身份 疋已知的’而決定來自除了第一細胞服務區以外的一或 多個細胞服務區中的一或多個UE中的UE的干擾,其中 該干擾對應於來自除了第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個 細胞服務區中的一或多個UE中的UE的上行鏈路資源利 用訊息的功率。 ^二頁狍例甲,電腦可讀取媒體亦可以包括:第五 組代碼,其用於使電腦定期接收上行鍵路資源利用訊 息m代碼,其用於使電腦記錄上行鏈路資源利用 訊息的功率的量測結果;第七組代碼,其用於使電腦量 測選定時間段内的總干擾;“組代碼,其韻使電腦 將總干擾指派給一啖吝仞τ 次夕個UE中的選定UE;第九組代 碼,其用於使電腦蔣蛐工4置 文电脑將總干擾的比率指派給一或 中的選定UE ;及第+細处 十,,且代碼,其用於使電腦計算一 個UE中的選定UE的 一 刃知稱干擾。回應於決定出除 細胞服務區以外的—七允加/ 布 UE中的UE的身份θ 土 4 t 丁町次多個 身岛疋未知的,而執行如下操作: 收上行鏈路資源利用 疋期接 的功率的量測社罢 θ 用訊心 '°果、I測選定時間段内的塽干樁 干擾指派給—或多自UE中 内的4干擾、將總 比率指派給一或多彳 及/或將總干擾的 夕個UE中的選定ϋβ。 本文描述的其侦能Μ 羡可以,經由電腦程式產。;來執行。 102 201108843 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電.腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦計算通道增益 資訊,其中通道增益資訊由Bs來計算,並指示BS和一 或多個干擾UE之間的通道;第二組代碼,其用於使電 月έ s免疋BS和一或多個干擾ue中的至少一個干擾UE之 間的標稱干擾;第三組代碼,其用於使電腦決定BS要從 由BS所服務的一或多個UE接收的訊務的優先順序;及 第四組代碼,其用於使電腦向一或多個干擾UE發射資 源利用訊息,其中資源利用訊息包括:BS要從由BS所 服務的一或多個UE接收的訊務的優先順序以及BS和一 或多個干擾UE之間的標稱干擾。 在一些實施例中’電腦可讀取媒體亦可以包括:第五 組代碼’其用於使電腦從一或多個干擾UE接收用於指 不預期排程的資訊,其中用於指示預期排程的資訊基於 資源利用訊息中的標稱干擾和訊務的優先順序;第六组 代碼,其用於使電腦決定給由BS所服務的UE的指派結 果’該指派結果基於來自一或多個干擾UE的用於指示 預期排程的資訊;及第七組代碼,其用於使電腦接收根 據指派結果所發射的資訊。 β十算通道增益資訊’可以包括以下各項中的至少一個: 基於量測報告和用於在與上行鏈路的頻帶相對應的頻帶 上指不下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊,計算通道增 益貝訊;或量測BS從一或多個干擾UE接收的探測參考 103 201108843 信號的功率位準。 指派結果可以包括資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少 個,其中由BS服務的UE將以該資料速率或頻寬分配中 的至少一個在上行鏈路上向BS發射資料。 s史定私稱干擾可以包括:將值指派給標稱干擾,使得 -或多個干擾UE中的選定數量的最主要干優UE後移。 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第-組代碼,其用於使電腦發射用於在則 處決定通道增益資訊的資訊,其中發射用於在bs處決定 通道增益資訊的資訊由UE來執行;第二組代碼,其用 資源利用訊息包括: 的訊務的優先順序; 其中標稱干擾的值基 其用於使電腦發射用 於使電腦接收資源利用訊息,其中 將由BS從該BS所服務的UE接收 及B S和UE之間的標稱干擾的值, 於通道增.益資§fl ’及第三組代碼, 於指示預期排程的資訊,其中用於 _ Y用於才曰不預期排程的資 基於標稱干擾的值和將由B S從马 R Q ΒΒ # δ攸°亥Bs服務的ϋ£接收 訊務的優先順序,其中使用用於__ 便用用於指不預期排程的資訊 決定對B S所服務的UE的指派結果。 以下各項中的至少一個:量測 的頻帶相對應的頻帶上指示下 率資訊;或者BS從UE接收的 通道增益資訊可以基於 報告和用於在與上行鏈路 行鏈路上的通道狀況的功 探測參考信號的功率位準 104 201108843 指派結果可以包括資料速率或頻寬分配中的至少一 個’其中由BS服務的UE可以以該資料速率或頻寬分配 中的至少一個在上行鏈路上向BS發射資料。 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦接收一或多個 干擾BS的干擾資訊’其中從ue接收一或多個干擾BS 的干擾資訊;第二組代碼,其用於使電腦接收標稱干擾 和與UE相關聯的訊務的優先順序資訊,與ue相關聯的 訊務的優先順序資訊對應於用於指示與UE相關聯的緩 衝狀態的資訊;及第三組代碼,其用於使電腦向UE發 射排程資訊,其中回應於接收到標稱干擾和與UE相關 聯的訊務的優先順序資訊來發射排程資訊,且其中使用 給UE的排程資訊以產生來自服務bs的用於UE的排程 資訊’其中一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾BS包括 電腦。 在一些實施例中,給UE的排程資訊包括基於從一或 多個干擾BS發射的排程資訊計算的通道品質指示符或 信號干擾°喿音比。 在一些實施例中,用於指示緩衝狀態的資訊包括關於 UE將由服務BS來服務的訊務的優先順序。 在一些實施例中,來自一或多個干擾BS的排程資訊指 示一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾BS排程後移。- or the identity of the UE in one or more UEs in the plurality of cell service areas is known to determine 'from one or more UEs in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The interference of the UE in the medium, wherein the interference corresponds to the power of the uplink resource utilization message from the UE in one or more of the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area. The second page of the example, the computer readable medium may also include: a fifth group of codes for causing the computer to periodically receive the uplink key resource utilization message m code for causing the computer to record the uplink resource utilization message. The measurement result of the power; the seventh group of codes, which is used to cause the computer to measure the total interference in the selected time period; "the group code, the rhyme of which causes the computer to assign the total interference to a UE in the UE. The UE is selected; the ninth group of codes is used to cause the computer to assign the ratio of the total interference to the selected UE in one or the other; and the +th detail, and the code, which is used to cause the computer to calculate a One-edge known interference of the selected UE in the UE. In response to the determination of the identity of the UE in the seven-plus/buy UE except the cell service area, the number of the islands is unknown. The following operations are performed: The measurement of the power of the uplink resource is used to measure the power consumption of the network, and the interference of the interference in the selected time period is assigned to - or more than 4 in the UE. Interference, assigning a total ratio to one or more and/or total interference The selected ϋβ in the UE. The Detective 本文 描述 described in this document can be executed via a computer program. 102 201108843 The computer program product can include computer readable media. The brain readable media can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to calculate channel gain information, wherein the channel gain information is calculated by Bs and indicating a channel between the BS and one or more interfering UEs; a second set of codes for enabling the e-month标 s 疋 疋 BS and at least one of the one or more interference ue interfere with nominal interference between the UEs; a third set of codes for causing the computer to determine that the BS is to receive from one or more UEs served by the BS a priority of the traffic; and a fourth set of codes for causing the computer to transmit a resource utilization message to the one or more interfering UEs, wherein the resource utilization message comprises: the BS is to receive from one or more UEs served by the BS Prioritization of traffic and nominal interference between the BS and one or more interfering UEs. In some embodiments, 'computer readable media may also include: a fifth set of codes' which is used to cause the computer to Multiple interfering UEs are received for Unscheduled scheduling information, wherein the information used to indicate the expected schedule is based on the prioritization of nominal interference and traffic in the resource utilization message; a sixth set of codes for causing the computer to decide to the UE served by the BS Assignment result 'The assignment result is based on information from one or more interfering UEs indicating the expected schedule; and a seventh set of codes for causing the computer to receive information transmitted according to the assignment result. 'may include at least one of: calculating a channel gain based on a measurement report and power information for indicating a channel condition on the downlink on a frequency band corresponding to a frequency band of the uplink; or The power level of the sounding reference 103 201108843 signal received by the BS from one or more interfering UEs is measured. The assignment result may include at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the UE served by the BS will transmit data to the BS on the uplink at least one of the data rate or bandwidth allocation. The sigma private interference may include assigning a value to the nominal interference such that - or a selected number of the most dominant dry UEs of the plurality of interfering UEs are shifted back. Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. Computer program products may include computer readable media. The computer readable medium may include: a first group code for causing a computer to transmit information for determining channel gain information at a location, wherein transmitting information for determining channel gain information at bs is performed by the UE; The two sets of codes, the resource utilization messages include: a priority order of the traffic; wherein the value of the nominal interference is used to cause the computer to transmit a message for causing the computer to receive a resource utilization message, wherein the UE will be served by the BS from the BS The value of the nominal interference between the receiving and the BS and the UE is added to the channel. The §fl' and the third group of codes are used to indicate the expected schedule information, which is used for _Y to use the expected schedule. The capital is based on the value of the nominal interference and the priority of the receiving traffic that will be received by the BS from the horse RQ ΒΒ # δ攸°H Bs service, where the information used for __ is used to refer to the information of the unexpected schedule. The assignment result to the UE served by the BS. At least one of the following: the lower rate information is indicated on the corresponding frequency band of the measured frequency band; or the channel gain information received by the BS from the UE may be based on the report and the work for the channel condition on the uplink link The power level of the sounding reference signal 104 201108843 The assignment result may include at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation 'where the UE served by the BS may transmit to the BS on the uplink at least one of the data rate or bandwidth allocation data. Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. Computer program products may include computer readable media. The computer readable medium may include: a first group of codes for causing the computer to receive interference information of one or more interfering BSs, wherein the interference information of one or more interfering BSs is received from the ue; the second group of codes is used For prioritizing information that causes the computer to receive nominal interference and traffic associated with the UE, the priority information of the traffic associated with the ue corresponds to information indicating a buffer status associated with the UE; and the third group a code for causing a computer to transmit scheduling information to the UE, wherein the scheduling information is transmitted in response to receiving priority information of the nominal interference and the information associated with the UE, and wherein the scheduling information for the UE is used Generating schedule information for the UE from the service bs 'At least one of the one or more interfering BSs includes a computer. In some embodiments, the scheduling information for the UE includes a channel quality indicator or a signal interference. Arpeggio ratio calculated based on scheduling information transmitted from one or more interfering BSs. In some embodiments, the information used to indicate the buffer status includes a prioritization of the traffic that the UE will be served by the serving BS. In some embodiments, the scheduling information from the one or more interfering BSs indicates that at least one of the one or more interfering BSs is scheduled to move backward.

C 105 201108843 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行。 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦發射用於在 處決定通道增益資訊的資訊,其中發射用於在Bs處決定 通道增益資訊的資訊由UE來執行;第二組代碼,其用 於使電腦接收資源利用訊息,其中資源利用訊息包括·· 將由BS從該BS所服務的UE接收的訊務的優先順序; 及BS和UE之間的標稱干擾的值;其中標稱干擾的值基 於通道增益資訊,及第二組代碼,其用於使電腦發射用 於指示預期排程的資訊,其中用於指示預期排程的資訊 基於BS所服務的仙的標稱干擾的值、將在服務鍵路上 接收的訊務的優先順序、服務鏈路上的通道增益資訊、 未由BS服務的UE的標稱干擾、將在干擾鍵路上接收的 訊務的優先順序和干擾鍵路上的通道增益資訊,且其中 使用用於指示預期排程的資訊來決定對BS所服務的UE 的指派結果。 在-些實施例’,通道增益資訊基於以下各項中的至 ϊ測報告和用於在與上行鏈路的頻帶相對應^ 頻帶&amp;不下仃鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊;或者B丨 從UE接收的探測參考信號的功率位準。 :實施例巾’指派結果包括資料速率或頻寬分配 中的至少一個,其中由R ς BE # 办 、 服務的UE將以該資料速率或 頻寬分配中的至少一個在 仃鏈路上向B S發射資料。 106 201108843 本文描述的其他態樣可以經由電腦程式產品來執行》 電腦程式產品可以包括電腦可讀取媒體。電腦可讀取媒 體可以包括:第一組代碼,其用於使電腦發射一或多個 引導頻化说’.其中從一或多個干擾BS發射一或多個引導 頻信號’且UE接收一或多個引導頻信號,且其中量測 一或多個引導頻信號,以計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾, 且其中一或多個干擾BS中的至少一個干擾BS包括電 腦。在一些實施例中,電腦程式產品亦可以包括:第二 組代碼’其用於使電腦接收資源利用訊息,其中回應於 接收資源利用訊息來發射一或多個引導頻信號。 在一些實施例中,計算一或多個干擾BS的干擾包括決 定一或多個引導頻信號的信號強度。 圖29是可以提供干擾管理的示例性無線通訊系統 2900。本文之教示可併入使用各個組件來與至少一個其 他節點進行通訊的節點(例如,設備)中。圖29圖示可 用於促進在節點間進行通訊的若干個示例性組件。特定 言之,圖29圖示MIM〇系統的無線設備291〇 (例如, BS )和無線設備295〇 (例如,UE )。在設備29丨〇處,將 數個資料串流的訊務資料從資料;原2912提供給發射 (TX)資料處理器2914。 在一些態樣中,每個資料串流在各別的發射天線上進 行發射。tx資料處理器2914基於為每個資料串流而選 擇的特定編碼方案來對該資料串流的訊務資料進行格式 107 201108843 化、編碼和交錯,以提.供編碼後的資料。 利用OFDM技術,將每個資料串流的編碼後的資料與 引導頻資料進行多工處理。引導頻資料通常是使用已知 方式進行處理的已知資料模式,並且可以在接收節點系 統處用於估計通道回應。然後,基於針對每個資料串流C 105 201108843 Other aspects described herein can be performed via a computer program product. Computer program products may include computer readable media. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to transmit information for determining channel gain information at a location, wherein transmitting information for determining channel gain information at Bs is performed by the UE; a group code for causing a computer to receive a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message includes: a priority order of the traffic to be received by the BS from the UE served by the BS; and a value of the nominal interference between the BS and the UE; The value of the nominal interference is based on the channel gain information, and the second set of codes is used to cause the computer to transmit information indicating the expected schedule, wherein the information used to indicate the expected schedule is based on the nominal of the fairy served by the BS. The value of the interference, the priority of the traffic to be received on the service key, the channel gain information on the service link, the nominal interference of the UE not served by the BS, the priority and interference of the traffic to be received on the interference key The channel gain information on the key path, and the information used to indicate the expected schedule is used to determine the assignment result to the UE served by the BS. In some embodiments, the channel gain information is based on power reporting to the speculative report and channel conditions for the frequency band &amp; no downlink link on the uplink; or The power level of the sounding reference signal received from the UE. The embodiment towel assignment result includes at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the UE served by the R ς BE # will transmit to the BS on the 仃 link at least one of the data rate or the bandwidth allocation. data. 106 201108843 Other aspects described herein can be performed via computer program products. Computer program products can include computer readable media. The computer readable medium can include: a first set of codes for causing a computer to transmit one or more piloted frequencies saying '. wherein one or more pilot signals are transmitted from one or more interfering BSs' and the UE receives one Or a plurality of pilot signals, and wherein one or more pilot signals are measured to calculate interference of one or more interfering BSs, and wherein at least one of the one or more interfering BSs comprises a computer. In some embodiments, the computer program product can also include a second set of codes for causing the computer to receive a resource utilization message, wherein the one or more pilot signals are transmitted in response to receiving the resource utilization message. In some embodiments, calculating the interference of the one or more interfering BSs includes determining a signal strength of the one or more pilot frequency signals. 29 is an exemplary wireless communication system 2900 that can provide interference management. The teachings herein may be incorporated into a node (e.g., device) that uses various components to communicate with at least one other node. Figure 29 illustrates several exemplary components that can be used to facilitate communication between nodes. In particular, Figure 29 illustrates a wireless device 291 (e.g., BS) and a wireless device 295 (e.g., UE) of the MIM(R) system. At device 29, a plurality of data streams are sent from the data; the original 2912 is provided to a transmit (TX) data processor 2914. In some aspects, each data stream is transmitted on a separate transmit antenna. The tx data processor 2914 formats, processes, and interleaves the traffic data of the data stream based on a particular coding scheme selected for each data stream to provide the encoded data. The OFDM technology is used to perform multiplex processing on the encoded data of each data stream and the pilot frequency data. The pilot data is typically a known data pattern that is processed using known methods and can be used at the receiving node system to estimate channel response. Then, based on each data stream

而選擇的特定調制方案(例如,BPSK、QSPK、M-PSK 或Μ-QAM ) ’將針對該資料串流的多工後的引導頻和編 碼資料進行調制(亦即,符號映射),以便提供調制符號。 藉由處理器2930執行的指令來決定每個資料串流的資 料速率、編碼和調制方案。資料記憶體2932可儲存程式 碼 '資料及由處理器2930或設備2910中的其他組件使 用的其他資訊。 隨後,將所有資料串流的調制符號提供給TX MlM〇 處理器2920,該處理器可對(例如,用於〇FDM的)調 制符號進行進一步處理。隨後,τχ MIM〇處理器292〇 向W個收發機(XCVR) 2922八至2922T提供心個調制 符號串流。在一些態樣中,Τχ ΜΙΜΟ處理器292〇對資 料串流的符號以及用於發射符號的天線施加波束成形權 重。 各個收發機2922接收各別的符號串流並對其進行處 理,以便提供一或多個類比信號,並進一步對此等類比 化號進行調節(例如,放大、濾波和升頻轉換),以便提 供適於在ΜΙΜΟ通道上傳輸的調制信號。隨後,來自收 108 201108843 發機2922A至2922T的W個調制信號分別從%個天線 2924A至2924T發射出去。 在設備2950處,所發射的調制信號由%個天線2952A 至2952R來接收’並將從各個天線2952接收到的信號提 供給各別的收發機(XCVR) 2954八至2954R。每個收發 機2954對各別接收到的信號進行調節(例如,濾波、放 大和降頻轉換)’對調節後的信號進行數位化處理以提供 取樣,並進一步對此等取樣進行處理’以提供相應的「接 收到的」符號串流。 隨後,接收(RX)資料處理器2960從%個收發機2954 接收馬個接收到的符號串流,並基於特定的接收節點處 理技術對此等符號串流進行處理,以提供馬個「偵測出 的」符號串流。隨後,RX資料處理器296〇對每個偵測 出的符號串流進行解調、解交錯和解碼,從而恢復資料 串流的訊務資料。RX資料處理器296〇的處理與在設備 29U)處的TXMIM0處理器292〇和τχ資料處理器“Μ 執行的處理相反。 處理器2970定期地決定使用哪個預編碼矩陣(如下所 述)。處理器2970公式化反向鏈路訊息,其包括矩陣索 引部分和秩值部分。資料記憶體2972可儲存程式碼、資 料及由處理器2970或設備2950中的其他組件使用的其 他資訊。 ' 反向鏈路訊息可包括與通訊鏈路及/或接收到的資料 109 201108843 串流有關的各種類型的資訊And the particular modulation scheme selected (eg, BPSK, QSPK, M-PSK, or Μ-QAM) 'modulates (ie, symbol maps) the multiplexed pilot and encoded data for the data stream to provide Modulation symbol. The data rate, coding, and modulation scheme for each data stream is determined by instructions executed by processor 2930. The data memory 2932 can store the code 'data and other information used by the processor 2930 or other components in the device 2910. The modulation symbols for all data streams are then provided to a TX M1M processor 2920, which can further process the modulation symbols (e.g., for 〇FDM). Subsequently, the τ χ MIM 〇 processor 292 提供 provides a modulated symbol stream to the W transceivers (XCVR) 2922 8 to 2922T. In some aspects, the processor 292 applies beamforming weights to the symbols of the data stream and the antenna used to transmit the symbols. Each transceiver 2922 receives and processes a respective symbol stream to provide one or more analog signals, and further adjusts (eg, amplifies, filters, and upconverts) the analog numbers to provide A modulated signal suitable for transmission on a chirped channel. Subsequently, the W modulated signals from the transceivers 2822A to 2922T are transmitted from the % antennas 2924A to 2924T, respectively. At device 2950, the transmitted modulated signal is received by % antennas 2952A through 2952R' and the signals received from respective antennas 2952 are provided to respective transceivers (XCVR) 2954-8 to 2954R. Each transceiver 2954 conditions (eg, filters, amplifies, and downconverts) the respective received signals 'digitizes the conditioned signal to provide samples and further processes the samples' to provide The corresponding "received" symbol stream. Then, the receiving (RX) data processor 2960 receives the received symbol streams from the plurality of transceivers 2954, and processes the symbol streams based on the specific receiving node processing technology to provide a horse detection. The stream of symbols. The RX data processor 296 then demodulates, deinterleaves, and decodes each detected symbol stream to recover the data stream of the data stream. The processing of the RX data processor 296 is the reverse of the processing performed by the TXMIM0 processor 292 and the data processor "" at the device 29U). The processor 2970 periodically determines which precoding matrix to use (described below). The device 2970 formulates a reverse link message comprising a matrix index portion and a rank value portion. The data memory 2972 can store code, data, and other information used by the processor 2970 or other components in the device 2950. The road message may include various types of information related to the communication link and/or the received data 109 201108843 stream

2938 % ^ 反向鏈路訊息隨後由TX / 38進订處理、由調制器_進行調制、 由收發機2954Α至2954R推&gt; ^«所 ^ Φ TX ^ 進仃調卽並發射回設備2910, 其中TX資料處理器2938亦踨咨粗 丌從資枓源2936接收數個資 料串流的訊務資料。 在設備2910處,爽白执供。Λί_Λ 匙來自叹備2950的調制信號由天線2924 來接收,由收發機助進行調節,由解調_(dem〇d) 胸進打解調並由RX資料處理器㈣進行處理以提 取由設備2950發射的反向鏈路訊息。處理器293〇隨後 決定使用哪個預編碼矩陣來決定波束成形權重,然後對 所提取的訊息進行處理。 圖29亦圖示通訊組件,其可包括用於執行本文所教示 的干擾控制操作的一或多個組件。例如,干擾(inter ) 控制組件2990可與處理器293〇及/或設備291〇的其他 組件進行協作,以向/從本文所教示的另一個設備(例 如’設備2950 )發送/接收信號。類似地,干擾控制組件 2992可與處理器2970及/或設備2950的其他組件協作, 以向/從另一個設備(例如,設備29 1 0 )發送/接收信號。 應當瞭解,對於每個設備2910和295〇而言,所描述的 兩個或兩個以上組件的功能性可由單個組件來提供。例 如,單個處理組件可以提供干擾控制組件2990和處理器 2930的功能性;且單個處理組件可以提供干擾控制組件 2992和處理器2970的功能性。 110 201108843 在一個態樣中,邏輯通道可以分類為控制通道和訊務· 通道。邏輯控制通道可以包括廣播控制通道(bcch), 即用於廣播系統控制資訊的DL通道。此外,邏輯控制 通道可以包括傳呼控制通道(PCCH),即傳輸傳呼資訊 的DL通道。此外,邏輯控制通道可以包括多播控制通 道(MCCH),即點對多點DL通道,其用於傳輸多媒體 廣播和多播服務(MBMS )排程以及一個或若干個多播 訊務通道(MTCH)的控制資訊。通常,在建立無線電資 源控制(RRC)連接之後,該通道僅由接收MBMs的ue (例如,舊的MCCH+MSCH)使用。另外,邏輯控制通 道可以包括專用控制通道(DCCH),即發射專用控制資 讯並可由具有RRC連接的UE使用的點到點雙向通道。 在一個態樣中,邏輯訊務通道可以包括專用訊務通道 (DTCH),即專用於一個UE來傳輸使用者資訊的點對 點雙向通道。另外,邏輯訊務通道可以包括mtch,其 用於傳輸訊務資料的點到多點DL通道。 在—個態樣中,傳輸通道可以分類為D]L和υ]:。DL 傳輸通道可以包括廣播通道(BCH)、下行鏈路共享資料 通道(DL-SDCH)和傳呼通道(PCH)e PCH可以藉由在 整個細胞服務區上廣播並映射到可用於其他控制/訊務 通道的實體層(PHY)資源來支援UE節電(例如,不連 續接收(DRX)循環可以由網路向UE指示)。ul傳輸 通道可以包括隨機存取通道(rACH )、請求通道 111 201108843 (REQCH)、上行鏈路共享資料通道(UL-SDCH)和複 數個PHY通道。 PHY通道可以包括一組DL通道和UL通道。例如, DL PHY通道可以包括:共用引導頻通道(CPICH);同 步通道(SCH);共用控制通道(CCCH);共享DL控制 通道(SDCCH);多播控制通道(MCCH);共享UL指派 通道(SUACH);確認通道(ACKCH) ; DL實體共享資 料通道(DL-PSDCH) ; UL·功率控制通道(UPCCH);傳 呼指示符通道(PICH);及/或負載指示符通道(LICH)。 進一步舉例說明,UL PHY通道可以包括:實體隨機存取 通道(PRACH);通道品質指示符通道(CQICH);確認 通道(ACKCH);天線子集指示符通道(ASICH);共享 請求通道(SREQCH );UL實體共享資料通道 (UL-PSDCH);及/或廣播引導頻通道(BPICH)。 應當理解的是,本文描述的實施例可以用硬體、軟體、 韌體、中介軟體、微代碼或其任意組合來實施。對於硬 體實施,處理單元可以實施在一或多個特殊應用積體電 路(ASICs )、數位信號處理器(DSPs )、數位信號處理 設備(DSPDs )、可程式邏輯設備(PLDs )、現場可程式 閘陣列(FPGAs )、處理器、控制器、微控制器、微處理 器及/或經設計用於執行本文所述功能的其他電子單元 或其組合中。 當實施例使用軟體、韌體、中介軟體或微代碼、程式 112 201108843 碼或代碼區段實施時, 吁^將其儲存於諸如儲存組件之類 的機器可讀取媒體(戋雷 [次電腩可讀取媒體)中。代碼區段 可以表示程序、函數、子程式、程式、常式、子常式、 1且#裝軟體、軟體組件或指令、資料結構或程式語 句的任意組合。可以藉由傳遞及/或接收資訊、資料、引 數、參數或記憶體内容’將代碼區段耦接到另一代碼區 段或硬體電路。可以以任何適合的方式,包括記憶體共 旱、机息傳遞、符記傳遞和網路傳輸等對資訊、引數、 參數、資料等進行傳遞、轉發或發射。 ^ 狄川 * ,M f’U〜个又尸汗现初 能的模組(例如,程序、函數等)來實施。軟體代碼可 以儲存在記憶體單元中,並由處理器執行。記憶體單元 對於軟體實施,本文描 可以實施在處理器内,亦可以實施在處理器外,在後一 種情況下,其經由各種手段可通訊地㈣到處理器,此 等皆是本領域中所已知的。 上文的描述包括一或多個實施例的實例。當然,不可 能為了描述上述實施例而描述組件或方法的所有可能的 組合,但是本領域一般技藝人士可以認識到,各個實施 例可以做出許多進一步的組合和變換。因此,所描述的 實施例意欲涵蓋落入所附申請專利範圍的精神和保護範 圍内的所有此等變更、修改和變化。此外,就【實施方 式】或申請專利範圍中使用的術語「包括(includes ) 而吕’該術語的涵蓋方式意欲類似於術語「包括 113 201108843 (comprising)」,就如同術語「包括」在請求項中用作連 接詞所解釋的一般》 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1是根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾管理 的示例性無線通訊系統的圖示。 圖2是根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進數個使用 者的干擾管理的示例性無線通訊系統的圖示。 圖3是根據本文闞述的各個態樣的示例性無線通訊系 統的圖示,其中部署一或多個毫微微節點以促進干擾管 理。 圖4是根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾管理 的無線通訊系統的示例性覆蓋圖的圖示。 圖5A是用純進在DL±進行干擾管理的無線通訊系 統的示例性方塊圖的圖示。 圖是用於促進在UL上進行干擾管理的無線通訊系 統的示例性方塊圖的圖示。 圖6A是根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾管 理的方法的實例的圖示。 圖6B圖示根據本文闡述的各個態樣的用於促進干擾 管理的排程方法的實例的圖示。 圖7是計算標稱干擾以獲取主要干擾BS的選定後移的 方法的實例的圖示。 圖疋根據本文也述的各個態樣的在系統❾dL上決 114 201108843 疋來自B S的干擾的方法的實例的圖示。 圖9是根據本文描述的各個態樣的在系統的DL上決 定來自BS的干擾的另一方法的實例的圖示。 圖是根據本文描述的各個態樣的在系統的DL上決 定來自BS的干擾的另一方法的實例的圖示。 圖11是根據本文描述的各個態樣的在系統的DL上決 定來自BS的干擾的另一方法的實例的圖示。 ® 12A和圖12B是根據本文描述的各個態樣的促進在 使用空中傳輸(〇TA )通訊的系統的Dl上進行干擾管理 的方法的部分視圖的圖示。 圖13A' @ i3B和圖13(:是根據本文描述的各個態樣 的在系統的DL上進行排程的方法的實例的圖示。 圖14疋根據本文描述的各個態樣的在系統的ul上決 定來自使用者裝備的標稱干擾的方法的實例的圖示。 圖15疋根據本文描述的各個態樣的在系統的UL上決 疋來自使用者裝備的標稱干擾的另一方法的實例的圖 示〇 圖 16A 和圖 ^ 疋根據本文描述的各個態樣的在系統 的UL上決定來自你田水 +目彳史用者裝備的標稱干擾的另一方法的 實例的部分視圖的圖示。 圖17Α寿圖175疋根據本文描述的各個態樣的促進在 _上進仃干擾管理的排程方法的實例的部a視圖的圖 7|n °2938 % ^ reverse link message is then processed by TX / 38, modulated by modulator _, pushed by transceiver 2954 2 to 2954R &gt; ^ « Φ TX ^ 仃 ^ 卽 and transmitted back to device 2910, The TX data processor 2938 also receives a large number of data streams from the resource source 2936. At device 2910, cool and confession. Λί_Λ The key from the sigh 2950 modulation signal is received by the antenna 2924, adjusted by the transceiver, demodulated by the demodulation _ (dem〇d) chest and processed by the RX data processor (4) to extract by the device 2950 The reverse link message transmitted. The processor 293 then decides which precoding matrix to use to determine the beamforming weights and then processes the extracted messages. Figure 29 also illustrates a communication component that can include one or more components for performing the interference control operations taught herein. For example, the interference control component 2990 can cooperate with the processor 293 and/or other components of the device 291 to transmit/receive signals to/from another device (e.g., 'device 2950') as taught herein. Similarly, interference control component 2992 can cooperate with processor 2970 and/or other components of device 2950 to transmit/receive signals to/from another device (e.g., device 29 1 0). It will be appreciated that for each device 2910 and 295A, the functionality of the two or more components described may be provided by a single component. For example, a single processing component can provide the functionality of interference control component 2990 and processor 2930; and a single processing component can provide the functionality of interference control component 2992 and processor 2970. 110 201108843 In one aspect, logical channels can be classified into control channels and traffic channels. The logical control channel can include a broadcast control channel (bcch), a DL channel for broadcasting system control information. In addition, the logical control channel can include a paging control channel (PCCH), a DL channel that transmits paging information. In addition, the logical control channel may include a Multicast Control Channel (MCCH), a point-to-multipoint DL channel for transmitting Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service (MBMS) schedules and one or several multicast traffic channels (MTCH) Control information. Typically, after establishing a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection, the channel is only used by the ue receiving the MBMs (e.g., the old MCCH+MSCH). In addition, the logical control channel may include a dedicated control channel (DCCH), i.e., a point-to-point bidirectional channel that transmits dedicated control information and may be used by UEs having RRC connections. In one aspect, the logical traffic channel can include a dedicated traffic channel (DTCH), a point-to-point bidirectional channel dedicated to one UE for transmitting user information. In addition, the logical traffic channel can include mtch, which is used to transmit point-to-multipoint DL channels of traffic data. In one aspect, the transmission channels can be classified into D]L and υ]:. The DL transmission channel may include a broadcast channel (BCH), a downlink shared data channel (DL-SDCH), and a paging channel (PCH). The e PCH may be broadcasted over the entire cell service area and mapped to other control/traffic services. The physical layer (PHY) resources of the channel support the UE's power saving (eg, a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle may be indicated by the network to the UE). The ul transmission channel may include a random access channel (rACH), a request channel 111 201108843 (REQCH), an uplink shared data channel (UL-SDCH), and a plurality of PHY channels. The PHY channel can include a set of DL channels and UL channels. For example, the DL PHY channel may include: a shared pilot channel (CPICH); a synchronization channel (SCH); a shared control channel (CCCH); a shared DL control channel (SDCCH); a multicast control channel (MCCH); and a shared UL assigned channel ( SUACH); Acknowledgement Channel (ACKCH); DL Entity Shared Data Channel (DL-PSDCH); UL Power Control Channel (UPCCH); Paging Indicator Channel (PICH); and/or Load Indicator Channel (LICH). Further exemplifying, the UL PHY channel may include: a physical random access channel (PRACH); a channel quality indicator channel (CQICH); an acknowledgment channel (ACKCH); an antenna subset indicator channel (ASICH); a shared request channel (SREQCH) ; UL entity shared data channel (UL-PSDCH); and / or broadcast pilot channel (BPICH). It should be understood that the embodiments described herein can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, mediation software, microcode, or any combination thereof. For hardware implementations, the processing unit can implement one or more special application integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), and field programmable Gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, and/or other electronic units designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof. When an embodiment is implemented using software, firmware, mediation software or microcode, program 112 201108843 code or code section, it is stored in a machine readable medium such as a storage component (戋雷[次电腩Readable in the media). A code section can represent any combination of programs, functions, subroutines, programs, routines, subroutines, 1 and #software, software components, or instructions, data structures, or program statements. The code segment can be coupled to another code segment or hardware circuit by passing and/or receiving information, data, arguments, parameters or memory content. Information, arguments, parameters, data, etc. may be transmitted, forwarded, or transmitted in any suitable manner, including memory co-drying, machine transfer, token transfer, and network transmission. ^ 狄川* , M f’U~ Modules (for example, programs, functions, etc.) that can be implemented at the beginning. The software code can be stored in the memory unit and executed by the processor. The memory unit is implemented in a software, and the description may be implemented in a processor or may be implemented outside the processor. In the latter case, it may be communicatively communicated to the processor via various means, which are all in the art. known. The above description includes examples of one or more embodiments. Of course, it is not possible to describe all possible combinations of components or methods for the purpose of describing the above-described embodiments, but one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that many further combinations and permutations can be made in various embodiments. Accordingly, the described embodiments are intended to cover all such changes, modifications, and variations in the scope of the invention. In addition, the term "includes" is used in the [embodiment] or the scope of the patent application. The term is covered in a manner similar to the term "including 201108843843 (comprising)", just as the term "includes" in the claim. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE USE OF CONNECTED WORDS [Simplified Schematic] FIG. 1 is a diagram of an exemplary wireless communication system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. 2 is an illustration of an exemplary wireless communication system for facilitating interference management for several users in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. 3 is an illustration of an exemplary wireless communication system in accordance with various aspects described herein in which one or more femto nodes are deployed to facilitate interference management. 4 is an illustration of an exemplary overlay of a wireless communication system for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. Figure 5A is an illustration of an exemplary block diagram of a wireless communication system with interference management in DL ±. The figure is an illustration of an exemplary block diagram of a wireless communication system for facilitating interference management on the UL. Figure 6A is a diagram of an example of a method for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. Figure 6B illustrates an illustration of an example of a scheduling method for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. 7 is an illustration of an example of a method of calculating nominal interference to obtain a selected back shift of a primary interfering BS. Figure 2-4 is an illustration of an example of a method for interference from BS on a system ❾dL according to various aspects also described herein. 9 is an illustration of another example of another method of determining interference from a BS on a DL of a system in accordance with various aspects described herein. A diagram is an illustration of another example of another method of determining interference from a BS on a DL of a system in accordance with various aspects described herein. 11 is an illustration of another example of another method of determining interference from a BS on a DL of a system in accordance with various aspects described herein. ® 12A and Figure 12B are diagrams of partial views of a method of facilitating interference management on Dl of a system using over-the-air (〇TA) communication, in accordance with various aspects described herein. Figure 13A' @i3B and Figure 13 (: is an illustration of an example of a method of scheduling on the DL of a system in accordance with various aspects described herein. Figure 14 ul of the system in accordance with various aspects described herein An illustration of an example of a method of determining nominal interference from user equipment. Figure 15 is an example of another method of deciding nominal interference from user equipment on the UL of the system in accordance with various aspects described herein. Figure 16A and Figure 的 Figure of a partial view of an example of another method of determining nominal interference from your Tianshui + witness user equipment based on the various aspects described herein on the UL of the system Figure 17 is a diagram of a portion a of an example of a scheduling method that facilitates interference management in accordance with various aspects described herein.

C 115 201108843 圓17C疋根據本文描述的各個態樣的用於促進在口乙 上進行干擾管理的另一排葙古一 〜力拼程方法的實例的圖不。 圖1 8圖28是根據本文闡述的各.個態樣的用於促進干 擾管理的示例性系統的方塊圖的圖示。 圖29是可以提供干擾管理的示例性無線通訊系統的 圖示。 【主要元件符號說明】 100 無線通訊系統 102 BS 104 天線 106 天線 108 天線 110 天線 112 天線 114 天線 116 UE 118 DL 120 UL 122 UE 124 DL 126 UL 200 系統 202A 巨集細胞服務區 116 201108843C 115 201108843 Round 17C疋 Figure of an example of another row of the conventional method for facilitating interference management on port B according to various aspects described herein. Figure 18 and Figure 28 are diagrams of block diagrams of exemplary systems for facilitating interference management in accordance with various aspects set forth herein. 29 is an illustration of an exemplary wireless communication system that can provide interference management. [Main component symbol description] 100 wireless communication system 102 BS 104 antenna 106 antenna 108 antenna 110 antenna 112 antenna 114 antenna 116 UE 118 DL 120 UL 122 UE 124 DL 126 UL 200 system 202A macro cell service area 116 201108843

202Β 巨集細胞服務區 202C 巨集細胞服務區 202D 巨集細胞服務區 202Ε 巨集細胞服務區 202F 巨集細胞服務區 202G 巨集細胞服務區 204Α BS 204Β BS 204C BS 204D BS 204Ε BS 204F BS 204G BS 206Α UE 206Β UE 206C UE 206D UE 206Ε UE 206F UE 206G UE 206Η UE 2061 UE 206J UE 117 201108843202Β macro cell service area 202C macro cell service area 202D macro cell service area 202Ε macro cell service area 202F macro cell service area 202G macro cell service area 204Α BS 204Β BS 204C BS 204D BS 204Ε BS 204F BS 204G BS 206Α UE 206Β UE 206C UE 206D UE 206Ε UE 206F UE 206G UE 206Η UE 2061 UE 206J UE 117 201108843

206K UE206K UE

206L UE 300 系統 310A 毫微微節點 3 1 0B 毫微微節點206L UE 300 system 310A femto node 3 1 0B femto node

320A 相關聯的UE320A associated UE

320B 外來的UE 330 使用者住宅 340 廣域網路 350 行動服務供應商核心網路 3 60 存取節點 400 覆蓋圖 4 0 2 A 追縱區域 4 0 2 B 追縱區域 4 0 2 C 追縱區域 404A 巨集覆蓋區域 404B 巨集覆蓋區域 406A 毫微微覆蓋區域 406B 毫微微覆蓋區域 406C 毫微微覆蓋區域 500 系統320B Alien UE 330 User Residential 340 WAN 350 Mobile Service Provider Core Network 3 60 Access Node 400 Coverage Figure 4 0 2 A Tracking Area 4 0 2 B Tracking Area 4 0 2 C Tracking Area 404A Giant Set coverage area 404B macro coverage area 406A Femto coverage area 406B Femto coverage area 406C Femto coverage area 500 system

502 BS 503 UE/接收機 118 201108843502 BS 503 UE/Receiver 118 201108843

506 BS 508 BS 510 收發機 511 收發機 5 12 干擾管理模組 513 干擾管理模組 514 處理器 5 15 處理器 516 記憶體 517 記憶體 5 18 收發機 519 干擾管理模組 520 干擾管理模組 521 處理器 522 處理器 523 記憶體 524 記憶體 530 收發機 550 系統 552 UE 553 BS 556 UE 558 UE 119 201108843 560 收發機 561 收發機 562 干擾管理模組 563 干擾管理模組 564 處理器 565 記憶體 566 處理器 567 記憶體 568 收發機 569 收發機 570 干擾管理模組 572 處理器 574 記憶體 580 干擾管理模組 581 處理器 582 記憶體 610 步驟 620 步驟 630 方法 640 步驟 650 步驟 660 步驟 670 步驟 120 201108843 700 方法 710 步驟 720 步驟 730 步驟 740 步驟 800 方法 810 步驟 820 步驟 830 步驟 840 步驟 850 步驟 900 方法 910 步驟 920 步驟 930 步驟 1000 方法 1010 步驟 1020 步驟 1030 步驟 1040 步驟 1100 方法 1110 步驟 1120 步驟 201108843 1130 步驟 1140 步驟 1150 步驟 1160 步驟 1170 步驟 1200 方法 1210 步驟 1220 步驟 1230 步驟 1240 步驟 1250 步驟 1260 步驟 1270 步驟 1280 步驟 1290 步驟 1300 方法 1310 步驟 1320 步驟 1330 步驟 1400 方法 1410 步驟 1420 步驟 1430 步驟 122 201108843 1440 步驟 1500 方法 1510 步驟 1520 步驟 1530 步驟 1540 步驟 1550 步驟 1600 方法 1610 步驟 1620 步驟 1630 步驟 1640 步驟 1650 步驟 1660 步驟 1670 步驟 1680 步驟 1690 步驟 1695 步驟 1700 .方法 1710 步驟 1720 步驟 1730 步驟 1740 步驟 201108843 1750 步驟 1760 步驟 1770 步驟 1780 方法 1785 步驟 1790 步驟 1795 步驟 1800 系統 1802 邏輯或實體群組 1804 電子組件 1806 電子組件 1 808' 電子組件 1900 系統 1902 邏輯或實體群組 1904 電子組件 1906 電子組件 1908 電子組件 1910 電子組件 1912 電子組件 1914 電子組件 1916 記憶體 2000 系統 2002 邏輯或實體群組 124 201108843 2004 電子組件 2006 電子組件 2 0 08 電子組件 2100 系統 2102 邏輯或實體群組 2104 電子組件 2106 電子組件 2108 電子組件 2110 電子組件 2112 電子組件 2114 電子組件 2116 電子組件 2118 電子組件 2120 電子組件 2200 糸統 2202 邏輯或實體群組 2204 電子組件 2206 電子組件 2208 電子組件 2210 記憶體 2300 系統 2302 邏輯或實體群組 2304 電子組件 125 201108843 2306 電子組件 2308 電子組件 23 10 電子組件 23 12 記憶體 2400 系統 2402 邏輯或實體群組 2404 電子組件 2406 電子組件 2408 電子組件 2410 電子組件 2412 電子組件 2500 系統 2502 邏輯或實體群組 2504 電子組件 2506 電子組件 2508 電子組件 2510 電子組件 2512 電子組件 2514 電子組件 2516 電子組件 25 1.8 電子組件 2520 電子組件 2522 電子組件 126 201108843 2524 電子組件 2600 系統 2602 邏輯或實體群組 2604 電子組件 2606 電子組件 2608 電子組件 2610 電子組件 2612 電子組件 2614 電子組件 2616 電子組件 2618 記憶體 2700 系統 2702 邏輯或實體群組 2704 電子組件 2706 電子組件 2708 電子組件 2710 電子組件 2800 系統 2812 資料源 2814 TX資料處理器 2820 ΤΧ ΜΙΜΟ處理器 2822A 收發機 2822T 收發機 127 201108843 2824A 天線 2824T 天線 2830 處理器 2832 記憶體 2836 資料源 2838 TX資料處理器 2840 解調器 2842 RX資料處理器 2852A 天線 2852R 天線 2854A 收發機 2854R 收發機 2860 RX資料處理器 2870 處理器 2872 記憶體 2880 調制器 2890 干擾控制組件 2892 干擾控制組件 128506 BS 508 BS 510 transceiver 511 transceiver 5 12 interference management module 513 interference management module 514 processor 5 15 processor 516 memory 517 memory 5 18 transceiver 519 interference management module 520 interference management module 521 processing 522 processor 523 memory 524 memory 530 transceiver 550 system 552 UE 553 BS 556 UE 558 UE 119 201108843 560 transceiver 561 transceiver 562 interference management module 563 interference management module 564 processor 565 memory 566 processor 567 Memory 568 Transceiver 569 Transceiver 570 Interference Management Module 572 Processor 574 Memory 580 Interference Management Module 581 Processor 582 Memory 610 Step 620 Step 630 Method 640 Step 650 Step 660 Step 670 Step 120 201108843 700 Method 710 Step 720 Step 730 Step 740 Step 800 Method 810 Step 820 Step 830 Step 840 Step 850 Step 900 Method 910 Step 920 Step 930 Step 1000 Method 1010 Step 1020 Step 1030 Step 1040 Step 1100 Method 1110 Step 1120 Steps 201108843 1130 Step 1140 Step 1150 Step 1160 Step 1170 Step 1200 Method 1210 Step 1220 Step 1230 Step 1240 Step 1250 Step 1260 Step 1270 Step 1280 Step 1290 Step 1300 Method 1310 Step 1320 Step 1330 Step 1400 Method 1410 Step 1420 Step 1430 Step 122 201108843 1440 Step 1500 Method 1510 Step 1520 Step 1530 Step 1540 Step 1550 Step 1600 Method 1610 Step 1620 Step 1630 Step 1640 Step 1650 Step 1660 Step 1670 Step 1680 Step 1690 Step 1695 Step 1700. Method 1710 Step 1720 Step 1730 Step 1740 Step 201108843 1750 Step 1760 Step 1770 Step 1780 Method 1785 Step 1790 Step 1795 Step 1800 System 1802 Logical or Entity Group 1804 Electronic Component 1806 Electronic Component 1 808 ' Electronic Component 1900 System 1902 Logical or Entity Group 1904 Electronic Component 1906 Electronic Component 1908 Electronic Component 1910 Electronics Component 1912 Electronic Component 1914 Electronic Component 1916 Memory 2000 System 2002 Logical or Entity Group 124 201108843 2004 Electronic Components 2006 Electronic Components 2 0 08 Electronic Components 2100 System 2102 Logical or Entity Group 2104 Electronic Components 2106 Electronic Components 2108 Electronic Components 2110 Electronic Components 2112 Electronic Components 2114 Electronic Components 2116 Electronic Components 2118 Electronic Components 2120 Electronic Components 2200 220 2202 Logic or Entity Group 2204 Electronic Components 2206 Electronic Components 2208 Electronic Components 2210 Memory 2300 System 2302 Logic or Entity Group 2304 Electronic Components 125 201108843 2306 Electronic Components 2308 Electronic Components 23 10 Electronic Components 23 12 Memory 2400 System 2402 Logical or Entity Group 2404 Electronic Component 2406 Electronic Component 2408 Electronic Component 2410 Electronic Component 2412 Electronic Component 2500 System 2502 Logic or Entity Group 2504 Electronic Component 2506 Electronic Component 2508 Electronic Component 2510 Electronic Component 2512 Electronic Component 2514 Electronic Components 2516 Electronic Components 25 1.8 Electronic Components 2520 Electronic Components 2522 Electronic Components 126 201108843 2524 Electronic Components 2600 System 2602 Logic or Entity Group 2604 Electronic Component 2606 Electronic Component 2608 Electronic Component 2610 Electronic Component 2612 Electronic Component 2614 Electronic Component 2616 Electronic Component 2618 Memory 2700 System 2702 Logic or Entity Group 2704 Electronic Component 2706 Electronic Component 2708 Electronic Component 2710 Electronic Component 2800 System 2812 Data Source 2814 TX Data Processor 2820 ΤΧ ΜΙΜΟ Processor 2822A Transceiver 2822T Transceiver 127 201108843 2824A Antenna 2824T Antenna 2830 Processor 2832 Memory 2836 Data Source 2838 TX Data Processor 2840 Demodulator 2842 RX Data Processor 2852A Antenna 2852R Antenna 2854A Transceiver 2854R Transceiver 2860 RX Data Processor 2870 Processor 2872 Memory 2880 Modulator 2890 Interference Control Component 2892 Interference Control Component 128

Claims (1)

201108843 七、申請專利範圍: 1' —種促進在一無線通訊系統中的一上行鏈路上進行 干擾管理的方法,該方法包括以下步驟: 決定在一下行鏈路上量測的通道增益資訊; 基於該上行鏈路的通道增益資訊決定來自一或多個干擾 使用者裝備的干擾;及 基於來自一或多個干擾使用者裝備的該干擾來計算一標 稱干擾,其中該決定該通道增益資訊的步驟、該決定干 擾的步驟以及該計算該標稱干擾的步驟是由一基地台來 執行的,並且其中該標稱干擾包括:當該一或多個干擾 使用者裝備在一選定細胞服務區中的該基地台用於接收 貝訊的一相同的資源集上進行發射時對該選定細胞服務 區中的該基地台造成的一傳輸速率損失。 2·如凊求項1之方法,其中該無線通訊系統是一分時雙 工系統。 3_如請求項1之方法,其中該基地台是一第一細胞服務 區中的一基地台,且該一或多個干擾使用者裝備是一第 一細胞服務區中的使用者装備,該第一細胞服務區與該 第二細胞服務區不同。 4.如明求項1之方法,其中該上行鏈路的該通道增益資 129 201108843 訊是在該下行鏈路上量測的該通道增益資訊。 5· 一種電腦程式產品,其包括: 一電腦可讀取媒體,其包括: 一第-組代碼’其用於使—電腦決定在—下行鍵路上量 測的通道增益資訊; 一第二組代碼’其用於使該電腦基於上行鏈路的通道增 益資訊決定來自一或多個干擾使用者裝備的干擾;及曰 一第三組代碼,其用於使該電腦基於 ^ 或多個干擾 使用者裝備的該干擾來計算一標稱干擾,其中一美地△ 包括該電腦,並且其中該標稱干擾包括:當該一戍多個 干擾使用者裝備在一選定細胞服務區中的該基地L用於 接收資訊的一相同的資源集上進行發射時對該選定細胞 服務區中的該基地台造成的一傳輸速率損失。 6.如請求項5之電腦程式產品,其中該下行鏈路通道和 該上行鏈路通道在一無線通訊系統中.,其中該無線通訊 系統是一分時雙工系統。 7·如請求項5之電腦程式產品,其中該基地台是—第一 細胞服務區中的一基地台,且該一或多個干擾使用者裝 備疋一第一細胞服務區中的使用者裝備,該第一細胞服 務區與該第二細胞服務區不同。 130 201108843 8. 如請求項+ # 八項5之電腦程式產品,其中該上行鏈路的該通 道增益資訊是在令&amp; °〆下仃鏈路上量測的該通道增益資訊。 其包括: 9. 一種裝置 用於決定在一下仁μ A 广仃鏈路上量測的通道增益資訊的構件; 用於基於上行鏈路的通道增益資訊決定來自—或多個干 擾使用者裝備的干擾的構件;及. 用於基於來自-或多個干擾使用者裝備的該干擾來計算 -標稱干擾的構件,其中該標稱干擾包括:當該一或多 個干擾使用者裝備在—選定細胞服務區中的該裝置用於 接收資訊的-相同的資源集上進行發射時對該選定細胞 服務區巾的該裝置造成的—傳輸速率損失。 1〇·如請求項9之裝置,其中該下行鏈路通道和該上行鍵 路通道在-無線通訊系統中,其中該無線通訊系— 分時雙工系統。 ’ 11·如請求項9之褒置1中該裝置是一基地台,該基地 台是一第一細胞服務區中的一基地台,且該一或多個干 擾使用者裝備是一第二細胞服務區中的使用者裝備,該 第一細胞服務區與該第二細胞服務區不同。 131 201108843 12.如請求項9之裝置,其中該上行鏈路的該通道增益資 讯是在該下行鏈路上量測的該通道增益資訊。 —種裝置,其包括: 干擾管理模组,其經配置以: 決定在—下行鏈路上量測的通道增益資訊; 基於上行鏈路的通道增益資訊決定來自一或多個干擾使 用者農備的干擾;及 基於來自一或多個干擾使用者裝備的該干擾來計算一標 稱干擾,其中該標稱干擾包括:當該—或多個干擾使用 者裝備在一選定細胞服務區中的該裝置用於接收資訊的 一相同的資源集上進行發射時對該選定細胞服務區中的 該裝置造成的一傳輸速率損失。 14.如請求項13之裝置’其中該下行鏈路通道和該上行 鍵路通道在-無線通訊“巾,其巾該無線通訊系統是 一分時雙工系統。 15.如請求項13之裝置1中該裝置是-基地台 1.L 人 〇 .... ^ 地台 是-第-細胞服務區中的―其…二該基 干擾使用者展備是一第二二 台’且該一或多個 L服務區中的使用者裝備, 以―細胞《區㈣第二細胞服務區不同。 132 201108843 16_如請求項13之裝置,其中該上行鏈路的該通道增益 資訊是在該下行鏈路上量測的該通道增益資訊。 1 7. 一種促進在一通訊系統的一上行鏈路上進行干擾管 理的方法,該方法包括以下步驟: 接收一上行鏈路上的資訊; 接收用於解碼該上行鏈路上的該資訊的一或多個參數; 解碼該上行鏈路上的該資訊; 評估來自使用者裝備的干擾;及 。十算《亥使用者襞備的一標稱干擾,其中該接收資訊的步 驟°亥接收一或多個參數的步驟、該解碼的步驟、該評 的步驟以及該計算的步驟是由一基地台來執行的。 用求項17之方法,其中該上行鏈路上的該資訊是 一探測參考信號或者—上行鏈路資源制訊息中的至少 20.如請求項18之方法,其 該探測參考俨妹n Τ该上行鏈路上的該資訊是 J麥号尨唬,且用於解 亥上竹鏈路上的該資訊的 133 201108843 一或多個參數是經由該通訊系統的一回載來接收的β 2 1. —種電腦程式產品,其包括: 一電腦可讀取媒體,其包括: 一第一組代碼,其用於使一電腦接收一上行鏈路上的資 訊,其中該上行鏈路上的該資訊是從一使用者裝備接收 的; 一第二組代碼,其用於使該電腦接收用於解碼該上行鏈 路上的該資訊的一或多個參數; 一第二組代碼,其用於使該電腦解碼該上行鏈路上的該 資訊; 第四組代碼,其用於使該電腦評估來自該使用者裝備 的干擾;及 &quot; 一第五組代碼,其用於使該電腦計算該使用者襞備的一 標稱干擾’其中—基地台包括該電腦。 ,其中該上行鏈路上的 上行鏈路資源利用訊息 22.如請求項2丨之電腦程式產品, 该資訊是一探測參考信號或者一 _t 中的至少一個。 其中評估來自一或多 决疋該上行鏈路上的 23_如請求項21之電腦程式產品, 個干擾使用者裝備的該干擾包括: 該資訊的一信號強度。 134 201108843 24.如請求項22夕φ na&lt; 項22之電腦程式產品,其中該 該資,是該探測參考信號,且用於解碼該上行 =訊的—或多個參數是經由-通訊系統的-回載:: 25. 一種裝置’其包括: 其中該上行鏈路 用於接收—上行鏈路上的資訊的構件 上的該資訊是從一使用者裝備接收的 一或多個參 用於接收用於解碼該上㈣路上的該資tfl的 數的構件; 用於解碼該上行鏈路上的該資訊的構件; 用於評估來自該使用者裝備的干擾的構件;及 用於計算該使用者裝備的一標稱干擾的構件。 乂如請求項25之裝置,以該上行鏈路上的該資訊是 -探測參考信號或者—上行鍵路資源利用訊息中的至少 一個。 27·如請求項25之裝置,其中評估來自一或多個干擾使 用者裝備的該干擾包括:衫該上行鏈路上的該資訊的 一 ^號強度。 135 201108843 28.如請求項26夕壯 之裝置’其中該上行鏈路上的該資訊是 該探測參考作 Μ α m 一口、夕 。瑞’且用於解碼該上行鏈路上的該資訊的 或夕個參數是經由一通訊系統的一回載來接收的。 29· 一種裝置,其包括: 一收發機,其經配置以: 上仃鏈路上的資訊,其中該上行鏈路上的該資訊 是從一使用者裝備接收的; 用於解碼一上行鏈路上的該資訊的一或多個參數; μ器其經配置以解碼該上行鏈路上的該資訊;及 一干擾管理模組,其經配置以: 坪估來自該使用者裝備的干擾;及 °十算忒使用者裝備的一標稱干擾。 3 0.如請求項29之裝置 一探測參考信號或者一 一個。 ’其中該上行鏈路上的該資訊是 上行鏈路資源利用訊息中的至少 31.如請求項29之裝置, 用者裝備的該干擾包括: 一信號強度。 其中評估來自一或多個干擾使 決定該上行鏈路上的該資訊的 32·如請求項30之裝置 其中該上行鏈路上的該資訊是 136 201108843 該探測參考錢,且用於解碼該上行鏈路上的該資訊的 一或多個參數是經由一通訊系統的一回载接收的。 33.種促進在一通訊系統的一上行鍵路上進行干擾管 理的方法’該方法包括以下步驟: 接收一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息,其中一或多個上 行鏈路資源利用訊息是由一第一細胞服務區中的一基地 台從除了 s亥第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區 中的一或多個使用者裝備接收的; 量測該一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息的一功率; 決定除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務 區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的一使用-者裝備的一身 份是否已知;及. 回應於決定出除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個 細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝 備的該身份是已知的,決定來自除了該第一細胞服務區 以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝 備中的該使用者裝備的干擾,其中來自除了該第一細胞 服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使 用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的該干擾對應於來自除了該 第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一 或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的一上行鏈路資源 利用訊息的該功率,並且其中該量測的步驟、該決定該 137 201108843 一或多個使用者裝備中的—使用者裝備的一身份是否已 知的步驟以及該決定干擾的步驟亦是由該基地台執行 的。 34.如請求項33之方法,其進一步包括以下步驟: 回應於決定出除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個 細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝 備的該身份是未知的’執行以下操作: 定期接收該-或多個上行鍵路資源利用訊息; 記錄該—或多個上㈣路資源利用訊息的功率的量測結 果; 量測一選定時間段内的—總干擾 將該總干擾指派給該-或多個使用者裝備中的選定使用 者裝備; 將該總干擾的一比率指派給該 該等選定使用者裝備;及 一或多個使用者裝備中 的 計算該-或多個使用者裝備巾的料選定使用者裝備的 標稱干擾,其中該接收的步驟、該記錄的步驟、該量測 的步驟、該指派的步騍 鄉以及§亥計算的步驟是由該基地台 來執行的。 35. -種電腦程式產品,其包括: 一電腦Y讀取媒體,其包括: 138 201108843 一第一組代瑪’其用於使一電腦接收一&lt;多個上行鍵路 資源利用訊息,其中一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息是 由一第一細胞服務區中的一基地台從除了該第一細胞服 務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區中的一或多個使用者裝 備接收的; 一第二組代碼,其用於使該電腦量測該一或多個上行鏈 路資源利用訊息的一功率; 一第三組代碼,其用於使該電腦決定除了該第一細胞服 務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用 者裝備中的一使用者裝備的一身份是否已知;及 一第四組代碼,其用於使該電腦執行以下操作:回應於 決定出除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該—或多個細胞服 務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的該 身份是已知的,決定來自除了該第一細胞服務區以外的 該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的 該使用者裝備的干擾,其中來自除了該第一細胞服務區 以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝 備中的該使用者裝備的該干擾對應於來自除了該第一細 胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個 使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的一上行鏈路資源利用訊 息的S亥功率’其中該基地台包括該電腦。 36.如請求項35之電腦程式產品,其進_步包括: 139 201108843 一第五组代碼’其用於使該電腦定期接收該一或多個上 行鍵路資源利用訊息; 一第六組代碼’其用於使該電腦記錄該一或多個上行鍵 路資源利用訊息的功率的量測結果; 一第七組代碼’其用於使該電腦量測一選定時間段内的 一總干擾; 一第八組代碼,其用於使該電腦將該總干擾指派給該一 或多個使用者裝備中的選定使用者裝備; 一第九組代碼’其用於使該電腦將該總干擾的一比率指 派給該—或多個使用者裝備中的該等選定使用者裝備; 及 一第十組代碼,其用於使該電腦計算該一或多個使用者 裝備中的該等選定使用者裝備的標稱干擾, 其中定期接收該一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息、記錄 該一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的量測結果、 量測一選定時間段内的一總干擾、將該總干擾指派給該 一或多個使用者裝備中的選定使用者装備以及將該總干 擾的一比率指派給該一或多個使用者裝備中的該等選定 使用者裝備是由該基地台來執行的並且回應於決定出除 了該第一細胞服務區以外的該—或多個細胞服務區中的 該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的該身份是未 知的。 140 201108843 37. —種裝置,其包括: 用於接收-或多個上行鍵路資源利用訊息的構件,其中 一或多個上行鍵路杳Λ, 育/原利用訊息由一第一細胞服務區中 的一基地台是從除了該第-細胞服務區以外的-或多個 細肊服務區中的-或多個使用者裝備接收的; 用於量測1¾或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息的一功率的 構件; 用於決定除了該第—細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞 務區中的該《多個使用者裝備中的—使用者褒備的 一身份是否已知的構件;及 用於回應於决Α出除了該第—細胞服務區以外的該一或 多個細胞服務d中的該—或多個使用者裝備中的該使用 者裝備的Θ身知疋已知的,決定來自除了該第—細胞服 務區以外的該—或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用 ::備令的該使用者裝備的干擾的構件,其中來自除了 1 一細胞服務區以外的該-或多個細胞服務區中的該 來1多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的該干擾對應於 除了該第—細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務 :::該-或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的一上 仃鏈路資源利用訊息的該功率。 38.如請求項37之裝置,其進_步包括: 用於定期接㈣-❹個上行鏈路資源利用訊息的 141 201108843 件; 用於§己錄該一或多舶μ 飞夕個上仃鍵路資源 測結果的構件; 心的功率的量 用於量測—選定時間段内的-總干擾的構件; 用於將該總干擾指派給該— 使用者裝備的構件;❹個❹者㈣中的選定 =將:總干擾的一比率指派給該一或多個使用者裝備 中的該等選定使用者裝備的構件;及 用於什算該一或多個使用去^ 者裳備中的該等選定使用者裝 備的標稱干擾的構件, 其中定期接收該等上行鍵路資源利用訊息記錄該等上 行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的量測結果、量測一選定時 間段内的-總干擾、將該總干擾指派給該一或多個使用 者裝備中的敎使用者|備以及將該總干擾的一比率指 派給該一或多個使用者裝備中的該等選定使用者裝備是 回應於決定出除了該第_細胞服務區以外的該一或多個 細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝 備的該身份是未知的。 39. —種裝置,其包括: 一收發機,其經配置以: 接收一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息,其中一或多個上 行鏈路資源利用訊息是由一第—細胞服務區中的一基地 142 201108843 台從除了該第一細胞服務區以外的一或多個細胞服務區 中的一或多個使用者裝備接收的; 一干擾管理模組,其經配置以: 量測該一或多個上行鍵路資源利用訊息的一功率; 決定除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務 區中的該一或多個使用者裝備的一使甩者裝備的一身份 是否已知;及 回應於決定出除了該第一細胞服務區以外的該一或多個 細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝備中的該使用者装 備的該身份是已知的,決定來自除了該第一細胞服務區 以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝 備中的該使用者裝備的干擾,其中來自除了該第—細胞 服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使 用者裝備的該使用者裝備的該干擾對應於來自除了該第 細胞服務區以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一戋 多個使用者裝備中的該使用者裝備的一上行鍵路資源利 用讯息的該功率。 40.如請求項39之裝置,其中該收發機進一步經配置 以·疋期接收該一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息;且該 干擾管理模組進一步經配置以: 記錄該一或多個上行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的量測妗 143 201108843201108843 VII. Patent Application Range: 1' A method for facilitating interference management on an uplink in a wireless communication system, the method comprising the steps of: determining channel gain information measured on a downlink; The channel gain information of the uplink determines interference from one or more interfering user equipment; and calculates a nominal interference based on the interference from one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the step of determining the channel gain information And the step of determining the interference and the step of calculating the nominal interference are performed by a base station, and wherein the nominal interference comprises: when the one or more interfering users are equipped in a selected cell service area The base station is configured to receive a transmission rate loss caused by the base station in the selected cell service area when transmitting on an identical resource set of the beta. 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the wireless communication system is a time division duplex system. 3) The method of claim 1, wherein the base station is a base station in a first cell service area, and the one or more interfering user equipments are user equipment in a first cell service area, The first cell service area is different from the second cell service area. 4. The method of claim 1, wherein the channel gain of the uplink is 129 201108843, the channel gain information measured on the downlink. 5. A computer program product, comprising: a computer readable medium, comprising: a first-group code 'which is used to enable the computer to determine channel gain information measured on the down-down key; a second set of codes 'It is used to cause the computer to determine interference from one or more interfering user equipment based on uplink channel gain information; and a third set of codes for causing the computer to be based on ^ or multiple interfering users The interference is equipped to calculate a nominal interference, wherein the amphibious Δ includes the computer, and wherein the nominal interference comprises: when the plurality of interfering users are equipped with the base L in a selected cell service area A transmission rate loss caused by the base station in the selected cell service area when transmitting on an identical set of resources receiving the information. 6. The computer program product of claim 5, wherein the downlink channel and the uplink channel are in a wireless communication system, wherein the wireless communication system is a time division duplex system. 7. The computer program product of claim 5, wherein the base station is a base station in the first cell service area, and the one or more interfering users are equipped with user equipment in a first cell service area The first cell service area is different from the second cell service area. 130 201108843 8. The computer program product of the request item + #八五5, wherein the channel gain information of the uplink is the channel gain information measured on the link of the & The method comprises: 9. A means for determining channel gain information measured on a μ μ μ A ; link; for determining uplink interference based on channel gain information from - or a plurality of interfering user equipment And means for calculating - nominal interference based on the interference from - or a plurality of interfering user equipment, wherein the nominal interference comprises: when the one or more interfering users are equipped in - selected cells The device in the service area is used to receive information on the same set of resources when transmitting. The transmission rate loss is caused to the device of the selected cell service area. 1. The device of claim 9, wherein the downlink channel and the uplink channel are in a wireless communication system, wherein the wireless communication system is a time division duplex system. 11. The device in claim 1 is a base station, the base station is a base station in a first cell service area, and the one or more interfering user equipment is a second cell The user equipment in the service area is different from the second cell service area. The device of claim 9, wherein the channel gain information of the uplink is the channel gain information measured on the downlink. An apparatus, comprising: an interference management module configured to: determine channel gain information measured on the downlink; and determine channel benefit information from one or more interfering users based on uplink channel gain information Interference; and calculating a nominal interference based on the interference from one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the nominal interference comprises: when the one or more interfering users are equipped in the selected cell service area A transmission rate loss caused by the device in the selected cell service area when transmitting on an identical set of resources for receiving information. 14. The apparatus of claim 13 wherein the downlink channel and the uplink channel are in a wireless communication system, the wireless communication system is a time division duplex system. 15. The apparatus of claim 13 1 The device is - base station 1.L human 〇.... ^ The platform is - in the - cell service area - its two, the base interferes with the user's display is a second and second 'and the one Or the user equipment in the plurality of L service areas, in the cell-area (four) second cell service area. 132 201108843 16_ The device of claim 13, wherein the channel gain information of the uplink is on the downlink The channel gain information measured on the link. 1 7. A method for facilitating interference management on an uplink of a communication system, the method comprising the steps of: receiving information on an uplink; receiving for decoding the uplink One or more parameters of the information on the link; decoding the information on the uplink; evaluating interference from the user equipment; and calculating a nominal interference of the user's equipment, wherein the information is received Step ° The step of one or more parameters, the step of decoding, the step of evaluating, and the step of calculating are performed by a base station. The method of claim 17, wherein the information on the uplink is a sounding reference At least 20 of the signal or the uplink resource information message, such as the method of claim 18, wherein the detection reference sister n 该 the information on the uplink is J Maihao, and is used to solve the problem on the bamboo 133 201108843 One or more parameters of the information on the link are beta 2 1. computer program products received via a backhaul of the communication system, comprising: a computer readable medium comprising: a set of codes for causing a computer to receive information on an uplink, wherein the information on the uplink is received from a user equipment; a second set of codes for causing the computer to receive Decoding one or more parameters of the information on the uplink; a second set of codes for causing the computer to decode the information on the uplink; a fourth set of codes for causing the computer to evaluate from Interference of the user equipment; and &quot; a fifth set of codes for causing the computer to calculate a nominal interference of the user equipment 'where the base station includes the computer. , wherein the uplink on the uplink Link resource utilization message 22. The computer program product of claim 2, the information is at least one of a sounding reference signal or a _t. wherein the evaluation comes from one or more decisions on the uplink 23_ as requested The computer program product of item 21, the interference that interferes with the user equipment includes: a signal strength of the information. 134 201108843 24. The computer program product of claim 22, φ na&lt; item 22, wherein the capital is Detecting the reference signal and for decoding the uplink = signal - or a plurality of parameters is via - communication system - back loading:: 25. A device 'which includes: wherein the uplink is for receiving - on the uplink The information on the component of the information is a component of one or more parameters received from a user equipment for receiving the number of the tfl for decoding the upper (four) road; for decoding the uplink Means for evaluating the interference from the user equipment;; the information on the member, and means for calculating a nominal interference of the user equipment. For example, the device of claim 25, wherein the information on the uplink is at least one of a sounding reference signal or an uplink resource utilization message. 27. The device of claim 25, wherein the assessing the interference from the one or more interfering user equipment comprises: a strength of the information on the uplink of the shirt. 135 201108843 28. The device of claim 26, wherein the information on the uplink is the sounding reference 作α m. And the parameters used to decode the information on the uplink are received via a backhaul of a communication system. 29. An apparatus, comprising: a transceiver configured to: information on an uplink link, wherein the information on the uplink is received from a user equipment; to decode the uplink on an uplink One or more parameters of the information; the μ device is configured to decode the information on the uplink; and an interference management module configured to: pedest the interference from the user equipment; A nominal interference of the user equipment. 3 0. The device of claim 29 is a sounding reference signal or one. The information on the uplink is at least 31 of the uplink resource utilization message. The device of claim 29 includes: the signal strength. Means for evaluating the information from the one or more interferences that determine the information on the uplink, such as the requesting item 30, wherein the information on the uplink is 136 201108843 the sounding reference money and used to decode the uplink One or more parameters of the information are received via a backhaul of a communication system. 33. A method of facilitating interference management on an uplink keyway of a communication system. The method comprises the steps of: receiving one or more uplink resource utilization messages, wherein one or more uplink resource utilization messages are A base station in a first cell service area is received from one or more user equipment in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area of the shai; measuring the one or more uplinks a power of the road resource utilization message; determining whether an identity of one of the one or more user equipments in the one or more user service areas other than the first cell service area is known; And in response to determining that the identity of the user equipment in the one or more user equipment in the one or more cellular service areas other than the first cell service area is known, the decision is from Interference from the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas outside the first cell service area, wherein from the first cell service area The interference of the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas corresponds to from the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The power of an uplink resource utilization message of the user equipment in the one or more user equipments, and wherein the step of measuring, the determining the use of the 137 201108843 one or more user equipments The step of determining whether an identity of the equipment is known and the step of determining the interference is also performed by the base station. 34. The method of claim 33, further comprising the step of: responsive to determining the use in the one or more user equipment in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The identity of the equipment is unknown 'Do the following: periodically receive the - or multiple uplink resource utilization messages; record the measurement results of the power of the - or multiple (four) resource utilization messages; The total interference within the time period assigns the total interference to the selected user equipment of the one or more user equipments; assigning a ratio of the total interference to the selected user equipment; and one or more Calculating, in the user equipment, the nominal interference of the user equipment equipment or the plurality of user equipment towels, wherein the step of receiving, the step of recording, the step of measuring, the stepping town of the assignment, and The steps of the calculation are performed by the base station. 35. A computer program product, comprising: a computer Y reading medium, comprising: 138 201108843 a first group of dai mai's for causing a computer to receive a &lt;multiple uplink resource utilization information, wherein The one or more uplink resource utilization messages are received by a base station in a first cell service area from one or more user equipments in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area a second set of codes for causing the computer to measure a power of the one or more uplink resource utilization messages; a third set of codes for causing the computer to determine the first cell service Whether an identity of a user equipment of the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas outside the zone is known; and a fourth set of codes for causing the computer to perform the following operations Responding to determining that the identity of the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area is known, the decision is from the first Interference from the user equipment in the one or more user equipment in the one or more cellular service areas outside the cell service area, wherein the one or more cellular services are other than the first cell service area The interference of the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the zone corresponds to the one or more user equipment from the one or more cell service zones other than the first cell service zone The uplink resource utilization information of the user equipment is Shai power where the base station includes the computer. 36. The computer program product of claim 35, further comprising: 139 201108843 a fifth set of codes 'for causing the computer to periodically receive the one or more uplink resource utilization messages; a sixth set of codes 'a measurement result for causing the computer to record the power of the one or more uplink resource utilization messages; a seventh set of codes 'for causing the computer to measure a total interference for a selected period of time; An eighth set of codes for causing the computer to assign the total interference to selected user equipment of the one or more user equipment; a ninth set of codes for causing the computer to cause the total interference a ratio assigned to the selected user equipment in the one or more user equipment; and a tenth set of codes for causing the computer to calculate the selected users of the one or more user equipment a nominal interference of the equipment, wherein the one or more uplink resource utilization messages are periodically received, the measurement results of the power of the one or more uplink resource utilization messages are recorded, and a total of a selected time period is measured. dry Assigning the total interference to the selected user equipment of the one or more user equipments and assigning a ratio of the total interference to the selected user equipment of the one or more user equipments The identity of the user equipment in the one or more user equipment that is executed by the base station and in response to determining that the one or more cellular service areas other than the first cell service area is unknown. 140 201108843 37. A device, comprising: means for receiving - or a plurality of uplink resource utilization messages, wherein one or more uplink routes, a primary/primary utilization message is provided by a first cell service area One of the base stations is received from - or a plurality of user equipments other than the first cell service area - or a plurality of fine service areas; for measuring 13⁄4 or more uplink resource utilization messages a power component for determining whether an identity of the user equipment in the plurality of user equipments in the one or more cell areas other than the first cell service area is known And responsive to the knowledge of the user equipment in the one or more user services other than the first cell service area Determining the one or more uses from the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area: a component of the user equipment that is ordered to be interfered with, wherein The one or more The interference of the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the cell service area corresponds to the one or more cell services other than the first cell service area::: the or more users The power of an uplink link resource utilization message of the user equipment in the equipment. 38. The device of claim 37, further comprising: 141 201108843 for periodically receiving (four) - one uplink resource utilization message; for § recording the one or more ships The component of the key resource measurement result; the amount of power of the heart is used to measure - the component of the total interference in the selected time period; the component used to assign the total interference to the user equipment; the latter (4) Selected in = assigning a ratio of total interference to the components of the selected user equipment in the one or more user equipment; and for the one or more of the ones And a component of the nominal interference of the selected user equipment, wherein the uplink signal resource utilization message is periodically received to record the measurement result of the power of the uplink resource utilization message, and the total interference in the selected time period is measured. Assigning the total interference to the user equipment in the one or more user equipment and assigning a ratio of the total interference to the selected user equipment in the one or more user equipment is a response Decided to get rid of The one or more of the one or more user equipment in the cell service area the identity of the user apparatus installed outside the service area of the cell _ is unknown. 39. An apparatus, comprising: a transceiver configured to: receive one or more uplink resource utilization messages, wherein one or more uplink resource utilization messages are from a first cell service area One base 142 201108843 is received from one or more user equipments in one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area; an interference management module configured to: measure the one Or a power of the plurality of uplink resource utilization messages; determining an identity of a messenger device of the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area Whether it is known; and in response to determining that the identity of the user equipment in the one or more user equipments in the one or more cellular service areas other than the first cell service area is known, Determining interference from the user equipment in the one or more user equipment in the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area, wherein from the first cell The interference of the user equipment of the one or more user equipments in the one or more cell service areas outside the service area corresponds to the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The power of an uplink routing resource utilization message of the user equipment in the plurality of user equipments. 40. The device of claim 39, wherein the transceiver is further configured to receive the one or more uplink resource utilization messages periodically; and the interference management module is further configured to: record the one or more Measurement of the power of the uplink resource utilization message 妗 143 201108843 量測一選定時間段内的一總干擾; 的選定使用 將該總干擾指派給該一或多個使用者裝備中 者裝備; 多個使用者裝備中的 等選定使用者裝備的 將該總干擾的一比率指派給該一或 該等選定使用者裝備;及 計算該一或多個使用者裝備中的該 標稱干擾, 其中定期接收該等上行鍵路資源利用訊息、記錄該等上 行鏈路資源利用訊息的功率的量測結果、量測一選定時 間段内的一總干擾、將該總干擾指派給該一或多個使用 者裝備中的選定使用者裝備以及將該總干擾的—比率指 派給該-或多個使用者裝備中的該等選定使用者裳備是 由該干擾管理模組回應於決定出除了該第—細胞服務區 以外的該一或多個細胞服務區中的該一或多個使用者裝 備中的該使用者裝備的該身份是未知的而執行的。 41. 一種促進在一上行鏈路上進行干擾管理的方法,該方 法包括以下步驟: Λ 計算通道增益資訊’其中該通道增益資訊是由一基地台 來計算的且指示該基地台和—或多個干擾使用者裝備之 間的一通道; 設定該基地台和該一或多個干擾使用者裝備中的至少— 個干擾使用者裝備之間的一標稱干擾; 144 201108843 决疋《亥基地台要從由該基地台服務的一或多個使用者裝 備接收的訊務的一優先順序;及 向該一或多個干擾使用者裝備發射一資源利用訊息,其 中該資源利用訊息包括:該基地台要從由該基地台服務 的一或多個使用者裝備接收的訊務的該優先順序,以及 該基地台和該一或多個干擾使用者裝備之間的該標稱干 擾,其中該計算的步驟、該設定的步驟、該決定的步驟 和遠發射的步驟亦是由該基地台來執行的。 42. 如請求項41之方法,其進一步包括以下步驟: 從該一或多個干擾使用者裝備接收用於指示預期排程的 資訊,其中用於指示該預期排程的該資訊基於該資源利 用訊息中的該標稱干擾和該訊務的該優先順序; 決定去往由該基地台服務的該一或多個使用者裝備的一 指派結果,該指派結果基於來自該一或多個干擾使用者 裝備的用於指示該預期排程的該資訊丨及 接收根據該指派結果所發射的資訊,其t該接收用於指 示預期排程的資訊的步驟、該決m结果的步驟和 該接收根據該指派結果所發射的資訊的步驟是由該基地 台來執行的。 43. 如請求項41之方法’其中該計算通道增益資訊的步 驟包括以下步驟中的至少一個步驟·· 145 201108843 基於一量測報告和用於在與該上行鏈路的一頻帶相對應 的—頻帶上指示一下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊, 計算該通道增益資訊;或者 量測該基地台從該一或多個干擾使用者裝備接收的一探 測參考信號的一功率位準。 44. 如請求項42之方法,其中該指派結果包括—資料速 率或頻寬分配中的至少一個,其中由該基地台服務的 S或多個使用者裝備將以該資料速率或該頻寬分配中 的至少一個在該上行鏈路上向該基地台發射資料。 45. 如凊求項41之方法,其中該設定該標稱干擾的步驟 包括以下步驟:將一值指派給該標稱干擾,以使得該一 或多個干擾使用者裝備中的一選定數量的最主要干擾使 用者裝備執行一後移。 46. —種電腦程式產品,其包括: 一電腦可讀取媒體,其包括: 一第一組代碼,其用於使一電腦計算通道增益資訊,其 中該通道增益資訊是由—基地台計算的且指示該基地台 和一或多個干擾使用者裝備之間的一通道; -第二組代碼’其用於使該電腦設定該基地台和該—或 多個干擾使用者裝備中的至少—個干擾使用者裝備之間 146 201108843 的一標稱干擾; 一第三組代碼,其用於使該電腦決定該基地台要從由該 基地台服務的一或多個使用者裝備接收的訊務的一優先 順序;及 一第四組代碼’其用於使該電腦向該一或多個干擾使用 者裝備發射一資源利用訊息,其中該資源利用訊息包 括··該基地台要從由該基地台服務的一或多個使用者裝 備接收的訊務的該優先順序,以及該基地台和該一或多 個干擾使用者裝備之間的該標稱干擾,其中該基地台包 括該電腦。 47_如請求項46之電腦程式產品,其進一步包括: 一第五組代碼,其用於使該電腦從該一或多個干擾使用 者裝備接收用於指示預期排程的資訊,其中用於指示該 預期排程的該資訊基於該資源利用訊息中的該標稱干擾 和該訊務的該優先順序; 一第六組代碼,其用於使該電腦決定去往由該基地台服 務的該一或多個使用者裝備的一指派結果,該指派結果 基於來自該-或多個干擾使用者裝備的用於指示該 排程的該資訊;及 -第七組代碼,其用於使該電腦接收根據該指派結果 發射的資訊。 147 201108843 4 8 ·如睛求jg / γ &lt;電腦程式產^ ’其中計算通道增益資 括以下各項中的至少一個: ΐ:頻:測報告和用於在與一上行鏈路的-頻帶相對應 叶算通^指示—下行鍵路上的通道狀況的功率資訊, 计异通道增益資訊;或者 量測s亥基地Α. Q從碡一或多個干擾使用者裝備接收的一探 測參考k號的—功率位準。 -青长項47之電腦程式產品,其中該指派結果包括 :資料速率或-頻寬分配中的至少-個,其中由該基地 口服務的該—或多個使用者裝備將以該資料速率或該頻 寬刀配中的至少-個在-上行鏈路上向該基地台發射資 料。 5〇‘如請求項46之電腦程式產品,#中該設定該標稱干 擾包括·將—值指派給該標稱干擾,以使得該—或多個 干擾使用者裝備中的—選定數量的最主要干擾使用者襄 備執行一後移。 51· 一種裝置,其包括: 於。十算通道增益資訊的構件,其中該通道增益資訊是 由基地台計算的且指示該基地台和一或多個干擾使用 者裝備之間的一通道; 148 201108843 用於設定該基地台和該一或多個干擾使用者裝備中的至 少一個干擾使用者裝備之間的一標稱干擾的構件; 用於決定該基地台要從由該基地台服務的一或多個使用 者裝備接收的訊務的一優先順序的構件;及 用於向該一或多個干擾使用者裝備發射一資源利用訊息 的構件’其中s亥資源利用訊息包括:該基地台要從由該 基地台服務的一或多個使用者裝備接收的訊務的該優先 順序以及該基地台和該一或多個干擾使用者裝備之間 的該標稱干擾。 52·如請求項51之裝置,其進一步包括: 用於從該一或多個干擾使用者裝備接收用於指示預期排 程的資訊的構件,其中用於指示該預期排程的該資訊基 於该資源利用訊息中的該標稱干擾和該訊務的該優先順 序; 用於決定去往由該基地台服務的該一或多個使用者裝備 的一指派結果的構件,該指派結果基於來自該一或多個 干擾使用者裝備的用於指示該預期排程的該資訊;及 用於接收根據該指派結果所發射的資訊的構件。 53 ·如明求項5 1之裝置’其中該用於計算通道增益資訊 的構件包括以下構件中的至少一個構件: 用於基於一量測報告和用於在與一上行鏈路的一頻帶相 149 201108843 對應的一 頭帶上指示一下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資 Λ來。十算通道增益資訊的構件;或者 用於里測該基地台從該一或多個干擾使用者裝備接收的 探測參考信號的一功率位準的構件。 54·如清求項52之裝置,其中該指派結果包括一資料速 率或一頻寬分配中的至少一個,其中由該基地台服務的 該或多個使用者裝備將以該資料速率或該頻寬分配中 的至乂 一個在一上行鏈路上向該基地台發射資料。 55.如请求項51之裝置,其中該用於設定該標稱干擾的 包括.用於將一值指派給該標稱干擾,以使得該一 或多個干擾使用者裝備中的一選定數量的最主要干擾使 用者裝備執行一後移的構件。 56· —種裝置,其包括: 干擾管理模組,其經配置以: 計算通道增益資訊,其中該通道增益資訊是由-基地台 。十算的且扎示該基地台和一或多個干擾使用者裝備之間 的一通道; 設定該基地台和該一或多個干擾使用者裝備中的至少— 個干擾使用者裝備之間的一標稱干擾; 決定該基地台要從由該基地台服務的-或多個使用者裝 150 201108843 備接收的訊務的一優先順序;及 向該一或多個干擾使用者裝備發射一資源利用訊息,其 中該資源利用訊息包括:該基地台要從由該基地台服務 的一或多個使用者裝備接收的訊務的該優先順序,以及 該基地台和該一或多個干擾使用者裝備之間的該標稱干 擾。 57·如請求項56之裝置,其進一步包括: 一收發機,其經配置以: 從該一或多個干擾使用者裝備接收用於指示預期排程的 資訊,其中用於指示該預期排程的該資訊基於該資源利 用訊息中的該標稱干擾和該訊務的該優先順序; 其中該干擾管理模組進一步經配置以:決定去往由該基 地台服務的該一或多個使用者裝備的一指派結果,該指 派結果基於來自該一或多個干擾使用者裝備的用於指示 該預期排程的該資訊;及 其中該收發機進一步經配置以:接收根據該指派結果所 發射的資訊。 58.如請.求項56之裝置,其中計算該通道增益資訊包括 以下各項中的至少一個: 基於一量測報告和用於在與一上行鏈路的一頻帶相對應 的一頻帶上指示一下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊, 151 201108843 計算該通道增益資訊;或者 量測該基地台從該-或多個干擾使用者裝備接收的一探 測參考信號的一功率位準。 59.如請求項57之裝置,其中該指派結果包括一資料 速率或-頻寬分配中的至少一個,其中由該基地台服務 的該一或多個使用者裝備將以該資料速率或該頻寬分配 中的至少一個在一上行鏈路上向該基地台發射資料。 6〇·如請求項56之裝置,其中設定該標稱干擾包括: 將-值指派給該標稱干擾,以使得該一或多個干擾使用 者裳備中的m量的最主要干擾使用者裝備執行― 後移。 61_ —種促進在一上行鏈路上進行干擾管理的方法,該方 法包括以下步驟: 發射用於在-基地台處決定通道增益資訊的資訊,其中 該發射用於在-基地台處決定通道增益資訊的資訊的步 驟是由一使用者裝備來執行的; 由該使用者裝備接收一資诉刹田 έ ^貝原利用讯息,其中該資源利用 訊息包括: 要由該基地台在服務鏈路上從由該基地台服務的使用者 裝備接收的訊務的一優先順序;及 152 201108843 該基地台和該使用者裝備之間的標稱干擾的-值,其中 該標稱干擾的該值是基於該通道增益資訊的;及 發射用於指示預期排程的資訊,其中該發射的步驟由該 使用者裝備執行’並且其中用於指示預期排程的該資訊 ;由β亥基地α服務的使用者裝備的該標稱干擾的該 值要在服務鍵路上接收的該訊務的該優先順序、該等 服務鍵路上的料道增益資訊、未由該基W服務的使 用者裝備的該標稱干擾、要在干擾鏈路上接收的該訊務 的該優先順序或該等干擾鏈路上的該通道增益資訊,並 且其中使用用於指示預期排程的該資訊來決定去往由該 基地台服務㈣使用者裝備的—指派結果。 其中該等服務鏈路上的該通道 62·如請求項61之方法 增益資訊基於以下各項中的纟少一個: 置測報告和用於在與該上行鍵路的一頻帶相對應的一 頻帶上指不一下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊;或者 該基地台從該使用者I備接收的-探測參考信號的一功 率位準。 63 ·如請求項6丨夕士 去’其中該指派結果包括一資料速 率或一頻寬分配φίΛζ: I -中的至少一個,其中由該基地台服務的 該使用者裝備能翁! ν 侑能夠以該資料速率或該頻寬分配中的至少 一個在該上杆絲牧 订鍵路上向該基地台發射資料。 153 201108843 64. —種電腦程式產品,其包括: 一電腦可讀取媒體,其包括: 一第一組代碼,其用於使一電腦發射用於在一基地台處 決定通道增益資訊的資訊,其中該發射用於在_基地台 處決定通道增益資訊的資訊是由一使用者裝備來執行 的; 一第二組代碼,其用於使該電腦接收一資源利用訊息, 其中該資源利用訊息包括: 要由該基地台從由該基地台服務的使用者裝備接收的訊 務的一優先順序;及 該基地台和該使用者裝備之間的標稱干擾的一值,其中 該標稱干擾的該值是基於該通道增益資訊的;及 一第三組代碼,其用於使該電腦發射用於指示預期排程 的資訊,其中用於指示預期排程的該資訊基於由該基地 σ服務的使用者裝備的該標稱干擾的該值、要在服務鍵 路上接收的該訊務的該優先順序、該等服務鍵路上的該 通k a益資汛、未由該基地台服務的使用者裝備的該標 稱干擾要在干擾鍵路上接收的該訊務的該優先順序或 該等干擾键路上的該通道增益資訊,並且其中使用用於 扣丁預期排程的该資訊來決定去往由該基地台服務的該 使用者裝備的一指派結果。 154 201108843 “求項64之電腦程式產品,其中該通道增益資訊 基於以下各項中的至少一個: 1測報告和用於在與-上行鏈路的—頻帶相對應的一 頻帶上指不—下行鍵路上的通道狀況的功率資訊;或者 該基地台從該使用者裝備接收的—探測參考信號的一功 率位準。 如請求項64之電腦程式產品,其中該指派結果包括 資料速率或-頻寬分配中的至少—個,其中由該基地 台服務的該使用者裝備能夠以該資料速率或該頻寬分配 中的至少-個在一上行鏈路上向該基地台發射資料。 67. —種裝置,其包括: 用於發射用於在-基地台處決定通道增益資訊的資訊的 構件其|5亥發射用於在一基地台處決定通道增益資訊 的資訊是由一使用者裝備來執行的; 用於接收-資源利用訊息的構件’其中該資源利用訊息 包括: “ 要由該基地台從由該基地台服務的使用者裝備接收的訊 務的一優先順序;及 該基地台和該使用者裝備之間的標稱干擾的一值,其中 該標稱干擾的該值是基於該通道增益資訊的;及 用於發射用於指示預期排程的資訊的構件,其中用於扣 155 201108843 示預期排程的該資訊基於由該基地台服務的使用者裝備 的該標稱干擾的該值'要在服務鏈路上接收的該訊務的 該優先順序、.該等服務鏈路上的該通道增益資訊、未由 該基地台服務的使用者裝備的該標稱干擾、要在干擾鍵 路上接收的5亥況務的該優先順序或該等干擾鍵路上的該 通道增益資訊,並且其中使用用於指示預期排程的該資 訊來決定去往由該基地台服務的該使用者裝備的一指派 結果。 68.如請求項67之裝置,其中該通道增益資訊基於以下 各項中的至少一個: 一量測報告和用於在與一上行鏈路的一頻帶相對應的一 頻帶上指示一下行鏈路上的通道狀況的功率資訊;或者 該基地台從該使用者裝備接收的一探測參考信號的一功 率位準。 69·如請求項67之裝置,其中該指派結果包括一資料速 率或-頻寬分配中的至少一個’其中由該基地台服務的 該使用者震備能狗以該資料速率或該頻寬分配中的至少 個在上行鏈路上向該基地台發射資料。 70. —種裴置,其包括: 一收發機’其經配置以: 156 201108843 發射用於在一基地台處決定通道增益資訊的資訊,其中Measure a total interference within a selected time period; the selected use assigns the total interference to the one or more user equipments; the total interference of the selected user equipment of the plurality of user equipment a ratio assigned to the one or the selected user equipment; and calculating the nominal interference in the one or more user equipment, wherein the uplink resource utilization information is periodically received, and the uplinks are recorded Measure the power of the resource utilization message, measure a total interference over a selected time period, assign the total interference to selected user equipment in the one or more user equipments, and rate the total interference The selected user avatar assigned to the one or more user equipment is responsive by the interference management module to determine the one or more cell service areas other than the first cell service area The identity of the user equipment in one or more user equipment is performed without knowledge. 41. A method of facilitating interference management on an uplink, the method comprising the steps of: Λ calculating channel gain information 'where the channel gain information is calculated by a base station and indicating the base station and/or Interfering with a channel between user equipment; setting a nominal interference between the base station and at least one of the one or more interfering user equipments; 144 201108843 a priority sequence of traffic received from one or more user equipments served by the base station; and transmitting a resource utilization message to the one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the resource utilization message comprises: the base station The prioritization of traffic to be received from one or more user equipment served by the base station, and the nominal interference between the base station and the one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the calculation The steps, the set of steps, the steps of the decision, and the step of remote transmission are also performed by the base station. 42. The method of claim 41, further comprising the steps of: receiving information indicative of an expected schedule from the one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the information indicative of the expected schedule is based on the resource utilization The nominal interference in the message and the prioritization of the message; determining an assignment result to the one or more user equipment served by the base station, the assignment result being based on the one or more interference uses The information that is provided to indicate the expected schedule and receive information transmitted according to the assignment result, the step of receiving information for indicating the expected schedule, the step of the result of the decision, and the receiving basis The step of assigning the information transmitted by the result is performed by the base station. 43. The method of claim 41, wherein the step of calculating channel gain information comprises at least one of the following steps: 145 201108843 based on a measurement report and for corresponding to a frequency band of the uplink - The power information indicating the channel condition on the downlink is calculated in the frequency band, the channel gain information is calculated, or a power level of a sounding reference signal received by the base station from the one or more interfering user equipments is measured. 44. The method of claim 42, wherein the assignment result comprises at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the S or plurality of user equipment served by the base station will be allocated at the data rate or the bandwidth At least one of the devices transmits data to the base station on the uplink. 45. The method of claim 41, wherein the step of setting the nominal interference comprises the step of assigning a value to the nominal interference such that a selected number of the one or more interfering user equipment The most important interference with the user equipment is to perform a back shift. 46. A computer program product, comprising: a computer readable medium, comprising: a first set of codes for causing a computer to calculate channel gain information, wherein the channel gain information is calculated by a base station And indicating a channel between the base station and one or more interfering user equipments; - a second set of codes 'for causing the computer to set at least one of the base station and the one or more interfering user equipments - a nominal interference between user equipment 146 201108843; a third set of codes for causing the computer to determine the information that the base station is to receive from one or more user equipment served by the base station a priority sequence; and a fourth set of codes for causing the computer to transmit a resource utilization message to the one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the resource utilization message includes: the base station is to be The prioritization of the received traffic of one or more user equipment of the station service, and the nominal interference between the base station and the one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the base station Comprising the computer. 47. The computer program product of claim 46, further comprising: a fifth set of codes for causing the computer to receive information from the one or more interfering user equipment indicating an expected schedule, wherein The information indicating the expected schedule is based on the nominal interference in the resource utilization message and the priority order of the service; a sixth set of codes for causing the computer to decide to go to the service served by the base station An assignment result of one or more user equipment based on the information from the one or more interfering user equipments for indicating the schedule; and - a seventh set of codes for causing the computer Receiving information transmitted according to the assignment result. 147 201108843 4 8 · If you want jg / γ &lt; computer program production ^ 'where the calculation channel gains include at least one of the following: ΐ: frequency: test report and used in the uplink with a band Corresponding to the leaf calculation ^ indication - the power information of the channel condition on the downlink key, the different channel gain information; or the measurement shai base Q. Q a detection reference k received from one or more interfering user equipment - power level. - a computer program product of 青长项47, wherein the assignment result comprises: at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the one or more user equipment served by the base port will be at the data rate or At least one of the bandwidth knives transmits data to the base station on an uplink. 5〇', as in the computer program product of claim 46, the setting of the nominal interference includes assigning a value to the nominal interference such that the selected quantity of the one or more interfering user equipments The main interference user is responsible for performing a back shift. 51. A device comprising: a component for calculating channel gain information, wherein the channel gain information is calculated by the base station and indicates a channel between the base station and one or more interfering user equipment; 148 201108843 is used to set the base station and the one Or a component of at least one of the interfering user equipments that interferes with a nominal interference between the user equipment; for determining a service that the base station is to receive from one or more user equipment served by the base station a prioritized component; and means for transmitting a resource utilization message to the one or more interfering user equipments, wherein the information of the resource utilization includes: the base station is to be served by one or more services served by the base station The prioritization of the user's equipment received traffic and the nominal interference between the base station and the one or more interfering user equipment. 52. The device of claim 51, further comprising: means for receiving information indicative of the expected schedule from the one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the information indicative of the expected schedule is based on the The nominal interference in the resource utilization message and the priority order of the service; means for determining an assignment result to the one or more user equipments served by the base station, the assignment result is based on One or more pieces of information interfering with the user equipment for indicating the expected schedule; and means for receiving information transmitted in accordance with the assignment result. 53. The apparatus of claim 5, wherein the means for calculating channel gain information comprises at least one of the following components: for reporting based on a measurement and for using a frequency band with an uplink 149 201108843 The corresponding power head with the status of the channel on the line is indicated. A component that calculates channel gain information; or a component for measuring a power level of the sounding reference signal received by the base station from the one or more interfering user equipment. 54. The apparatus of claim 52, wherein the assignment result comprises at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the one or more user equipment served by the base station will be at the data rate or the frequency One of the wide allocations transmits data to the base station on an uplink. 55. The apparatus of claim 51, wherein the means for setting the nominal interference is for assigning a value to the nominal interference such that a selected number of the one or more interfering user equipment The most important component that interferes with the user's equipment to perform a back-shift. 56. An apparatus, comprising: an interference management module configured to: calculate channel gain information, wherein the channel gain information is by a base station. And calculating a channel between the base station and one or more interfering user equipment; setting between the base station and at least one of the one or more interfering user equipments a nominal interference; determining a priority order in which the base station is to receive traffic from the base station or the plurality of users 150 201108843; and transmitting a resource to the one or more interfering user equipment Using the message, wherein the resource utilization message includes: the priority order of the information to be received by the base station from one or more user equipments served by the base station, and the base station and the one or more interfering users This nominal interference between equipment. 57. The device of claim 56, further comprising: a transceiver configured to: receive information indicative of an expected schedule from the one or more interfering user equipment, wherein the expected schedule is indicated The information is based on the nominal interference in the resource utilization message and the priority order of the service; wherein the interference management module is further configured to: decide to go to the one or more users served by the base station An assignment result of the equipment, the assignment result being based on the information from the one or more interfering user equipments indicating the expected schedule; and wherein the transceiver is further configured to: receive the transmission according to the assignment result News. 58. The apparatus of claim 56, wherein calculating the channel gain information comprises at least one of: based on a measurement report and for indicating on a frequency band corresponding to a frequency band of an uplink Power information of the channel condition on a downlink, 151 201108843 calculates the channel gain information; or measures a power level of a sounding reference signal received by the base station from the one or more interfering user equipments. 59. The device of claim 57, wherein the assignment result comprises at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the one or more user equipment served by the base station will be at the data rate or the frequency At least one of the wide allocations transmits data to the base station on an uplink. 6. The device of claim 56, wherein the setting the nominal interference comprises: assigning a value to the nominal interference such that the one of the one or more interfering users has the largest amount of interfering user equipment in the amount of m Execute - Backward. 61_A method for facilitating interference management on an uplink, the method comprising the steps of: transmitting information for determining channel gain information at a base station, wherein the transmission is used to determine channel gain information at a base station The step of information is performed by a user equipment; receiving, by the user equipment, a complaint to the Shatin έ Beiyuan utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message comprises: the base station is to be on the service link a priority order of the services received by the user of the base station service; and 152 201108843 the nominal interference-value between the base station and the user equipment, wherein the value of the nominal interference is based on the gain of the channel And transmitting information for indicating an expected schedule, wherein the step of transmitting is performed by the user equipment 'and wherein the information is used to indicate an expected schedule; the user is equipped by the user of the beta base a service The priority of the nominal interference to be received on the service key, the priority of the traffic, the channel gain information on the service key, not The nominal interference of the user equipment of the W service, the priority order of the traffic to be received on the interference link or the channel gain information on the interference links, and the information used to indicate the expected schedule is used therein To decide to go to the equipment assigned by the base station (4) - the assignment result. Wherein the channel 62 on the service links, such as the method gain information of claim 61, is based on one of: a set report and a frequency band corresponding to a frequency band of the uplink link Refers to the power information of the channel condition on the downlink; or the power level of the sounding reference signal received by the base station from the user I. 63. If the request item 6 去 去 goes to 'where the assignment result includes at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation φίΛζ: I - wherein the user serviced by the base station is capable of! ν 侑 can transmit data to the base station at the data rate or at least one of the bandwidth allocations on the upper wire pasting key. 153 201108843 64. A computer program product, comprising: a computer readable medium, comprising: a first set of codes for causing a computer to transmit information for determining channel gain information at a base station, The information for determining the channel gain information at the base station is performed by a user equipment; a second group of codes for causing the computer to receive a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message includes : a priority sequence of traffic to be received by the base station from user equipment served by the base station; and a value of nominal interference between the base station and the user equipment, wherein the nominal interference The value is based on the channel gain information; and a third set of codes for causing the computer to transmit information indicating the expected schedule, wherein the information used to indicate the expected schedule is based on the service served by the base σ The value of the nominal interference of the user equipment, the priority order of the service to be received on the service key road, the credit card on the service key road, not used by the base The nominal interference of the user equipment of the service is the priority order of the traffic to be received on the interference keyway or the channel gain information on the interference keyway, and the information used to buckle the expected schedule is used therein. Deciding to assign an assignment result to the user equipment served by the base station. 154 201108843 "Computer program product of claim 64, wherein the channel gain information is based on at least one of the following: 1 test report and a frequency band corresponding to the frequency band corresponding to the - uplink - not down Power information of the channel condition on the keyway; or a power level of the sounding reference signal received by the base station from the user equipment. The computer program product of claim 64, wherein the assignment result includes a data rate or a bandwidth At least one of the allocations, wherein the user equipment served by the base station is capable of transmitting data to the base station on at least one of the data rate or the bandwidth allocation. And comprising: means for transmitting information for determining channel gain information at the base station, wherein the information for determining the channel gain information at a base station is performed by a user equipment; a means for receiving a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message includes: "To be picked up by the base station from a user served by the base station a priority order of the traffic; and a value of the nominal interference between the base station and the user equipment, wherein the value of the nominal interference is based on the gain information of the channel; and A component of information that is expected to be scheduled, wherein the information for the expected schedule is deducted 155 201108843 based on the value of the nominal interference of the user serviced by the base station 'the service to be received on the service link The priority order, the channel gain information on the service links, the nominal interference not provided by the user served by the base station, the priority order of the 5 voyages to be received on the interference key path, or the The channel gain information on the interfering keyway, and wherein the information used to indicate the expected schedule is used to determine an assignment result to the user equipment served by the base station. 68. The apparatus of claim 67, wherein the channel gain information is based on at least one of: a measurement report and for indicating a downlink on a frequency band corresponding to a frequency band of an uplink Power information of the channel condition; or a power level of a sounding reference signal received by the base station from the user equipment. 69. The device of claim 67, wherein the assignment result comprises at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the user served by the base station is capable of being allocated at the data rate or the bandwidth At least one of them transmits data to the base station on the uplink. 70. A device, comprising: a transceiver configured to: 156 201108843 transmitting information for determining channel gain information at a base station, wherein 該發射用於在一基地台處決定通道增益資訊的資訊是由 使用者裝備來執行的; 接收一資源利用訊息,其中該資源利用訊息包括: 要由該基地台從由該基地台服務的使用者裝備接收的訊 務的一優先順序;及 該基地台和該使用者裝備之間的標稱干擾的一值,其中 該標稱干擾的該值是基於該通道增益資訊的;及 發射用於指示㈣排程的資訊,其中用於指示預期排程 的該資訊基於由該基地台服務的使用者裝備的該標稱干 擾的該值、要在服務鏈路上接收的該訊務的該優先順 序、該等服務料上的該通道增益資訊、未由該基地台 服務的使用者裝備的該標稱干擾、要在干擾鏈路上接收 的該訊務的該優先順序或該等干擾鏈路上的該通道增益 資訊’並且其中使用用於指示預期排程的該資訊來決定 去往由該基地台服務的該使用者裝備的—指派結果。 其中該通道增益資訊基於以下 71·如請求項70之裝置, 各項中的至少一個: 一量測報告和用於在與—卜并綠 兴上订鍵路的—頻帶相對應的一 頻帶上指不一下行鏈路上的通道 狀/兄的功率資訊;或者 該基地台從該使用者裝備接收的— 採測參考信號的一功 率位準。 157 201108843 72.如請求項70之裝置,其中該指派結果包括一資料速 率或一頻寬分配中的至少一個,其中由該基地台服務的 該使用者裝備能夠以該資料速率或該頻寬分配中的至少 一個在一上行鏈路上向該基地台發射資料。 158The information for determining the channel gain information at a base station is performed by the user equipment; receiving a resource utilization message, wherein the resource utilization message includes: use by the base station from the base station service a priority sequence of the received communication device; and a value of the nominal interference between the base station and the user equipment, wherein the value of the nominal interference is based on the channel gain information; and the transmission is used for Indicating (4) information of the schedule, wherein the information indicating the expected schedule is based on the value of the nominal interference of the user equipment served by the base station, the priority order of the service to be received on the service link The channel gain information on the service materials, the nominal interference not provided by the user served by the base station, the priority order of the traffic to be received on the interference link, or the interference on the interference link The channel gain information 'and where the information used to indicate the expected schedule is used to determine the assignment result to the user equipment served by the base station. Wherein the channel gain information is based on the following 71. The apparatus of claim 70, at least one of: a measurement report and a frequency band corresponding to a frequency band corresponding to the frequency band of the bus Refers to the power information of the channel/brother on the downlink; or the power level of the reference signal received by the base station from the user equipment. 157. The device of claim 70, wherein the assignment result comprises at least one of a data rate or a bandwidth allocation, wherein the user equipment served by the base station can be allocated at the data rate or the bandwidth At least one of the ones transmits data to the base station on an uplink. 158
TW099116136A 2009-05-22 2010-05-20 Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on uplink channels in wireless communication systems TW201108843A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18080009P 2009-05-22 2009-05-22
US12/774,173 US20100296405A1 (en) 2009-05-22 2010-05-05 Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on uplink channels in wireless communication systems

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201108843A true TW201108843A (en) 2011-03-01

Family

ID=43124501

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW099116136A TW201108843A (en) 2009-05-22 2010-05-20 Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on uplink channels in wireless communication systems
TW099116535A TW201108640A (en) 2009-05-22 2010-05-24 Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on downlink channels in wireless communication systems

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW099116535A TW201108640A (en) 2009-05-22 2010-05-24 Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on downlink channels in wireless communication systems

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (2) US8958833B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2433459A2 (en)
JP (4) JP5450804B2 (en)
KR (6) KR101389818B1 (en)
CN (2) CN102440052A (en)
BR (1) BRPI1010605A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2762279A1 (en)
RU (2) RU2011152314A (en)
TW (2) TW201108843A (en)
WO (2) WO2010135090A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201109333B (en)

Families Citing this family (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8958833B2 (en) * 2009-05-22 2015-02-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on downlink channels in wireless communication systems
WO2011088619A1 (en) * 2010-01-22 2011-07-28 Nokia Corporation Cellular control sensing for multi-cell device-to-device interference control
US8634766B2 (en) * 2010-02-16 2014-01-21 Andrew Llc Gain measurement and monitoring for wireless communication systems
KR101605326B1 (en) * 2010-02-26 2016-04-01 엘지전자 주식회사 A method for transmitting a signal and a base station thereof, and a method for receiving a signal and a user equipment thereof
US20130170387A1 (en) * 2010-09-14 2013-07-04 Nokia Corporation Interference Measurement and Reporting for Device-to-Device Communications in a Communication System
US9350506B2 (en) * 2010-09-30 2016-05-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Aperiodic SRS for carrier aggregation
EP2439678B1 (en) * 2010-10-05 2013-05-01 Nxp B.V. Smart card
WO2012077974A2 (en) * 2010-12-07 2012-06-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for controlling inter-cell interference in a wireless communication system that supports a plurality of component carriers, and base station apparatus for same
KR20120094239A (en) * 2011-02-16 2012-08-24 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for controling uplink power in a wireless communication system
WO2012126081A1 (en) 2011-03-24 2012-09-27 Research In Motion Limited Device-empowered radio resource assignment
US9072106B2 (en) 2011-03-24 2015-06-30 Blackberry Limited Device-empowered radio resource selection
CN103650579B (en) 2011-05-10 2017-07-28 黑莓有限公司 The access point of the interference mitigation aided in for mobile station
WO2012151655A1 (en) 2011-05-10 2012-11-15 Research In Motion Limited Mobile station-assisted interference mitigation
EP2730116A1 (en) * 2011-07-04 2014-05-14 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (PUBL) Enhanced use of frequency spectrum in a wireless communication network
US9137788B2 (en) * 2011-09-05 2015-09-15 Nec Laboratories America, Inc. Multiple-input multiple-output wireless communications with full duplex radios
CN103907390A (en) * 2011-09-16 2014-07-02 诺基亚通信公司 Methods and apparatus for radio resource allocation
EP2769517B1 (en) * 2011-11-03 2020-03-18 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Channel estimation using reference signals
JP2015512176A (en) * 2012-01-29 2015-04-23 アルカテル−ルーセント Uplink overload indicator for time division duplex wireless communication system
US9066249B2 (en) * 2012-03-07 2015-06-23 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatus for interference coordinated transmission and reception in wireless networks
US9538410B2 (en) * 2012-03-22 2017-01-03 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting or receiving uplink signal
US9526092B2 (en) * 2012-05-14 2016-12-20 Industrial Technology Research Institute Method of allocating resources for scheduling request and user equipment using the same and a control node using the same
JP2013251858A (en) * 2012-06-04 2013-12-12 Ntt Docomo Inc Wireless communication method, wireless communication system, wireless base station and user terminal
US9031559B2 (en) * 2012-11-20 2015-05-12 At&T Mobility Ii Llc Facilitation of adaptive traffic flow management by a power-limited mobile device
US9066300B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2015-06-23 At&T Mobility Ii Llc Dynamic power class re-registration of mobile devices
CN103906200A (en) * 2012-12-25 2014-07-02 中国移动通信集团公司 Method and apparatus for distributing cooperation power in LTE-A system
US9326163B2 (en) * 2013-03-13 2016-04-26 Alcatel Lucent Methods and systems for reducing interference in networks
US10390280B2 (en) * 2013-03-25 2019-08-20 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method for initiating handover, wireless device and base station
WO2014175793A1 (en) 2013-04-24 2014-10-30 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Method and network node for link adaptation in a wireless communications network
US10212086B2 (en) * 2013-08-28 2019-02-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for target transmission duration in multiple user uplink
US10009925B2 (en) * 2014-10-03 2018-06-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Physical layer procedures for LTE in unlicensed spectrum
US20160277942A1 (en) * 2015-03-17 2016-09-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Load-aware channel state reference signal transmission
EP3412075A1 (en) * 2016-02-02 2018-12-12 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) A wireless device, a network node and methods performed thereby for communicating with each other
RU2727718C2 (en) * 2016-03-31 2020-07-23 Нтт Докомо, Инк. User device
US10270519B2 (en) 2016-08-04 2019-04-23 Gogo Llc Air-to-ground co-channel interference avoidance system
CN107769883B (en) * 2016-08-19 2021-10-29 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and equipment for suppressing inter-cell interference
US10903920B2 (en) * 2017-05-05 2021-01-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Interference management based on reference signals in wireless communications
SG11201909869PA (en) * 2017-06-02 2019-11-28 Sony Corp Communication apparatus and communication system
US11070249B2 (en) 2017-09-28 2021-07-20 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Controlling communications in respect of local area networks
US11290149B2 (en) 2017-10-10 2022-03-29 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Identifying interfering links in local area networks
US11711862B1 (en) 2021-07-15 2023-07-25 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Dual connectivity and carrier aggregation band selection
US11632271B1 (en) 2022-02-24 2023-04-18 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. Location-based channel estimation in wireless communication systems

Family Cites Families (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3308865B2 (en) 1997-07-28 2002-07-29 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Interference avoidance channel detection method
JP3572933B2 (en) * 1998-03-31 2004-10-06 Kddi株式会社 Mobile communication system
US6771934B2 (en) 2001-06-19 2004-08-03 Telcordia Technologies, Inc. Methods and systems for reducing interference across coverage cells
US20030125040A1 (en) * 2001-11-06 2003-07-03 Walton Jay R. Multiple-access multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system
JP4127686B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2008-07-30 株式会社東芝 Wireless communication system, wide area wireless base station apparatus, narrow area wireless base station apparatus
NZ555079A (en) * 2004-10-14 2010-04-30 Qualcomm Inc Methods and apparatus for determining, communicating and using information which can be used for interference control purposes
FI20055032A0 (en) * 2005-01-25 2005-01-25 Nokia Corp Method for reducing interference of an indoor cell in a cellular wireless telecommunication system
WO2006087797A1 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-08-24 Fujitsu Limited Base station and interference reduction method in the base station
US8848574B2 (en) 2005-03-15 2014-09-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Interference control in a wireless communication system
AU2006229008C1 (en) * 2005-03-28 2009-08-13 Sony Corporation Mobile communications system, handover controlling method, radio network controller and mobile terminal
US8023955B2 (en) 2005-08-22 2011-09-20 Sony Corporation Uplink resource allocation to control intercell interference in a wireless communication system
WO2007023787A1 (en) 2005-08-23 2007-03-01 Nec Corporation Radio communication method capable of reducing inter-cell interference, system, and its mobile station and base station
US9191840B2 (en) 2005-10-14 2015-11-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for determining, communicating and using information which can be used for interference control
US9204428B2 (en) * 2005-10-26 2015-12-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Interference management using resource utilization masks sent at constant PSD
JP4673778B2 (en) 2006-03-23 2011-04-20 株式会社日立製作所 Wireless communication method
KR100765892B1 (en) 2006-08-30 2007-10-10 주식회사 팬택 Method of controlling inter-cell interference for a mobile communication system
EP2070374A2 (en) 2006-09-14 2009-06-17 Interdigital Technology Corporation Wireless communication method and apparatus for assigning cell and resource blocks
CN101536563A (en) 2006-11-13 2009-09-16 Lm爱立信电话有限公司 Wireless telecommunications systems
JP4769698B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2011-09-07 富士通株式会社 Interference power estimation apparatus and interference power estimation method
US8036151B2 (en) 2006-12-17 2011-10-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Power-based rate signaling for cellular uplink
JP4818942B2 (en) * 2007-01-19 2011-11-16 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Base station apparatus and communication control method
BRPI0807881A2 (en) 2007-03-01 2016-11-16 Ntt Docomo Inc base station apparatus and communication control method.
US8724556B2 (en) * 2007-03-19 2014-05-13 Apple Inc. Uplink control channel allocation in a communication system and communicating the allocation
US8229451B2 (en) 2007-05-02 2012-07-24 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and arrangement for managing inter-cell interference in a communications network
JP4746006B2 (en) 2007-05-18 2011-08-10 京セラ株式会社 Mobile communication system, base station apparatus, mobile station apparatus, and interference reduction method
ATE485680T1 (en) 2007-06-21 2010-11-15 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M METHOD AND USER DEVICE IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
EP2165480A4 (en) 2007-07-06 2010-06-23 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Congestion control in a transmission node
US8169992B2 (en) 2007-08-08 2012-05-01 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Uplink scrambling during random access
WO2009022473A1 (en) 2007-08-14 2009-02-19 Panasonic Corporation Radio communication system, scheduling method, radio base station device, and radio terminal
WO2009054604A1 (en) 2007-10-24 2009-04-30 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method of performing uplink scheduling
US20090129333A1 (en) 2007-11-16 2009-05-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Preamble design for a wireless signal
US20110263271A1 (en) * 2008-09-26 2011-10-27 Christian Hoymann Techniques for Uplink Cooperation of Access Nodes
US8958833B2 (en) * 2009-05-22 2015-02-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on downlink channels in wireless communication systems

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101389813B1 (en) 2014-04-29
RU2014121706A (en) 2015-09-10
KR20130114222A (en) 2013-10-16
EP2433462A2 (en) 2012-03-28
CN102440053A (en) 2012-05-02
BRPI1010605A2 (en) 2016-03-15
KR101389803B1 (en) 2014-04-29
JP2012527827A (en) 2012-11-08
JP2013225882A (en) 2013-10-31
WO2010135089A3 (en) 2011-07-07
WO2010135090A2 (en) 2010-11-25
JP5450804B2 (en) 2014-03-26
RU2011152314A (en) 2013-06-27
KR20130114224A (en) 2013-10-16
US20100298016A1 (en) 2010-11-25
KR20120096955A (en) 2012-08-31
US20100296405A1 (en) 2010-11-25
WO2010135090A3 (en) 2011-06-30
JP2012527828A (en) 2012-11-08
ZA201109333B (en) 2012-11-28
KR20140021704A (en) 2014-02-20
JP2013243681A (en) 2013-12-05
EP2433459A2 (en) 2012-03-28
KR101389816B1 (en) 2014-04-29
KR20120041700A (en) 2012-05-02
KR20130114223A (en) 2013-10-16
TW201108640A (en) 2011-03-01
WO2010135089A2 (en) 2010-11-25
KR101389818B1 (en) 2014-04-29
US8958833B2 (en) 2015-02-17
KR101389806B1 (en) 2014-04-29
CN102440052A (en) 2012-05-02
CA2762279A1 (en) 2010-11-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201108843A (en) Systems, apparatus and methods for interference management on uplink channels in wireless communication systems
JP5275368B2 (en) Short-term interference mitigation in wireless communication systems
JP5296205B2 (en) Dominant interferer indication in access probe
JP6702954B2 (en) Uplink admission management for LTE in unlicensed spectrum
JP5313266B2 (en) Power decision pilot for wireless communication systems
US20110130098A1 (en) Systems, apparatus and methods for distributed scheduling to facilitate interference management
US20110130099A1 (en) Systems, apparatus and methods for distributed scheduling to facilitate interference management
KR20100126722A (en) Interference management based on enhanced pilot measurement reports
JP2012514953A (en) Carrier reuse in multi-carrier wireless communication environment
US20220030554A1 (en) Transceivers and methods for operating the same